Principles of bearing selection and application 8

Angular contact ball bearings 112

Cylindrical roller bearings 180

Double direction angular contact thrust ball bearings 214

Single direction angular contact thrust ball bearings 234

Locking devices 260

Copyright SKF 2003

The contents of this publication are the Gauges 286

copyright of the publisher and may not be
reproduced (even extracts) unless
permission is granted. Every care has
been taken to ensure the accuracy of the
information contained in this publication
but no liability can be accepted for any
loss or damage, whether direct, indirect Other products and services 298
or consequential arising out of the use
of the information contained herein.
www.skf.com

Publication 5002 E
2003 - 02 Products index 301
The SKF Group
– a worldwide corporation
SKF is an international industrial Group
operating in more than 130 countries and is
world leader in bearings.
The company was founded in 1907
following the invention of the self-aligning
ball bearing by Sven Wingquist and, after
only a few years, SKF began to expand
all over the world.
Today, SKF has some 40 000 employees
and around 80 manufacturing facilities
spread throughout the world. An international
sales network includes a large number
of sales companies and some 7 000
distributors. Worldwide availability of SKF
products is supported by a comprehensive
technical advisory service.
The key to success has been a consistent
emphasis on maintaining the highest quality
of its products and services. Continuous
investment in research and development
has also played a vital role, resulting
in many examples of epoch-making
innovations.
2 3
The business of the Group consists
of bearings, seals, special steels and a
comprehensive range of other high-tech
industrial components. The experience
gained in these various fields provides SKF
with the essential knowledge and expertise
required in order to provide the customers
with the most advanced engineering
products and efficient service.
The SKF Group is the first major
bearing manufacturer to have
been granted approval according
to ISO 14001, the international
standard for environmental
management systems.
The certificate is the most
comprehensive of its kind
and covers more than 60 SKF
production units in 17 countries.
The SKF Engineering & Research
Centre is situated just outside
Utrecht in The Netherlands.
In an area of 17 000 square
metres (185 000 sq.ft) some
150 scientists, engineers and
support staff are engaged in the
further improvement of bearing
performance. They are developing
technologies aimed at achieving
better materials, better designs,
better lubricants and better seals
– together leading to an even
better understanding of the
operation of a bearing in its
application. This is also where
the SKF Life Theory was evolved,
enabling the design of bearings
that are even more compact and
offer even longer operational life.
SKF has developed the Channel
concept in factories all over the
world. This drastically reduces
the lead-time from raw material
to end product as well as work
in progress and finished goods
in stock. The concept enables
faster and smoother information
flow, eliminates bottlenecks and
bypasses unnecessary steps in
production. The Channel team
members have the knowledge
and commitment needed to share
the responsibility for fulfilling
objectives in areas such as quality,
delivery time, production flow etc.
SKF manufactures ball bearings,
roller bearings and plain bearings.
The smallest are just a few
millimetres (a fraction of an inch)
in diameter, the largest several
metres. SKF also manufactures
bearing and oil seals that prevent
dirt from entering and lubricant
from leaking out. SKF’s subsidiaries
CR and RFT S.p.A. are among the
world’s largest producers of seals.

Wherever there is rotation, there is a need
for some form of bearing. The function of
a rolling bearing is to reduce or eliminate
the friction between a fixed and a moving
surface and to carry a load. The life of a
rolling bearing must be compatible with the
life of the application in which it is mounted.
The SKF standard product range comprises
more than 22 000 variants, covering all the
principal bearing types.
Made by SKF stands for excellence.
It symbolises our consistent endeavour
to achieve total quality in everything we do.
For those who use our products, “Made
by SKF” implies three main benefits.
Reliability – thanks to modern, efficient
products, based on our worldwide
application know-how, optimised materials,
forward-looking designs and the most
advanced production techniques.
Cost effectiveness – resulting from the
favourable ratio between our product quality
plus service facilities, and the purchase
price of the product.
Market lead – which you can achieve
by taking advantage of our products and
services. Increased operating time and
reduced downtime, as well as improved
output and product quality are the key to
a successful partnership.
4 5
Foreword
Machine tool applications require superior the more important it is to make use of SKF
performance from the bearings used to know-how in the manufacture and application
support spindles and precision ball screws. of high-precision rolling bearings.
They must exhibit this in terms of speed
capability, system temperature stability, Where to find information
rigidity, accuracy and noise level; such The bearing tables and technical data on
characteristics are rarely met by bearings the following pages provide information for
for general-purpose applications. Therefore, bearing selection and application design.
SKF produces special high-precision More details on bearing technology and
bearings designed to satisfy the most on other related products can be found
demanding requirements in the machine in specific publications, the SKF General
tool environment. Catalogue or the SKF Interactive Engineering
This catalogue presents the current range Catalogue, available as a CD-ROM or online
of SKF high-precision bearings and related under www.skf.com.
products. This site also contains further information
The data in this catalogue are based on the SKF Group, its products, services
on current production. However, design and contacts.
refinement for continuous improvement
in either manufacturing or performance
may result in changes.
The basic load ratings have been
calculated in accordance with the latest
specifications. Earlier catalogues, in which
the data varies from that given here, are
rendered invalid. SKF reserves the right
to make changes necessitated by
technological developments.
In accordance with ISO (International
Standards Organisation) Standard 1000:
1992, SI units (Système International
d’Unités) are used in this catalogue.
Almost 100 years
of worldwide experience
For almost 100 years SKF has held a
leading position in all major industrial fields
where rolling bearings are used. SKF not
only supplies a wide range of bearings but
also has broad experience in application
engineering, and is at the forefront of
systems design. This background comes
from the partnerships developed over the
years with leading firms in the machine tool
industry. The more complex the problems,
Principles of bearing 1

selection and application

Contents Selection of bearing types 8
A wide range of high-precision bearings 8
Bearings materials 9
Accuracy 10
Rigidity 12
Speed 12
Available space 13
Loads 14
Load carrying capacity and life 17
General 17
Rating lives 17
Rating life equation for hybrid bearings 18
Load carrying capacity of bearing sets 19
Equivalent bearing loads 19
Rigidity 21
System rigidity 21
Influence of a loose fit 22
Speed 23
Rotational speed 23
Speed ratings 25
Speed capability of bearing systems 26
Bearing data – general 27
Dimension 27
Tolerances 28
Bearing internal clearance or preload 30
Material for high-precision bearings 31
Application of bearings 34
Bearing arrangements 34
Radial location of bearings 35
Application examples 36
Axial location of bearings 51
Bearing preload 52
Seals 57
Lubrication and maintenance 62
General 62
Grease lubrication 62
Oil lubrication 71
Maintenance 78
Dismounting and mounting 79
Dismounting 79
Mounting 89
Inspection 105
7
1 Principles of bearing selection and application
Selection of bearing type
A wide range of
high-precision bearings
It is not always possible to find an
appropriate solution to application design
and problems using standard bearings
for general machinery. This is particularly
true in machine tool applications where
requirements are tougher.
SKF has developed a very comprehensive
range of high-precision bearings for
machine tool spindles, and other
applications where high demands are
placed on accuracy and speed capability.
Each of these bearing types has specific
features that make it particularly suitable for
specific applications.
Internal design is state-of-the art, and
differs in many ways from that of a standard
bearing. The design has been optimised
for outstanding speed capability in
combination with the highest possible
stiffness. When designing a bearing
arrangement it is necessary to consider
a number of factors, i.e.:
● Accuracy
● Available space
● Load
● Required system rigidity
● Accommodation of axial displacements
● Speed
● Heat generation.
8 9
Depending on the application, one or more
of these factors will have a dominant
influence. It is therefore, not possible to
set down general rules for the selection
of bearing type or bearing series. Where
demands for high-precision and productivity
are exceptionally high, SKF provides a
comprehensive range of hybrid (i.e. bearings
with steel rings and ceramic rolling elements)
high-precision angular contact ball bearings
and cylindrical roller bearings for machine
tool spindles.
To make bearing selection easier, the
properties of the different bearing types
are described in the following.
Bearing materials
All-steel bearings
The performance and reliability of rolling
bearings are determined to a large degree
by the materials from which the bearing
components are made.
Steels used for high-precision bearing
rings and rolling elements are capable of
being adequately hardened and have high
fatigue strength and wear resistance.
Moreover they have the structural and
dimensional stability to satisfy the spindle
operating temperatures.
SKF high-precision bearing rings and
rolling elements are generally made of
through-hardened carbon chromium steel
containing approximately 1 % carbon and
1,5 % chromium.
Comparison of performance and cost
for different bearing design (material)
Bearing material Performances
Full steel
Hybrids
Hybrid bearings
Machine tools, especially machining
centres, can have higher machining
efficiencies and higher machining
1
accuracies when operated at higher
speeds. For this reason, there have been
ever-greater demands for higher speed
performance of their spindle bearings.
If the performance required is close to
all-steel bearing limits, or if higher rigidity
or longer life are needed, hybrid high-
precision bearings can be used. Hybrid
high-precision bearings consist of outer
and inner rings made of bearing steel
and ceramic (silicon nitride Si3N4) rolling
elements, having density as light as 40 %
of bearing steel but yet having a high rigidity
(➔ fig 1 ).
Fig 1
Cost Typical applications
Machine tools.
Precision equipments.
High speed rolling mills.
High speed electric motors,
etc.
Machine tools.
Precision equipments.
Turbochargers.
High speed electric motors,
etc.
1 Principles of bearing selection and application

Accuracy
Running accuracy
The running accuracy of a bearing
arrangement is governed by the accuracy
of all the component parts of the
arrangement. Where bearings are
concerned, this is primarily determined
by the accuracy of form and position of the
raceways on the bearing rings. When
selecting the appropriate tolerance class
for a particular bearing, the maximum radial
runout of the inner ring (Kia) is usually the
determining factor for most applications.
To facilitate comparison, Diagram 1
gives relative values of the radial runout
for the different tolerance classes
comparing bearings with bore diameters.
The different standards ABMA and ISO
are also compared in Table 1 .
Most SKF precision bearings are
manufactured to tolerance class P4A, P4C,
and SP. P4A is the standard tolerance class
for angular contact ball bearings; SP the
standard for cylindrical roller bearings and
double direction angular contact thrust ball
bearings, and P4C the standard class for
single direction angular contact thrust ball
bearings of the BTM series. For bearing
arrangements where this standard precision
is inadequate, angular contact ball bearings
made to tolerance class PA9A, and
cylindrical roller bearings and double direction
angular contact thrust ball bearings made
to tolerance class UP specifications can be
supplied (➔ Table 2 ).
Normally, the maximum values of Kia
given in the table are much higher than
the actual values. This means for example,
that if bearings with class SP tolerances
are used, depending on the bearing size
and whether bearings are properly
mounted, a running accuracy of less
than 2 µm can be achieved.
Dimensional accuracy
The dimensional accuracy of a bearing is 1
important with respect to the fit between
bearing ring and shaft or housing. As the
fit influences the clearance or preload of
mounted bearings, the tolerances for the
bearing and its seating lie within narrow
limits. Where cylindrical roller bearings with
a tapered bore are concerned, slightly larger
dimensional deviations are permissible
than for example, angular contact ball
bearings with similar running accuracy.
This is because the clearance or preload
of the bearing is determined by driving up
the inner ring on its tapered seating.

Comparison of accuracy
of different tolerance classes

Diagram 1

Inner ring radial runout factor

100
100
Comparison of different standards SKF tolerance classes for high-precision bearings

80 Table 1 Table 2

ABMA ISO SKF SKF Boundary Running

60 Tolerance Tolerance Standard Tolerance dimensions accuracy
60
class class Class ISO, ABMA ISO, ABMA

40 ABEC 9 2 PA9A SP ISO 5, ABEC 5 ISO 4, ABEC 7

30
ABEC 7 4 P4 UP ISO 4, ABEC 7 ISO 2, ABEC 9
20
20
ABEC 5 5 P5 P4A ISO 4, ABEC 7 ISO 2, ABEC 91)
10 8
P4C ISO 4, ABEC 7 ISO 4, ABEC 7
0
PA9A ISO 2, ABEC 9 ISO 2, ABEC 9
Normal P6 P5 P4, SP, P4C P4A, PA9A UP
Tolerance class
1) Up to 120 mm bore diameter, for larger sizes, ABEC 7
or better

10 11
1 Principles of bearing selection and application

Rigidity Speed Available space for machine tool applications belong to

The rigidity of a spindle/bearing system
is of particular importance in machine
tool applications as the magnitude of
the deflection under load determines the
productivity and machining accuracy
of a machine tool. Bearing stiffness
influences the stiffness of a bearing
arrangement and thus the stiffness of
the complete spindle/bearing system.
However, bearings alone cannot be the
only reason for high or low rigidity: when
checking the behaviour of a complete
system, bending of the spindle itself,
position and number of support bearings
and tool overhang may also have a great
influence.
The stiffness of a bearing depends
on its type and size, the most important
criteria being:
● type of rolling elements (rollers or balls)
● number and size of the rolling elements,
and
● contact angle.
There is a limit to the speed at which rolling
bearings can be operated. Generally, it is
the permitted operating temperature with
respect to the lubricant being used, or to
the material of the bearing components
that sets the limit. The speed at which this
limiting bearing temperature is reached
depends on the frictional heat generated
in the bearing (including any externally
applied heat) and the amount of heat that
can be transported away from the bearing.
Bearing type and size, internal design, load,
lubrication and cooling conditions, as well
as cage design, accuracy and internal
clearance/preload, all play a part in
determining speed capability.
High-precision bearing arrangements
generally call for bearings with a low cross-
section because of the space available,
together with the high requirements in
respect of stiffness and running accuracy of
the arrangement. These bearings generally
have a large number of rolling elements
and consequently a high stiffness. They
also enable relatively large diameter
spindles to be used for a given housing
bore diameter, and therefore exhibit all the
advantages important for the stiffness and
running accuracy of a bearing arrangement,
e.g. a spindle bearing arrangement.
Almost all of the angular contact ball
bearings, cylindrical roller bearings and
angular contact thrust ball bearings used
the ISO Diameter Series 9 and 0. 1
By selecting suitable combinations of
bearings it is thus possible to achieve an
optimum bearing arrangement for specific
requirements within the same radial space.
For bearing arrangements where less radial
space is available, angular contact ball
bearings and cylindrical roller bearings
belonging to ISO Diameter Series 9 can be
used. Angular contact ball bearings to the
ISO Diameter Series 2, despite being rarely
chosen for new designs, are still common
in existing applications.
To illustrate the space required, fig 2
shows cross-sections of the most common
machine tool spindle bearings belonging
to the different Diameter Series.

Because of the much larger contact area

between rolling elements and raceways in
a roller bearing than in a ball bearing, roller
bearing stiffness is much higher than ball
bearing stiffness. The number of rolling
elements has a greater influence on
bearing stiffness, than the size of the
rolling elements. Because of this, high- High-precision bearings cross section
precision bearings almost always have for different Diameter Series
the dimensions of the light Diameter
Series 0 or 9. Where high radial stiffness Fig 2
is required, bearings having the smallest
possible contact angle should be used.
Conversely, where high axial stiffness
is called for, the contact angle should be
as large as possible.
Bearings with steel rolling elements
9 0 2 9 0 0 0 0

Bearings with ceramic rolling elements

9 0 2 0 0 0

12 13
1 Principles of bearing selection and application

Loads Table 3

Diametric Series Bearing Contact Shaft diameters Loading Precision Speed rating 1
In machine tools – the main application for ISO SKF Series Code angle from up to SKF n dm
high-precision bearings – the load carrying designation α and incl. tolerance
Class
capacity of a bearing is usually of much
less importance when determining bearing – – – deg mm mm – – 106 mm/min
size, than in engineering applications in
general. Other criteria such as stiffness,
9 719 ACX A 25 10 30 combined P4A 1,5
size of the requisite bore in the spindle, 719 ACD A 25 35 220 combined P4A 1,5
machining speeds and accuracy are the 719 ACE A 25 20 120 combined P4A 2,2
decisive factors. 719 CX A 15 10 30 combined P4A 1,8
719 CD A 15 10 220 combined P4A 1,8
When selecting the bearing type for a 719 CE A 15 20 120 combined P4A 2,4
given bearing arrangement, however, the 719 ACX/HC Hybrid A 25 10 30 combined P4A 1,8
magnitude and direction of action of
the load play an important part. 719 ACD/HC Hybrid A 25 35 140 combined P4A 1,8
719 ACE/HC Hybrid A 25 20 120 combined P4A 2,5
As a general rule, roller bearings can 719 CX/HC Hybrid A 15 10 30 combined P4A 2,1
carry heavier loads than ball bearings 719 CD/HC Hybrid A 15 35 140 combined P4A 2,1
having the same boundary dimensions 719 CE/HC Hybrid A 15 20 120 combined P4A 2,8
NNU 49 B/W33 C2 0 100 240 radial only SP 0,8
(➔ Table 3 ). NNU 49 BK/W33 C2 0 100 240 radial only SP 0,8

0 70 ACX A 25 10 30 combined P4A 1,5

70 ACD A 25 35 240 combined P4A 1,5
70 ACE A 25 20 100 combined P4A 2,2
70 CX A 15 8 30 combined P4A 1,8
70 CD A 15 35 240 combined P4A 1,8
70 CE A 15 20 100 combined P4A 2,4
70 ACX/HC Hybrid A 25 10 30 combined P4A 1,8

70 ACD/HC Hybrid A 25 35 100 combined P4A 1,8

70 ACE/HC Hybrid A 25 20 100 combined P4A 2,5
70 CX/HC Hybrid A 15 8 30 combined P4A 2,1
70 CD/HC Hybrid A 15 35 100 combined P4A 2,1
70 CE/HC Hybrid A 15 20 100 combined P4A 2,8
N 10 KTN(9) C1 0 40 120 radial only SP 1
N 10 KTNHA C1 0 40 120 radial only SP 1,8

N 10 KTN(9)/HC Hybrid C1 0 40 120 radial only SP 1,15

Main features, speed rating and size range N 10 KTNHA/HC Hybrid C1 0 40 120 radial only SP 2
Radial load for different bearing design ➤ NN 30 C2 0 25 130 radial only SP 0,8
NN 30 K C2 0 25 280 radial only SP 0,8
Fig 3 2344(00) B AT2 60 35 200 thrust only SP 0,7
Codes: BTM – A AT2 30 60 130 thrust only P4C 1,05
BTM – B AT2 40 60 130 thrust only P4C 0,9
A = Angular Contact Ball Bearing,
2 72 ACX A 25 10 25 combined P4A 1,5
Single direction; 72 ACD A 25 30 120 combined P4A 1,5
AT2 = Angular Contact Thrust Ball 72 CX A 15 10 25 combined P4A 1,8
Bearing, Double direction; 72 CD A 15 30 120 combined P4A 1,8
C1 = Cylindrical Roller Bearing, 72 ACX/HC Hybrid A 25 10 25 combined P4A 1,8
72 ACD/HC Hybrid A 25 30 60 combined P4A 1,8
Single row; 72 CX/HC Hybrid A 15 10 25 combined P4A 2,1
C2 = Cylindrical Roller Bearing, 72 CD/HC Hybrid A 15 30 60 combined P4A 2,1
Double row; BSA 2 AT1 60 12 35 combined P4 0,5
Hybrid = Bearing with steel rings 3 BSA 3 AT1 60 25 40 combined P4 0,5
and silicon nitride (ceramic)
rolling elements – BSD AT1 60 20 50 combined Special 0,5

14 15
1 Principles of bearing selection and application
Radial loads
Purely radial loads can be supported by
cylindrical roller bearings having one ring
without flanges (N, NN and NNU types
figs 3 page 14 and 4 ). All other radial
bearings can carry some axial load in
addition to radial loads; see Combined
load page16.
Axial loads
Double direction angular contact thrust ball
bearings series 2344(00) and BTM are
designed to take loads that are purely axial
(➔ fig 5 ). For large bearing arrangements,
or those subjected to particularly heavy
axial loads, special single direction thrust
ball bearings or cylindrical roller thrust
bearings are recommended. Please consult
the SKF application engineering service for
more details.
Radial load Thrust load
Fig 4 Fig
16
Combined loads
Combined loads consist of a radial load and
a simultaneously acting axial load. This type
of load can be accommodated by bearings
having raceways in the inner and outer
rings, situated at an angle to the bearing
axis. Where high-precision bearings are
concerned, the angular contact ball
bearings (series 70, 719 and 72) and the
single direction angular contact thrust ball
bearings (series BSD and BSA) fall into this
category.
The ability to carry axial loads is
determined by the angle of contact; the larger
the angle, the greater the axial load, which
can be accommodated (➔ figs 6 and 7 ).
Combined loads Combined loads
5 Fig 6 Fig
Load carrying capacity
and life
General
All general information on life, basic load
rating, and life equations described in the
SKF General Catalogue or the SKF
Interactive Engineering Catalogue also
applies to high-precision bearings.
In general-machinery applications, the
size of bearing to be used is initially selected
on the basis of its load carrying capacity in
relation to the loads to be carried, and the
requirements regarding life and reliability.
For machine tool spindles, bearing size
is nearly always determined by criteria such
as stiffness of the system, fixed dimensions
for the tool holder, or the spindle bore. The
bearings selected according to such criteria
give arrangements that are often required
to have a very long life.
For high-precision bearings, determining
the load to which a bearing will be subjected
is particularly complex as it involves many
influencing factors. SKF has therefore
developed special computer programs for
the calculation of indeterminate spindle
bearing systems. Contact SKF for assistance
in determining the bearing loads and in
7 designing an optimum bearing arrangement.
1
Rating lives
Basic rating life equation
For calculation of simple bearing systems,
the classic ISO equation for basic rating life
can be used:
L10 = (C/P)p
where
L10 = basic rating life, millions of revolutions
C = basic dynamic load rating, N
P = equivalent dynamic bearing load, N
p = exponent of the life equation (3 for ball
bearings, 10/3 for roller bearings)
Adjusted rating life equation
As there are many other factors influencing
bearing life besides load, ISO introduced
an adjusted life equation
Lna = a1 a2 a3 (C/P)p
or simply Lna = a1 a2 a3 L10
where
Lna = adjusted rating life, millions of
revolutions (the index n represents
the difference between the requisite
reliability and 100 %)
a1 = life adjustment factor for reliability
a2 = life adjustment factor for material
a3 = life adjustment factor for operating
conditions
17
1 Principles of bearing selection and application
SKF Life Theory – rating life equation.
Practical experience and modern research
have shown that, under special conditions,
SKF bearings attain a much longer life than
predicted by standardised life calculation
methods, particularly when loads are light.
These special conditions apply when the
rolling surfaces (raceways and rolling
elements) are effectively separated by
a lubricant film, and where the risk of
the surfaces becoming damaged by
contaminants are largely non-existent.
In fact, under ideal conditions it is possible
to speak of infinite life.
The SKF Life Theory introduces the
concept of a fatigue load limit Pu analogous
to that used when calculating other
machinery components. This fatigue load
limit represents the load below which
fatigue will not occur in the bearing under
ideal conditions. Due to the complexity,
a detailed description of the theory is
beyond the scope of this publication.
For further details, please consult SKF
application engineering services.
Values of the Pu limit for precision
bearings are given in the bearing tables.
The adjusted life equation according to
the SKF Life Theory is:
Lnaa = a1 aSKF L10
where:
Lnaa = adjusted rating life to SKF Life
Theory, millions of revolutions
L10 = basic rating life, millions of revolutions
a1 = life adjustment factor for reliability
aSKF = life adjustment factor based on SKF
Life Theory
For details on the aSKF life adjustment factor,
please consult the SKF General Catalogue
or the SKF Interactive Engineering
Catalogue.
18
Rating life equation
for hybrid bearings
When using hybrid bearings, the effect of
the different rolling element material should
also be taken into account.
Under the same external load, the stress
in the contact area between a hybrid bearing
ball and each raceway will be higher than
in an all-steel bearing. This is due to the
greater hardness and stiffness of the
ceramic material compared with steel.
As ISO does not provide guidelines
for calculating basic load ratings for hybrid
bearings, SKF quotes the same load rating
values for hybrid bearings as for all-steel
bearings.
By introducing a factor aHC into the life
equations, the higher contact stress is taken
into consideration.
L10 (hybrid) = aHC (C/P)p
Lna (hybrid) = a1 a23 aHC (C/P)p
Lnaa (hybrid) = a1 aSKF aHC (C/P)p
Recent results from practical experience
and extensive laboratory testing indicate
that the factor aHC can be considered equal
to 1 both for hybrid ball and roller bearings.
In general, experience shows that the
service life of hybrid bearings is significantly
longer than that of all-steel bearings under
the conditions normally encountered in
machine tool operations. Hybrid bearings
are much less susceptible to wear, and
lubrication conditions are generally superior
to those in an all-steel bearing.
Load carrying capacity
of bearing sets
The basic load ratings listed in the product
tables for angular contact ball bearings and
single direction angular contact thrust ball
bearings apply to single bearings. The basic
dynamic load rating for sets of bearings
arranged back-to-back, face-to-face or in
tandem, is obtained by multiplying the C
value for a single bearing by
1,62 for sets comprising two bearings
2,16 for sets comprising three bearings
2,64 for sets comprising four bearings.
For the basic static load rating, values for
bearing sets can be obtained by multiplying
the single bearing value by the number of
bearings in the set, viz. by 2, 3, or 4.
For single direction angular contact thrust
ball bearings, refer to the product section,
Table 10 page 247.
Equivalent bearing loads
1
Equivalent dynamic bearing load
Angular contact ball bearings are generally
subjected to combined loads, i.e. radial and
axial loads acting simultaneously. Preload
forces are included in the axial load. In all
such cases, it is necessary to calculate the
equivalent dynamic bearing load that has
the same influence on bearing life as
the actual load to which the bearing is
subjected. The equivalent dynamic bearing
load can be obtained from the general
equation:
P = XFr + YFa
where
P = equivalent dynamic bearing load, N
Fr = actual radial bearing load, N
Fa = actual axial bearing load, N
X = radial load factor for the bearing
Y = axial load factor for the bearing
All information necessary for calculating the
equivalent dynamic bearing load for single
bearings and sets of two bearings is given
in the relevant product sections. The
information does not apply to sets of three,
or more bearings, as it cannot be assumed
that the load is evenly distributed over the
bearings, and reaction forces caused by
spindle deflection cannot be ignored.
Special SKF computer programs are used to
calculate the equivalent dynamic loads of
such bearing arrangements and other
parameters, e.g. spindle deflection. Further
information will be supplied on request.
19
1 Principles of bearing selection and application
Equivalent static bearing load
Static loads comprising radial and axial
components must be converted into an
equivalent static bearing load. This is
defined as that load (radial for radial
bearings and axial for thrust bearings)
which, if applied, would cause the same
permanent deformation in the bearing
as the actual load. It is obtained from the
general equation
P0 = X0Fr + Y0Fa
where
P0 = equivalent static bearing load, N
Fr = actual radial bearing load, N
Fa = actual axial bearing load, N
X0 = radial load factor for the bearing
Y0 = axial load factor for the bearing
20
All information and data necessary for the
calculation of the equivalent static bearing
load for single bearings and sets of two
bearings is given in the relevant product
sections. The information does not apply to
sets of three, or more bearings, as it cannot
be assumed that the load is evenly
distributed over the bearings, and reaction
forces caused by spindle deflection cannot
be ignored. Further information will be
supplied on request.
Rigidity 1
System rigidity General guidelines for designing a rigid
spindle are:
Bearing rigidity influences the rigidity of a ● select the largest possible shaft diameter
bearing arrangement and thus the rigidity of compatible with other restrictions
the complete spindle/bearing system. It is of ● minimise the distance between the front
particular importance in machine tool support position and the spindle nose
applications, as the magnitude of the ● bearing spacing (between rear and front
deflection under load determines the supports) should be fairly short. As a
machining accuracy of a machine tool. guideline, a ratio I/d = 3 − 3,5 provides
The rigidity of a bearing depends on its the best compromise, where I = distance
type and size, the most important criteria between the rearmost bearing row and
being: the first front side bearing row, and
● type of rolling elements (rollers or balls) d = bore diameter of the front bearing.
● number and size of rolling elements, and
● contact angle. Please consult the SKF application
engineering service for advanced system
To enhance the rigidity of the bearing analysis.
arrangement, or to increase running Table 1 shows the radial and axial
accuracy, bearings can be preloaded. stiffness of a 100 mm shaft diameter spindle
These are two important reasons why where different bearing arrangements are
machine tool spindles are almost always compared.
fitted with preloaded bearings or bearing
sets.
Apart from the bearings, other
components might influence the rigidity of
a system i.e. bending of the spindle itself,
position and number of support bearings,
and tool overhang. Thus, it is necessary to
consider how different bearing
arrangements behave and how they
contribute to the system’s overall rigidity.
The rigidity indexes given in Table 1
page 22 are guideline values and must not
be taken as tools for precise calculations of
system rigidity.
21
1 Principles of bearing selection and application

Influence of a loose fit

In general, a machine component is
supported in a locating and a non-locating
If non-separable bearings, e.g. angular
contact ball bearings, are used as non-
locating bearings, one of the bearing rings
must have a loose fit. Usually the non-
Speed 1

bearing. rotating outer ring is given a loose fit in the

Non-locating bearings can be displaced
axially and so prevent the bearings from
being subjected to extra stresses, e.g. as
a result of changes in shaft length caused
by thermal expansion.
housing, although this has a negative
influence on the total stiffness of the
bearing arrangement.
Rotational speed
The permissible operating temperature
governs largely the speed at which rolling
bearings can operate. Bearing types with
low friction and thus low heat generation in
the bearing itself are the most suitable for
high-speed operation. Generally speaking,
ball bearings are preferred for high speed.
The following graphs gives guidelines
on the attainable speeds from different
bearing designs and executions with
grease and oil lubrication (➔ Diagrams 1
and 2 page 24).

Table 1 Relative stiffness

of spindles equipped
Bearing arrangement Rigidity index with different bearing
Rear side Tool side Radial Axial arrangements

NN 30 KTN 2344(00) + NN 30 KTN 100 100

NN 30 KTN BTM – B + NN 30 KTN 100 67
NN 30 KTN BTM – A + NN 30 KTN 100 44
N 10 KTN BTM – A + NN 30 KTN 98 44
N 10 KTN 70 CD/QBCB 76 45
N 10 KTNHA 719 CE QBCB 74 34 Diagram 1 Speed guidelines
for different bearing
NN 30 KTN 719 ACD/TBTB 67 75 designs
719 CD/DBA 719 ACD/TBTB 67 75 Bearing design
Oil spot lubrication
NN 30 KTN 70 CD/TBTB 67 36
70-719 CE/HC
70 CD/DBA 70 CD/TBTB 67 36
70-719 CE
70 CD/DBA 70 ACD/TBTB 63 74
70-719 ACE/HC
N 10 KTNHA 70 CE QBCB 63 30
N 10 KTNHA/HC5
70-719 ACE
70 CE/HCDT 70 CE/HCDT 55 33
70-72-719 CD/HC and CX/HC
70 CD/DBA 70 ACD/DBB 54 48
70-72-719 CD and CX
719 CE/HCDBA 719 ACE/HCTBTA 49 48
N 10 KTNHA
70 CE/DT 70 CD/DT 49 30
70-72-719 ACD/HC and ACX/HC
N 10 KTNHA 70 CE/DBB 47 16
NN 30 KTNHA/HC5
719 CE/DBA 719 ACE/TBTA 40 42
70-72-719 ACD and ACX
BTM – A/HC
70 CD/HCDBA 70 ACE/HCDBA 39 28
NN 30 KTNHA
N 10 KTNHA/HC5 70 ACE/HCDBA 38 28
N 10 K
70 CE/DBA 70 ACE/TBTA 37 41
N 10 K/HC5
N 10 KTNHA 719 ACE/DBA 36 26
NN 30 K/HC5
719 CE/DBA 719 ACE/DBA 36 26
NN 30 K
70 CE/DBA 70 ACE/DBA 34 25
BTM – A
N 10 KTNHA 70 ACE/DBA 34 25
BTM – B/HC
BTM – B
2344(00)

0 0,5 1 1,5 2 2,5 3 3,5 4

The table above specifies the relative stiffness, calculated on a real spindle design Speed factor, n dm (× 106)
having 100 mm shaft diameter at the tool side and 90 mm shaft diameter at the rear Catalogue speed
side. It must be taken into account that the shaft length (i.e. the distance from the Field experience
first and last bearing centres) has an important influence on actual rigidity, while axial
stiffness may be influenced by the actual preload in operation Special designs

22 23
1 Principles of bearing selection and application

However, the primary parameter that sets Wg is the result of several factors such Speed ratings provided. A 0,3 – 0,4 reduction factor should
the actual limit for the operating speed in as the temperature of the environment, the be considered with oil bath, while a 0,95 1
bearing systems is the maximum permissible heat generated by motors, electrical losses, The speed ratings quoted in the product factor should be considered for oil mist
temperature for safeguarding the lubricant friction in the bearings, friction of the tables are guideline values and are valid, lubrication. Conversely, oil jet might allow
life and the complete system’s thermal lubricant, etc. provided that the bearings are lightly higher speeds than those given for oil spot,
stability. The heat generated by the bearings loaded, that they are lightly preloaded and but it depends very much on oil type,
The operating temperature of the system themselves has many causes, i.e. the that the transport of heat away from the oil supply rate, oil inlet temperature, oil
depends on a number of factors, and bearings internal design, the material of bearing position is good. drainage efficiency, etc. Please consult
bearings are only one consideration. the rings and rolling elements, the type of The values under oil spot lubrication are the SKF application engineering service
To obtain thermal stability it is always lubrication, the loads acting on the bearings maximum values and should be reduced for for details.
necessary that (including preloading) etc. other methods of oil lubrication, other than The values under grease lubrication are
When Wn is insufficient to stabilise the those involving minimum oil quantities are maximum values that can be attained using
Wg = Wd = Wn + Wc system temperature to the desired value, applied, or where additional cooling is not a good quality grease of soft consistency.
it is necessary to modify the design of the
where Wg is the generated heat in the system to reduce Wg. If this is not possible,
system and Wd is the heat dissipated by the a cooling system must be introduced to
system, which comes partly from natural re-establish the thermal equilibrium. This
dissipation, Wn, and partly is obtained by can be done by air-cooling the entire
Table 1 Relative speed
forced cooling, Wc. In many cases where system, by using chilled air in the oil spot capability of bearing
no cooling acts on the system, Wc = 0. lubrication system, or by using the oil jet Bearing arrangement1) Speed index systems for machine
method, making the oil the vehicle for heat, Rear side Work side Oil Grease tool spindles
transfer from the system to another area. equipped with different
bearing arrangements
NN 30 KTN 2344 + NN 30 KTN 84 70
NN 30 KTN BTM – B + NN 30 KTN 100 84
NN 30 KTN BTM – A + NN 30 KTN 100 89
N 10 KTNHA BTM – A + NN 30 KTN 100 89
N 10 KTNHA 70 CD QBCB 102 60
Diagram 2 Speed guidelines N 10 KTNHA 719 CE QBCB 107 64
for different bearing NN 30 KTN 719 ACD/TBTB 100 70
designs 719 CD/DBA 719 ACD/TBTB 118 70
Bearing design NN 30 KTN 70 CD/TBTB 100 73
Grease lubrication
70 CD/DBA 70 CD/TBTB 124 73
70-719 CE/HC 70 CD/DBA 70 ACD/TBTB 110 66
70-719 CE N 10 KTNHA 70 CE QBCB 88 56
70-719 ACE/HC 70 CE/HCDT 70 CE/HCDT 312 204
N 10 KTNHA/HC5 70 CD/DBA 70 ACD/DBB 140 84
70-719 ACE 719 CE/HCDBA 719 ACE/HCTBTA 225 144
70-72-719 CD/HC and CX/HC 70 CE/DT 70 CD/DT 262 180
70-72-719 CD and CX N 10 KTNHA 70 CE/DBB 176 120
719 CE/DBA 719 ACE/TBTA 190 121
N 10 KTNHA
70 CD/HCDBA 70 ACE/HCDBA 240 150
70-72-719 ACD/HC and ACX/HC N 10 KTNHA/HC5 70 ACE/HCDBA 240 150
NN 30 KTNHA/HC5 70 CE/DBA 70 ACE/TBTA 173 112
70-72-719 ACD and ACX N 10 KTNHA 719 ACE/DBA 213 140
BTM – A/HC 719 CE/DBA 719 ACE/DBA 220 140
NN 30 KTNHA 70 CE/DBA 70 ACE/DBA 200 130
N 10 K N 10 KTNHA 70 ACE/DBA 200 130
N 10 K/HC5
NN 30 K/HC5
NN 30 K
BTM – A
BTM – B/HC
BTM – B
2344(00)

0 0,5 1 1,5 2
Catalogue speed Speed factor, n dm (× 106) 1) Reference size: work size bearings 80 mm bore diameter; rear side bearings 70 mm
Field experience bore diameter

24 25
1 Principles of bearing selection and application

Speed capability
of bearing systems
the most critical bearing set, normally the
one at the tool side, which is bigger in bore
diameter, forcing it towards high values of
the speed factor n dm. Table 1 page 25
Bearing data – general 1

When designing a spindle, a bearing provides a comparison of possible choices

system will be used. The system may be
composed of various bearing arrangements,
normally a set of bearings at the work side,
and another set at the drive side (rear end).
The spindle speed must be evaluated on
Temperature rise from existing applications
Grease lubrication
Temperature rise above ambient, °C
35
30
in this respect.
A comparison of temperature rise versus
speed for grease-lubricated spindles
based on actual field results is shown
in Diagram 3 . Dimension
High-precision bearings, similarly to rolling
bearings in general, are manufactured with
very few exceptions, according to
Dimension Plans for the boundary
dimensions issued by the International
Organisation for Standardisation (ISO).
More precisely, boundary dimensions
Diagram 3 follow the ISO Dimension Plan for radial
bearings ISO15: 1998, where a progressive
series of standardised outside diameters
(Diameter Series 7, 8, 9, 0, 1, 2 etc., in
order of increasing outside diameter), are
set for every standard bore diameter. Within
each Diameter Series different Width Series
are also established (Width Series 8, 0, 1,
2, 3 etc., in order of increasing width).
The Width Series for radial bearings
correspond to the Height Series for thrust
bearings (Height Series 7, 9, 1 and 2 in
order of increasing height). By combining
a Diameter Series with a Width or Height
Series, Dimension Series, designated by
two figures, are arrived at. The first figure
identifies the Width Series and the second
the Diameter Series.
The bearings in this catalogue comply
with the ISO Dimension Plans, with the
exception of double direction angular
contact thrust ball bearings and single
direction angular contact thrust ball
bearings belonging to metric series, whose
boundary dimensions are not standardised,
but recognised by the market and used by
the manufacturers as such.

25

20

15

10

0
0,25 0,3 0,41 0,49 0,57 0,66 0,74 0,82 0,99 1,15 1,2 1,35 1,45 1,57 1,62

Speed factor, n dm (× 106)

70 CD/DBA 70 CE/HCDBA

719 CD/QBCA BTM 100 A/DB

70 CD/TBTA 70 CE/HC Spring

NN 30 2344..

26 27
1 Principles of bearing selection and application
Tolerances Tolerance symbols
Following are explanations for the symbols
Tolerance classes for bearings are used in the tolerance tables:
internationally standardised. Depending on
the bearing type, SKF High-precision Symbol Definition
bearings are manufactured to the following d Nominal bore diameter
tolerances (➔ Table 1 ). dmp Mean bore diameter, arithmetical
Actual tolerance values are equal to or mean of the largest and smallest
better than those specified by the following single bore diameters in one
international standards: plane
● ISO 199:1997 ds Single diameter of bore
Rolling bearings-Thrust bearings- ∆dmp Deviation of the mean bore
Tolerances diameter from the nominal
● ISO 492:2002 ∆d2mp Deviation of the mean bore
Rolling bearings-Radial bearings- diameter at large end of tapered
Tolerances bore (for cylindrical roller
● ANSI/ABMA Std. 20-1996 bearings), arithmetical mean of
Radial bearings of ball, cylindrical roller the largest and smallest single
and spherical roller types, Metric design bore diameters at distance “a”
● DIN 620-2:1999 ∆d3mp Deviation of the mean bore
Rolling bearings-Tolerances for radial diameter at small end of tapered
bearings bore (for cylindrical roller
● DIN 620-3:1982 bearings), arithmetical mean of
Rolling bearings-Tolerances for thrust the largest and smallest single
bearings bore diameters at distance “a”
High-precision bearing tolerance classes
Table
Radial angular contact ball bearings P4A and PA9A
Radial cylindrical roller bearings SP and UP
Single direction angular contact thrust ball bearings (ball screw support bearings) P4
Double direction angular contact thrust ball bearings series 2344(00) SP and UP
Double direction angular contact thrust ball bearings series BTM – A and BTM – B… P4C
28
∆ds Deviation of a single bore
diameter from the nominal
Vdp Bore diameter variation;
difference between the largest
and smallest single bore
diameters in one plane
Vdmp Mean bore diameter variation;
difference between the largest
and smallest mean bore
diameters of one ring
D Nominal outside diameter
Dmp Mean outside diameter,
arithmetical mean of the largest
and smallest single outside
diameters in one plane
Ds Single diameter of outside
cylindrical surface
∆Dmp Deviation of the mean outside
diameter from the nominal
∆Ds Deviation of single outside
diameter from the nominal
VDp Outside diameter variation;
difference between the largest
and smallest single outside
diameters in one plane
VDmp Mean outside diameter variation;
difference between the largest
and smallest mean outside
diameters of one ring
Bs, Cs Single width of inner ring and
outer ring, respectively
Cs Single height (width) of housing
washer (For bearing series
2344(00))
B1s, C1s Single width of inner ring and outer
ring, respectively, of bearings
1
made for paired mounting
∆Bs, ∆Cs Deviation of single inner ring
width or single outer ring width
from the nominal
∆Cs Deviation of single housing
washer height (width) from the
nominal
∆B1s, Deviation of single inner ring
∆C1s width or single outer ring width 1
from the nominal of a bearing
specially manufactured for paired
mounting
VBs, VCs Ring width variation; difference
between the largest and smallest
single width of inner ring and
outer ring, respectively,
Kia, Kea Radial runout of assembled
bearing inner ring and assembled
bearing outer ring, respectively
Sd Side face runout with reference
to bore (of inner ring)
SD Outside inclination variation;
variation in inclination of outside
cylindrical surface to outer side-
face
Sia, Sea Side face runout with reference
to raceway of assembled bearing
inner ring and assembled bearing
outer ring respectively
Si, Se Thickness variation, measured
from middle of raceway to back
(seating face) of shaft washer
and housing washer, respectively
Ts Single height of thrust bearing
∆Ts Deviation of single height of
thrust bearing from the nominal
Limits of chamfer dimensions
To prevent the improper dimensioning of
associated components for rolling bearings
and to facilitate the calculation of retaining
ring location arrangements, minimum
values for the chamfer dimensions in the
radial direction (r1, r3) and the axial direction
(r2, r4) are given in the product tables
These values conform to ISO 582:1995
for metric bearings with series designations.
Maximum values associated with these
minimum chamfer dimensions are found
in the standards
29
1 Principles of bearing selection and application
Bearing internal clearance
or preload
All bearings, are designed in a way to get,
in unfitted conditions, a certain amount of
internal clearance that can be radial or
axial, depending on the direction one of the
rings can be moved, with respect to the
other. This clearance value, fixed at the
design stage, nevertheless, is reduced after
mounting; because of the fitting conditions
(interference) the bearing is subjected to
and/or because of the thermal expansion or
compression of the rings. Thus, operational
clearance is the key parameter for a correct
bearing operation.
To ensure maximum running accuracy
and rigidity of the system, bearings used
in machine tool spindles should have a
minimum radial internal clearance or
a preload after mounting. This is most
valid for angular contact ball bearing sets,
which are prepared at a certain step of the
manufacturing process, in a way, that after
fitting them on the shaft, the required
preload is obtained.
30
Similarly, double direction angular contact
thrust ball bearings are set up, in a way,
to get a fixed static preload after mounting
on the shaft.
Conversely, cylindrical roller bearings are
supplied with radial clearance according
to different possible classes. Depending
on the speed operations, and on the
thermal expansion or compression of the
rings expected, the operational clearance
can be set up at the required value, by
driving the inner ring of the bearing on its
tapered seat. For relatively low speed a
certain amount of radial preload can be
applied.
The clearance values for cylindrical roller
bearings and the preload values for
matched single row angular contact ball
bearings, and single and double row
angular contact thrust ball bearings will be
found in the relevant tables in the product
sections.
Materials for high-precision
bearings
The performance and reliability required
from high-precision bearings implies the
use of adequate materials for rings, rolling
elements and cages.
Steel for bearing rings
and rolling elements
The standard SKF steel for high-precision
bearings is, according to the usual
classification, a “high carbon” content one
(more than 0,5 %). Additional alloying
elements such as Chromium, Manganese
and Molybdenum are included in the steel
composition to obtain the necessary
properties in the finished components.
By means of the heat treatment and the
resulting changes in the microstructure of
the steels, the mechanical properties of the
components can be addressed to specific
requirements.
Rings and rolling elements of SKF high-
precision bearings are made of typical
martensitic through-hardened steel that
provide sufficient resistance to sub-surface
rolling contact fatigue, sufficient static
capacity and structural strength combined
with adequate dimensional stability.
SKF high-precision bearings can generally
be used up to 120°C. When operating
temperatures exceed this value a special
heat treatment (stabilisation) has to be
adopted, so that it is possible to get the
required dimensional stability, avoiding 1
changes in dimension that could result
in premature bearing failure.
In order to significantly improve the
resistance to corrosion, the use of nitrogen
as an alloying element has been introduced
in a newly developed bearing steel.
Nitrogen leads to precipitation of chromium
nitrides rather than chromium carbides,
enabling a much higher content of
chromium to be dissolved in the steel
matrix, resulting in a better resistance to
oxidation, and in a longer service life of the
bearings.
It is advisable to contact SKF regarding
the selection and application of nitrogen
steel bearings.
Ceramic materials for rolling elements
Within the various ceramic materials, the
hot isostatic pressed silicon nitride identified
with the chemical formula Si3N4 is commonly
used for rolling elements, in both balls and
rollers.
Silicon nitride is hard and its main
properties are high modulus of elasticity,
low density and thermal expansion.
The modulus of elasticity of silicon nitride
is some 50 % higher than for steel. This
means that a ceramic rolling element under
load does not distort to the same extent,
and in turn, the contact between rolling
elements and rings is smaller. So there
is less friction.
31
1 Principles of bearing selection and application

The density of silicon nitride rolling
elements is 60 % lower than that of steel of
the same size. This leads to considerably
reduced centrifugal loads and consequently
reduced stresses. Furthermore, for angular
contact ball bearings, the lower density has
a beneficial effect on contact angle variation
at high speeds, leading to reduced ball
sliding and consequently to reduced friction.
The thermal expansion of silicon nitride
is less than 30 % that of steel and this, in
cases, where the difference in temperature
between inner ring (usually warmer than
outer ring) and outer ring is not negligible,
reduces the clearance reduction and/or
preload increase, hence reducing the risk
of drastic failure.
A comparison of the physical properties
of silicon nitride Si3N4 and bearing steel is
shown in Table 2 .
Properties of silicon nitride and bearing steel
Property Unit
Density, ρ g/cm3
Coefficient of thermal expansion ×10−6/K
20 – 1 000 °C
20 – 300 °C
Modulus of elasticity, E GPa
Bearings assembled with steel rings and
ceramic rolling elements are commonly
called hybrids. Compared to standard all-steel
bearings they can run at higher speeds with
a certain temperature increase, or at the
same speeds with a lower temperature
increase. They have also a greater rigidity,
both under dynamic and static conditions.
They are less sensitive to temperature
differences between the rings, and the
preload increase is smaller than for normal
bearings. The low coefficient of friction of
silicon nitride enhances their wear
resistance and enables them to run cooler
under poor lubrication conditions. Moreover,
silicon nitride is hard, tough and strong and
these properties combined with a better
surface finish give better resistance to
damage from particles and impurities that
may enter the bearing.
Table
Silicon nitride Bearing steel, hardened
Si3N4
3,2 7,9
3,2
11,5
310 210
Material for cages
The main purpose of the cage is to keep
the rolling elements at an appropriate
distance from each other and to prevent
immediate contact between two neighbouring
rolling elements, in order to keep friction
and consequently heat generation at a
minimum. Materials and the shape of cages
for high-precision bearings have been
developed parallel to the development of
the bearings and to the requirements they
have to satisfy.
High-precision bearing cages are
mechanically stressed by frictional strain and
inertia forces. They might also be subjected
to chemical action of certain lubricants.
Thus, the design and choice of material are
of paramount importance for the performance
of the cage, as well as for the operational
reliability of the bearing as a whole.
For each of the bearings shown in the
product tables one particular cage design
is established as the standard cage for that
bearing. The standard cage is always well
proven in service and is the design considered
most suitable for the majority of applications.
In the introductory text to each table section
2
information is provided regarding the
standard cages bearings are fitted with and
also the possible alternatives. Machined
outer ring land-riding fabric-reinforced
phenolic resin cages are used for most
of the angular contact ball bearings. This
material is lightweight resulting in minimal
centrifugal forces and having the capability
of retaining part of the lubricant,
ensuring optimum lubrication. Fabric-
reinforced phenolic resin cages should not 1
be used at temperatures exceeding 120°C.
Moulded glass fibre reinforced polyamide
cages are normally fitted in cylindrical roller
bearings and single and double row angular
contact thrust ball bearings. This material is
characterised by a favourable combination
of strength and elasticity. The good sliding
properties of the polyamide on lubricated
steel surfaces and the smoothness of the
cage surface in contact with the rolling
elements results in little friction from the cage,
with minimum heat generation and wear in
the bearing. They can be used for operating
temperatures not exceeding 120°C.
When higher speeds or better
performances need to be reached, as in
the case of angular contact ball bearings or
single row cylindrical roller bearings, glass
fibre reinforced PEEK (poly-ether-ether-
ketone) cages are chosen. The injection
moulding process used to produce these
cages allows functionally suitable designs
to be realised. Moreover, PEEK offers a
better stability and rigidity than polyamide.
For lower speeds and higher loads, as in
the case of large size double row cylindrical
roller bearings or double direction angular
contact thrust ball bearings, machined
brass cages generally centred on the rolling
elements are selected.
For special applications, where high
temperatures or poor lubrication are
involved, silver-plated steel or brass cages
can represent the optimal solution.

Poisson’s ratio - 0,26 0,3

Hardness HV10 kg/mm2 1 600 700

Tensile strength MPa

20 °C 800 2 400
1 000 °C 800 0

Fracture toughness, KIC MPa.m1/2 7 25

Thermal conductivity W/mK 30 – 40 40 – 50

Specific electrical resistivity Ωm 1012 0,4 × 10−6

32 33
1 Principles of bearing selection and application
Application of bearings
Bearing arrangements
General
The classic application field for high-
precision bearings is machine tools
spindles, which may have different
requirements depending on the working
operations they are designed for. Generally,
lathe spindles are used to cut metals at
rather low speeds and in combination with
relatively large cutting loads. Such types of
spindles usually have the driving torque
transmitted through a pulley or toothed
gears. This means that loads at the rear
side of the shaft are also rather heavy. For
such applications, the requirements in
terms of speed are not so tough; the more
important parameters are rigidity and load
carrying capacity. It is quite common
to have, at the front side of the spindle, a
double row cylindrical roller bearing in
combination with a double row angular
contact thrust ball bearing, while having a
double row cylindrical roller bearing at the
rear end of the shaft. This type of
arrangement ensures a long calculated life
34
and an excellent rigidity, so that a good
quality of the workpiece is obtained. Also,
from a kinematic point of view, the bearings
run in a stable way, as there are two types
of bearing (radial and axial) that carry
independently, the loads applied on the
shaft (in fact, to avoid that angular contact
thrust ball bearings carry radial loads, the
outer ring outside diameter has a special
tolerance so that it is never in contact with
the housing). When designing these types
of spindles (this applies in general when
rather heavy loads are involved) a good rule
of thumb concerning the position of the
bearings along the shaft, is to have the
distance between the centre of the front and
rear support in the range of 3 – 3,5 times
the bearing inner diameter.
When higher speeds are requested
(i.e. high-speed machining centre or
internal grinding) different bearing solutions
need to be found. Obviously, in such cases
something has to be paid in terms of rigidity,
as well as carrying capacity. High-speed
applications usually have direct-driven
spindles driven by direct coupling and/or
electrical motors (i.e. the so called
motorised spindles). There are no loads due
to transmission of power and consequently
single row angular contact ball bearings
paired in sets or single (for extremely high
speed) and single row cylindrical roller
bearings are frequently adopted, if
enhanced performances are required,
equipped with silicon nitride rolling
elements. The front side bearing set is
axially located, whilst mounting a cylindrical
roller bearing at the rear side permits axial
displacement, due to spindle elongation.
When very high speeds are involved (n dm
factor over 2 million) it is quite common to
see angular contact ball bearings on both
sides, preloaded by springs. This is done to
control the heat generation. If sets of
angular contact ball bearings arranged in a
constant position are chosen, preload would
increase with the speed, and at high speed
produce an amount of heat which is not
sustainable.
Conversely, spring preload remains
constant with the speed, thus ensuring a
more correct kinematic behaviour and
a limited amount of heat generation.
An even better solution is represented
by the possibility to preload the bearings
(angular contact) by a hydraulic system.
In such a case, the amount of preload can
be adjusted according to the speed of the
spindle, thus reaching the best possible
combination among rigidity, heat generation
and theoretical life of the bearings.
Radial location of bearings
General
In order to work properly, bearings must
1
have their rings or washers fully supported
around their complete circumference and
across the whole width of the raceway. The
support must be firm and even, and can be
provided by a cylindrical or tapered seating
or, for thrust bearing washers, by a flat
(plane) support surface. This means that
the seatings must be made with adequate
accuracy and that their surface should be
uninterrupted by grooves, holes or other
features. This is particularly important with
high-precision bearings since they have
relatively thin-walled rings, which adapt
themselves to the form of the shaft or
housing bore. In addition, the bearing rings
must be reliably secured to prevent them
from turning on or in their seatings under load.
A satisfactory radial location and an
adequate support can generally be
obtained when the rings are mounted
with an appropriate degree of interference.
Inadequately or incorrectly secured bearing
rings generally cause damage to the bearings
and associated components. However,
when easy mounting and dismounting are
desirable, or when axial displacement is
required with a non-locating bearing, an
interference fit cannot be used. In certain
cases where a loose fit is employed it is
necessary to take special precautions to
limit the inevitable wear, for example,
surface hardening of the seating and
abutments.
35
1 Principles of bearing selection and application

Application examples
1
Spindle arrangements for heavy machining,
CNC lathes and conventional milling
machines (➔ figs 1 , 2 and 3 ). Bearing arrangement work side: 70 ACD/P4ATBT; drive side NN 30 K

Fig 2

Bearing arrangement work side: NN 30 K + 2344(00); drive side NN 30 K Bearing arrangement work side: N 10 KTN + BTM-A/HC; rear side N 10 KTN

Fig 1 Fig 3

36 37
1 Principles of bearing selection and application

Spindle arrangements for great rigidity and

high speed machining centres, high speed 1
turning centres and high speed milling
(➔ figs 4 , 5 , 6 and 7 ). Bearing arrangement work side:
70 CE/HCP4ADB; rear side N 10 KTN Bearing arrangement work side: 70 CE/HCP4AQBC; rear side 70 CE/HCP4A

Fig 4 Fig 6

Bearing arrangement work side: 70 CD/P4AQBC; rear side 70 CD/P4A Bearing arrangement work side: 70 CD/P4ADB; rear side N 10 KTN

Fig 5 Fig 7

38 39
1 Principles of bearing selection and application

Spindle arrangements for maximum speed, Bearing arrangement for live centres
internal grinding machines (➔ figs 8 (➔ fig 10 ). 1
and 9 ).

Bearing arrangement work side: 70 CE/HCP4A; rear side 70 CE/HCP4A Bearing arrangement work side: NN 30 K ; rear side 72 ACD/P4AQBT

Fig 8 Fig 10

Bearing arrangement work side: 70 CD/HCP4ADT; rear side 70 CD/HCP4ADT

Fig 9

40 41
1 Principles of bearing selection and application

Table 2
Recommended fits
Appropriate shaft and housing tolerances Bearing type Operating conditions Tolerance 1
for high-precision bearings are shown in Bearings of tolerance class
Tables 1 and 2 . However, in the specific P4A, SP, P4C PA9A, UP
case of spindle applications with normal
load and speed conditions, the interference/ Angular contact Non-locating bearings, displacement of outer
clearance fit between bearings, shaft and ball bearings ring desired H51) H41)
housing shown in Tables 3 and 4 page Locating bearings, displacement of outer ring
not required JS5 JS4
44 are recommended. Rotating outer ring load M5 M4
The table of housing tolerance
recommendations also gives information Cylindrical roller
bearings Normal and light loads K5 K4
as to whether the outer ring can be axially Heavy loads, rotating outer ring loads M5 M4
displaced in the housing bore.
For extreme conditions, such as very Angular contact
high speed or exceptional loading, please thrust ball bearings
Single direction – H5 –
consult SKF application engineering Double direction2) – K5 K4
services.

1) The upper half of the recommended tolerance range should be used, especially when important drive loads (belts,
gears) are acting at the spindle drive side
2) The 2344(00) and BTM series bearings are mounted with radial clearance in the same housing bore seating as the
appropriate cylindrical roller bearing. Fits tighter than those recommended should never be used even if they are
required for cylindrical roller bearings
Fits for steel shafts (solid and hollow)

Table 1 Fits for cast iron and steel housings

Bearing type Shaft diameter Tolerance

Bearings of tolerance class
over incl. P4A, SP, P4C PA9A, UP

mm mm

Angular contact ball bearings Preferred fits on the shafts

with rotating outer ring load – 240 h4 h3
with rotating inner ring load – 240 js4 js3 3
Table
Cylindrical roller bearings
Bearing type Bearing bore Interference
with cylindrical bore – 40 js4 –
over incl.
40 140 k4 –
140 200 m5 –
mm mm µm
200 240 n5 –

Angular contact thrust

Angular contact ball bearings – 50 0–2
ball bearings
50 80 1–3
Single direction – 130 h4 –
80 120 1–4
Double direction – 200 h4 h3
120 150 2–5
150 200 2–6

42 43
1 Principles of bearing selection and application

Table 4
Tolerances for shaft and housing Specific recommendations for single
Bearing type Outside diameter Recommended clearance Appropriate shaft and housing tolerances direction angular contact thrust ball bearing 1
for bearings axially for high-precision bearings will be found seatings are given in the relevant bearing
over incl. located free (non-located) in the Table 5 page 46 : ISO shaft limits section.
mm mm µm
and Table 6 page 47 : ISO housing limits.
The positioning of tolerance zones given
in the tables, in relation to the nominal bore
Angular contact – 50 0–2 5–8 and outside diameter of the bearings is
ball bearings 50 120 0–3 6 – 10
120 150 0–4 8 – 12 shown in Diagram 1 .
150 250 0–5 10 – 15

Bearing type Outside diameter Recommended interference

over incl.

mm mm µm
ISO shaft and housing limits, position
of the tolerance zones
Cylindrical roller – 460 0–2
bearings Diagram 1

Preferred fits in the housings

h4 h3 js3 js4 js5 js6 k4 k5 m5 n5 H5 H4 JS4 JS5 K4 K5 M4 M5

44 45
1 Principles of bearing selection and application

Table 5 Table 6

Shaft Tolerances Housing bore Tolerances 1

diameter h4 h3 js3 js4 js5 diameter H5 H4 JS4 JS5
Nominal Deviations Nominal Deviations
over incl. high low high low high low high low high low over incl. high low high low high low high low

mm µm mm µm

6 10 0 –4 0 –2,5 +1,25 –1,25 +2 –2 +3 –3 18 30 +9 0 +6 0 +3 –3 +4,5 –4,5

10 18 0 –5 0 –3 +1,5 –1,5 +2,5 –2,5 +4 –4 30 50 +11 0 +7 0 +3,5 –3,5 +5,5 –5,5
18 30 0 –6 0 –4 +2 –2 +3 –3 +4,5 –4,5 50 80 +13 0 +8 0 +4 –4 +6,5 –6,5
30 50 0 –7 0 –4 +2 –2 +3,5 –3,5 +5,5 –5,5 80 120 +15 0 +10 0 +5 –5 +7,5 –7,5
50 80 0 –8 0 –5 +2,5 –2,5 +4 –4 +6,5 –6,5 120 180 +18 0 +12 0 +6 –6 +9 –9
80 120 0 –10 0 –6 +3 –3 +5 –5 +7,5 –7,5 180 250 +20 0 +14 0 +7 –7 +10 –10
120 180 0 –12 0 –8 +4 –4 +6 –6 +9 –9 250 315 +23 0 +16 0 +8 –8 +11,5 –11,5
180 250 0 –14 0 –10 +5 –5 +7 –7 +10 –10 315 400 +25 0 +18 0 +9 –9 +12,5 –12,5
250 315 0 –16 0 –12 +6 –6 +8 –8 +11,5 –11,5 400 500 +27 0 +20 0 +10 –10 +13,5 –13,5

Shaft Tolerances Housing bore Tolerances

diameter js6 k4 k5 m5 n5 diameter K4 K5 M4 M5
Nominal Deviations Nominal Deviations
over incl. high low high low high low high low high low over incl. high low high low high low high low

mm µm mm µm

6 10 +4,5 –4,5 +5 +1 +7 +1 +12 +6 +16 +10 18 30 0 –6 +1 –8 –6 –12 –5 –14

10 18 +5,5 –5,5 +6 +1 +9 +1 +15 +7 +20 +12 30 50 +1 –6 +2 –9 –6 –13 –5 –16
18 30 +6,5 –6,5 +8 +2 +11 +2 +17 +8 +24 +15 50 80 +1 –7 +3 –10 –8 –16 –6 –19
30 50 +8 –8 +9 +2 +13 +2 +20 +9 +28 +17 80 120 +1 –9 +2 –13 –9 –19 –8 –23
50 80 +9,5 –9,5 +10 +2 +15 +2 +24 +11 +33 +20 120 180 +1 –11 +3 –15 –11 –23 –9 –27
80 120 +11 –11 +13 +3 +18 +3 +28 +13 +38 +23 180 250 0 –14 +2 –18 –13 –27 –11 –31
120 180 +12,5 –12,5 +15 +3 +21 +3 +33 +15 +45 +27 250 315 0 –16 +3 –20 –16 –32 –13 –36
180 250 +14,5 –14,5 +18 +4 +24 +4 +37 +17 +51 +31 315 400 +1 –17 +3 –22 –16 –34 –14 –39
250 315 +16 –16 +20 +4 +27 +4 +43 +20 +57 +34 400 500 0 –20 +2 –25 –18 –38 –16 –43

ISO shaft limits ISO housing limits

46 47
1 Principles of bearing selection and application

Fig 11 Accuracy of form

Accuracy of associated components
Maximum running accuracy, high speeds
and low operating temperatures can only
be achieved, even with precision bearings,
if the mating parts and other associated
components are made with equal precision.
Deviations from geometric form must
therefore be kept as small as possible
where the mating parts are concerned.
The rings of the bearings shown in this
catalogue are relatively thin-walled, so they
will adapt themselves to the form of the
shaft or housing bore. Any errors of form or
other inaccuracies of the shaft and housing
bore seating will thus be transmitted to the
raceways of the bearing rings. Angular
misalignment of one bearing ring in relation for housings 1)
to the other can cause high operating 1
temperatures; the axial support surfaces
for the faces of the bearing rings must A B
therefore, be precisely machined. This is t3 AB
particularly important where high-speed
operation is intended. Consequently, an
important prerequisite to achieving highly
accurate bearing arrangements is that the
recommendations, concerning accuracy of
form and position, as well as surface finish,
are adhered to when machining the mating DA DB
parts (➔ figs 11 and 12 ).
Limits for tolerance grades and roughness
classes can be found in Tables 7 and 8
page 50.

t1
ø t 4 /300 B ø t 4 /300 A

1) The housing form tolerances, symbols and reference surfaces are in accordance with
ISO 1101

Fig 12 Accuracy of form

for shafts 1)

t
A t B

t1 t2 B

dA dB

t3 AB

ø t 4 /300 B ø t 4 /300 A

1) The shaft tolerances, symbols and reference surfaces are in accordance with
ISO 1101

48 49
1 Principles of bearing selection and application

Table 7 Tolerance grades

appropriate to spindle Axial location of bearings Stepped sleeves
Tolerance Shaft Housings bearings Stepped sleeves may be used to axially lock 1
parameter Tolerance class Tolerance class General bearings or other precision components on
P4A, SP, P4C PA9A, UP P4A, SP, P4C PA9A, UP An interference fit alone, is inadequate for a shaft.
Circularity t IT2/2 IT1/2 IT2/2 IT1/2
the axial location of a bearing ring. As a Compared to threaded locking nuts,
Cylindricity t1 IT2/2 IT1/2 IT2/2 IT1/2 rule, therefore, some suitable means of stepped sleeves ensure a superior accuracy,
Angularity t2 IT3/2 IT2/2 axially securing the ring is needed. Both provided they are manufactured to a high
Runout t3 IT1 IT0 IT1 IT0 rings of locating bearings should be axially degree of accuracy. Conversely, stepped
Coaxiality t4 IT4 IT3 IT4 IT3
secured at both sides. For non-locating sleeves are expensive to manufacture, have
bearings, on the other hand, where they are to be designed properly, and require proper
of a non-separable design, it is sufficient mounting procedure.
Roughness1)
d, D
if the ring having the tighter fit – usually the Stepped sleeves are generally used
over incl. inner ring – is axially secured; the other ring in very high-speed spindles, where the
must be free to move axially with respect to accuracy granted by conventional locking
– 80 N4 N3 N5 N4 its seating. devices may not be sufficient.
80 250 N5 N4 N6 N5
250 N6 N5 N7 N6 In machine tool applications, usually, the Stepped sleeves are not standardised
work side bearings ensure the shaft and can be designed in many different ways
location to support the axial load to suit the spindle design.
transmission from the shaft to the housing.
Generally, then, work side bearings are
axially located, while rear side supports are
axially free.
Limits for tolerance
grades, surface Methods of location
1) For surface roughness Ra see Table 8 ; roughness classes N to ISO 1302 roughness class Bearing rings having an interference fit are
values 1) generally mounted so that the ring abuts a
shoulder on the shaft or in the housing at
Table 8
one side. At the opposite side, inner rings
Diameter Tolerance grades Surface Roughness
are normally secured using a lock nut
roughness (of series KMT or KMTA). Outer rings are
Nominal class usually retained by a housing end cover.
over incl. IT0 IT1 IT2 IT3 IT4 IT5 Ra Instead of integral shaft or housing
mm µm – µm shoulders, it is frequently more convenient
to use spacer sleeves or collars between
the bearing rings or between a bearing ring
6 10 0,6 1 1,5 2,5 4 6 N3 0,1
10 18 0,8 1,2 2 3 5 8 N4 0,2
and an adjacent component, e.g. a gear.
18 30 1 1,5 2,5 4 6 9 N5 0,4 Other methods of axial location which
30 50 1 1,5 2,5 4 7 11 N6 0,8 are suitable, above all, for high precision
50 80 1,2 2 3 5 8 13 N7 1,6 bearing arrangements involve the use of
80 120 1,5 2,5 4 6 10 15
press fits, e.g. in the form of stepped sleeve
120 180 2 3,5 5 8 12 18 arrangements.
180 250 3 4,5 7 10 14 20 Bearings with tapered bore mounted
250 315 4 6 8 12 16 23
315 400 5 7 9 13 18 25
directly on tapered journals are generally
400 500 6 8 10 15 20 27 retained by a lock nut on the shaft.

1) Surface roughness in Ra to DIN 7184; roughness classes N to ISO 1302

50 51
1 Principles of bearing selection and application
Bearing preload
Depending on the application, it is
necessary to have a positive, or a negative
operational clearance in a bearing
arrangement. In the majority of high-
precision bearing applications a negative
operational clearance i.e. a preload is
desirable in order to enhance the stiffness
of the bearing arrangement, or to increase
the running accuracy. The application of a
preload is also recommended where
bearings are to operate without load, or
under very light load and at high speeds. In
such cases the preload serves to guarantee
a minimum load on the bearing and thus
prevents bearing damage resulting from
sliding movements.
Types of preload
Depending on the type of bearing the
preload may be either radial or axial.
Cylindrical roller bearings can only be
radially preloaded and thrust ball bearings
can only be axially preloaded. Single row
angular contact ball bearings that are
52
normally subjected to axial preload, are
generally mounted together, with a second
bearing of the same type in a back-to-back
or face-to-face arrangement.
The distance between the pressure
centres of two angular contact ball bearings
is longer when the bearings are arranged
back-to-back and shorter when they are
arranged face-to-face. This means that the
bearings arranged back-to-back can
accommodate large tilting moments even if
the distance between bearing centres is
relatively short.
Reasons for bearing preload
The main reasons of bearing preload are:
● enhance stiffness
● reduce running noise
● enhance the accuracy of shaft guidance
● compensate for wear and settling
(bedding down) processes in operation
● give a long service life.
It is easy to understand that preloading
bearings have a very positive effect for
machine tool spindles.
Adjustment procedures (➔ fig 13 )
Single row angular contact ball bearings
are generally adjusted against each other
by axial displacement of the inner or outer
rings until a certain preload (or a certain
clearance) is obtained in the bearing
arrangement, (a). Single row angular
contact ball bearings that are mounted in
sets, (b) and (c), are matched in production
so that when they are mounted immediately
adjacent to each other, predetermined
values of preload are obtained. Cylindrical
roller bearings with tapered bore are
preloaded by driving the inner ring up on
to its tapered seating, (d) and (e); see also
mounting instructions from page 79.
Bearing preload - adjustment procedures
(a)
(b)
(d)
(f)
With regard to double direction angular
contact thrust ball bearings, the spacer 1
sleeve arranged between the shaft washers
is dimensioned so that a suitable preload
will be obtained once the bearing has been
mounted, (f). For high speed bearing
arrangements incorporating angular contact
ball bearings it is customary to axially
preload the bearings by means of springs,
(g). This way it is possible to maintain a
constant preload in the bearing arrangement
throughout the whole range of operating
conditions.
Specific information concerning preload
values is given in the relevant bearing
section.
Fig 13
(c)
(e)
(g)
53
1 Principles of bearing selection and application

Preloading by springs
The simplest method of applying preload is
by springs or spring “package” (➔ fig 14 ).
The spring acts on the outer ring of the
bearings that are able to be axially displaced.
The preload force remains practically
constant even when there is axial
displacement of the bearing as a result
of thermal expansion.
Spring loading is a common method of
applying preload to the angular contact ball
bearings of high speed grinding spindles.
The method is not suitable, however, for
bearing applications where high stiffness
is required, where the direction of load
changes, or where undefined shock loads
can occur.
Specific recommendations for preloading
by springs are given in the angular contact
ball bearing section.
External axial loads on preloaded
bearing sets
Angular contact ball bearing sets, and
double direction angular contact thrust ball
bearings are matched during manufacture
to have a predetermined preload once in
operation. External axial load may release
bearings not supporting the external load
from preload (➔ Diagram 2 ).
When two bearing rows are preloaded
against each other, the same force is
exchanged between the two rows. Force will
induce a certain displacement in each row,
δ. When an external axial load is applied
to bearing 1, Ka, deflection of bearing 1
will follow the relevant curve on the above-
mentioned diagram. At the same time
bearing 2 will be subjected to progressively
less axial preload which will move from the
original static preload value F0 down to the
residual force F2. When Ka reaches the
value Fb, bearing 2 has no preload left.
The force Fb is then the axial external load
which releases bearing 2 from preload,
the so-called ‘Breakaway’ load.
Breakaway load varies depending on
preload. For angular contact ball bearing
sets of two bearings matched back-to-back
or face-to-face, for series 2344(00) and
BTM the relation between breakaway load
and preload is shown in Table 9 page 56.
It sometimes happens that the external
axial load is greater than the breakaway
load Fb. This usually occurs when the
spindle is cutting with heavy axial forces
and rotating at relatively low speed. In such
External axial loads on preloaded bearing sets
Bearing
1 2
Load
conditions, and if the spindle, while working
is not subjected to strong acceleration, 1
no consequences to operation will result.
However, to avoid working beyond the
breakaway load it is possible to increase
the preload of the bearing sets, or if this
is not possible, bearing sets with mixed
contact angles may be used. For advice
on this, please consult the SKF application
engineering service.
Diagram 2

Deflection Deflection
on bearing 2 on bearing 1

Fb Breakaway load
Fig 14 For an application
where extremely
high speed is required
and moderate stiffness
is acceptable,
K a = external
preloading should
axial load
be done through
calibrated springs A
acting against F1
a bearing ring
C F0 = static preload
F2
δ 0 Deflection

Displacement of bearing 1 = δ 1 Displacement of bearing 2 = δ 2

54 55
1 Principles of bearing selection and application
Preload for customised needs
As it is mentioned above, high-precision
angular contact ball bearing preload is
predetermined during manufacture. In
certain special cases it might happen that
a different preload is required to achieve
the best performances. In these cases it is
recommended to use spacers between the
bearings with different length.
All details covering spacers and spacer
reworking are shown in the angular contact
ball bearing section.
Guidelines for breakaway load calculation
Bearing type & arrangement
Series 70, 72 and 719 CD
or ACD, CX or ACX in DB or DF sets
Series 70, 72 and 719 CD
or ACD, CX or ACX in TBT or TFT sets
(where two bearings are supporting the load)
2344(00), BTM – A and BTM – B series
Ball screw support bearings
Note: for bearings series or designs not listed above please contact SKF application engineering service
56
Seals
Bearing positions must be efficiently sealed
both outwards and inwards, so that
contaminants and damp cannot penetrate,
and the lubricant cannot escape, if reliable
performance is to be obtained. This is
particularly true of bearing arrangements
incorporating high-precision bearings where
the demands in respect of running accuracy,
bearing life and reliability are generally very
high.
Seals can be of two basic types: non-
contacting (non-rubbing) and contacting
(rubbing).
Contacting seals
The following are some examples of
contacting seal arrangements (➔ fig 15 ).
Because of the friction, contacting seals
will raise the temperature of the system
and therefore cannot be considered for
the majority of machine tool spindles. Thus,
in general, contacting seals are used only
where low speeds – n dm below 200 000 –
are involved and the influence of higher
Contacting seals, examples of application
Table 9 Fig 15
Breakaway load vs static preload
Fb = 2,8 F0
Fb = 4,2 F0
Fb = 2,85 F0
as for 70, 72 and 719 series
temperature has no important effects on
the spindle working conditions. 1
Because of this, non-contacting seals
are almost always used for high-precision
bearing arrangements.
Non-contacting seals
Non-contacting seals are the most commonly
used arrangements in machine tools
applications, despite their being more
difficult to manufacture, more expensive
and more complex. Some examples of
non-contacting seals are shown in figs 16
and 17 page 58.
Among the non-contacting seals, labyrinth
seals are the most widely used in spindle
applications. They make access to bearings
and thus contamination difficult, and prevent
cutting fluids from entering the bearing area.
The main design features of a labyrinth
seal, starting from the external side, are:
splashguard, narrow gaps, large drainage
chamber(s), and if there is adequate room,
further gaps and drainage chambers. The
splashguard prevents the fluids gaining
access directly to the first gap. The gaps
57
1 Principles of bearing selection and application
prevent most of the fluid proceeding further
in. The drainage chambers also serve to
reduce the velocity of the fluid arising from
the rotation of the shaft.
In order to avoid pumping effects inward,
the labyrinth components should progressively
decrease in diameter inwards from the
outside. Machining spirals that can direct
the fluid inwards should be avoided. If the
spindle is designed to rotate in both directions
– clockwise and counter clockwise – spirals
have to be avoided. Additional protection is
Non-contacting seals, examples
58
achieved by creating an overpressure inside
the spindle. This is the case when oil spot
or oil mist lubrication systems are used.
Under severe conditions, an air barrier
can be created by blowing air into the
labyrinth. It is important that the flow is
balanced, so that the dominant flow is
outwards. An air barrier can provide a
reasonably efficient sealing even with
a fairly simple labyrinth design. The
following is an example of an efficient
sealing system.
Fig 16
Fig 17
Preventive stages
The sealing system can be divided into the
following preventive stages (➔ fig 18 ).
1 Direct access to the labyrinth of fluid
washing over the spindle housing is
prevented.
2 Splashguard, designed as a labyrinth,
together with the housing cover, throws
Labyrinth sealing system, example
2 1 9
5
7 8
10
fluids outward. Both the splashguard and
the housing cover are provided with one 1
or several annular grooves to direct the
fluid. When positioned on a rotating body,
the grooves have little influence during
rotation.
3 Gap with a height of 0,1 – 0,2 mm.
4 Groove or grooves on the shaft to direct
the fluid under non-rotating conditions.
Fig 18
11 12
59
1 Principles of bearing selection and application
5 Large drainage chamber where the
velocity of the fluid is reduced. The
chamber should be relatively large as
the amount of fluid at this stage can be
important.
6 Drainage using a large outlet area
around 250 mm2, so that no fluid stays
inside the chamber (5).
7 Labyrinths with gap heights of
0,2 – 0,3 mm.
8 Chamber for fluid retardation.
9 Collector to guide the fluid to the lower
side and prevent it from penetrating
further.
10 Drainage using an area of 100 – 150 mm2.
11 Chamber with collector and drainage as
in steps (8) – (10). Only very little fluid
should be present here and a drainage
area of around 50 mm2, should be
adequate.
12 Gap with a height of about 1 mm to
avoid capillary action.
60
This design is rather complex and more
costly than conventional labyrinths,
however, if the environmental conditions are
severe, a very efficient sealing should be
considered. The service life of the spindle
will otherwise suffer, and downtime and
replacement costs can be very high. A
sealing system that takes up considerable
space axially is favourable, as large
drainage areas and collectors can be
designed, thus improving sealing efficiency.
However, the larger the space taken axially,
the longer the overhang from the front
bearing and the cutting force position,
thus making the spindle radially less rigid.
Retaining covers
Retaining covers and their securing screws
may be a source of deterioration in bearing
accuracy. If the wall thickness between the
bearing seating and the screw holes is too
small, and/or the screws are tightened too
hard, the outer ring raceway may be
deformed. Bearings of the lightest ISO
Dimension Series, 19 may be more
seriously affected than the thicker rings
of bearings belonging to ISO Dimension
Series 10 or above.
It may be advantageous to use a large
number of small diameter screws. Using
only 3 or 4 screws should be avoided as
such a small number of tightening points
Checking the play between the housing
and the front cover
Fig 19
10–15 µm/100 mm øD
øD
may produce lobes in the housing bore
diameter. This can produce changeable 1
friction torque, noise and unstable preload
(when angular contact ball bearings are
used). For spindles where the design is
complex, space is limited, only a few screws
can be used and thin-section bearings are
used, an FEM (finite element) analysis may
be recommended to accurately monitor
deformation.
In addition, the play between the housing
and the front cover should be checked.
A guideline value may fall between 10 and
15 µm per 100 mm housing bore diameter
(or bearing outside diameter) (➔ fig 19 ).
61
1 Principles of bearing selection and application
Lubrication
and maintenance
General
The choice of lubricant and lubrication
method for a particular application depends
primarily on the operating conditions,
e.g. permissible temperatures or operating
speeds, but may also be dictated by the
lubrication of adjacent components
(e.g. gear wheels).
For an adequate lubricant film to be
formed between the rolling elements
and raceways, only a very small amount
of lubricant is required. With very small
quantities, the hydrodynamic friction losses
are small and operating temperatures
can be kept down. Such minimal lubricant
quantity can reliably be obtained using
grease, and this method of lubrication is
also becoming popular for spindle bearing
arrangements. However, where speeds are
very high, the bearings should be lubricated
with oil, as the service life of grease is too
short under such conditions.
62
Grease lubrication
Grease lubrication may be used for all
bearings shown in this catalogue. The use
of grease means that bearing arrangement
design can be relatively simple because
grease is more easily retained at the
bearing position than oil, and it also
contributes to sealing the bearing against
contaminants and damp. Bear in mind that
the grease applied should always be free
from contaminants.
In most cases a lithium grease with a
mineral oil base is suitable for high-
precision bearings. Where demands for
speed, temperature and service life are
high, the use of bearing greases based on
synthetic oils, e.g. the SKF grease LGLT 2
which has a diester oil base, have proved
beneficial.
The lubrication of a bearing arrangement
with a good quality grease in suitable
quantity, permits relatively high speed
operation without an excessive rise in
temperature, compared with some other
methods of lubrication. Grease lubricated
bearing arrangements are therefore suitable
for a wide speed range.
Grease selection
Lithium base greases with a mineral oil
base are particularly suitable for the
lubrication of rolling bearings and may also
be used for high-precision bearings. These
greases adhere well to the bearing surfaces
and can generally be used in the
temperature range –30 to +110 °C. This is
sufficient for most applications. In cases
involving special features (e.g. operating
temperature below 50 °C or above 100 °C,
very high or very low bearing speed,
bearings subject to heavy load or shock
loads, water resistance, compatibility) the
following criteria can be adopted. First
select consistency and base oil viscosity,
check EP additives needed, then check for
additional requirements (➔ Table 1 ).
The method of selecting the required oil
viscosity is explained in the section
“Lubrication and maintenance” in the SKF
General Catalogue or the SKF Interactive
Engineering Catalogue.
The selection process is based on the
elasto-hydrodynamic theory of lubrication
(EHL). It is assumed that there is an
Consistency selection
Table
Consistency Applications
NLGI 2 grade Normal applications
NLGI 3 grade Large bearings, vibration,
high ambient temperatures,
vertical shafts
NLGI 1 grade Low ambient temperatures,
oscillating applications
abundant supply of oil to the contact to be
lubricated (fully flooded inlet conditions).
This is usually correct for oil lubrication,
but for grease lubrication the situation can
1
be quite different. In most grease lubricated
bearings there is only a very minute amount
of lubricant available in the actual contact
between the rolling element and the
raceway. This lubrication mode is called
Starved Lubrication. The consequence
of this is that with grease lubrication the
lubricant film thickness is often much less
than with oil lubrication and a correction
has to be made when calculating the
grease base oil viscosity.
From practical experience the following
guidelines can be given.
If the calculation leads to a viscosity
of more than 500 mm2/s at 40 °C, then
consider applying a correction factor for
base oil viscosity of 0,5 or smaller. Greases
with very high base oil viscosities should
only be used in very special applications
(typically very slowly rotating rolling bearings
with continuous lubrication). If the calculated
viscosity is lower, do not apply a correction
1
63
1 Principles of bearing selection and application

Table 2
factor. If the required base oil viscosity is not Grease quantities
high (typically below 20 mm2/s at operating Bearings operating at high speeds, where Bearing Grease charge for bearings of series 1
temperature), consider multiplying the it is desirable to keep the operating bore
calculated base oil viscosity by a factor 2. temperature low to ensure long grease life diameter 719 CD 70 CD 72 CD 719 CE 70 CE N 10 NN 30 NNU 49 BTM – A 2344(00) BSA 2 BSD
719 ACD 70 ACD 72 ACD 719 ACE 70 ACE BTM – B BSA 31)
Following from this empirical rule, should be lubricated with small quantities 719 CX 70 CX 72 CX
selection of too high a grease base oil of grease. In machine tool applications 719 ACX 70 ACX 72 ACX
viscosity will impede the lubricant’s access that mostly run at high speed the quantity
to the bearing contacts. And with increasing should be lower than 30 % of the free space mm cm3
base oil viscosity, oil bleed also reduces. in a bearing. Freshly greased bearings
So with a very high base oil viscosity, should be run at low speed during a 8 – 0,05 – – – – – – – – – –
the lubricant film actually becomes running-in phase so the grease will be 9 – 0,06 – – – – – – – – – –
10 0,04 0,08 0,12 – – – – – – – – –
thinner instead of thicker. evenly distributed within the bearing and 12 0,04 0,09 0,15 – – – – – – – 0,3 –
Conversely, if the calculated oil viscosity excess grease can be ejected. If this 15 0,07 0,13 0,22 – – – – – – – 0,4 –
is low, the lubricant film thickness can be running-in phase is neglected, risk of 17 0,08 0,18 0,3 – – – – – – – 0,6 –
increased by selecting a grease with a temperature peaking can lead to bearing
20 0,15 0,3 0,46 0,16 0,34 – – – – – 0,8 1
higher than calculated base oil viscosity. failure later on. 23,8 – – – – – – – – – – – 1,4
Greases with EP additives may be used From experience in the field, the most 25 0,18 0,34 0,57 0,18 0,4 – 0,9 – – – 1 1,4
if bearings are subjected to heavy loads common filling quantities are about 10 % 30 0,21 0,53 0,83 0,21 0,57 – 1,1 – – 1,9 1,5 1,4
35 0,31 0,66 1,2 0,32 0,71 – 1,4 – – 2,3 2 1,8
(e.g. C/P < 5), shock loads occur frequently, filling grade. Suggested quantities for 38,1 – – – – – – – – – – – 3,8
or if frequent start-up and shutdown occurs high-precision bearings in machine tool
during the working cycle. applications are given in Table 2 . 40 0,48 0,8 1,5 0,49 0,86 1,2 1,7 – – 2,7 – 3,8 (1,6)2)
Use EP additive lubricants only if Pre-greased angular contact ball 44,4 – – – – – – – – – – – 5
45 0,54 1,1 1,8 0,55 1,1 1,3 1,9 – – 3,2 – 5 (1,6)2)
necessary. Certain EP additives are not bearings may be delivered on request with 50 0,58 1,2 2,1 0,59 1,2 1,5 2,1 – – 3,5 – 5
compatible with some cage materials. the proper grease type and filling grade. 55 0,83 1,7 2,6 0,85 1,55 1,8 2,6 – – 4,5 – –
Please consult the SKF application Please consult SKF for availability and 60 0,9 1,8 3,3 0,92 1,65 2 2,8 – 3,2 4,8 – –
engineering service for further details. technical details. 65 0,95 1,9 4,1 0,98 1,75 2,1 3 – 3,3 5,1 – –
70 1,5 2,7 4,6 1,6 2,5 2,6 3,8 – 4,4 6 – –
75 1,7 2,8 5 1,7 2,7 2,8 4 – 6,4 – –
80 1,7 3,7 6 1,8 3,6 3,4 4,9 – 6,4 7,7 – –
85 2,4 3,9 7,2 2,5 3,8 3,5 5,1 – 6,7 8,1 – –
90 2,5 5 9 2,6 5 4,1 5,9 – 8,9 9,6 – –

95 2,6 5,2 11 2,7 5,2 4,3 6,2 10 – –

100 3,5 5,4 13 3,6 5,5 4,5 6,5 4,5 9,6 11 – –
105 3,7 6,8 16 3,8 – 5,3 7,6 7 12 – –
110 3,8 8,5 18 3,9 – 6,1 8,8 7,3 12 14 – –
120 5,1 9 22 5,3 – 6,7 9,6 9 17 15 – –
130 6,8 14 – – – – 12 11 25,5 19 – –

140 7,2 15 – – – – 17 15 – 27 – –
150 11 18 – – – – 20 19 – 31 – –
160 11 22 – – – – 22 21 – 36 – –
170 12 28 – – – – 29 24 – 43 – –
180 18 37 – – – – 34 30 – 51 – –
190 19 38 – – – – 36 31 – 53 – –

200 27 51 – – – – 42 39 – 57 – –
220 28 67 – – – – 76 62 – – – –
240 31 72 – – – – 83 68 – – – –
260 – – – – – – 140 122 – – – –
280 – – – – – – 155 128 – – – –

1) Values for BSA 3 series are 1,7 times the values of BSA 2 series
2) Values in brackets refer to smaller outside diameter where two different bearings have the same bore diameter
(e.g. BSD 4072 C and BSD 4090 C)
Grease charges ➤

64 65
1 Principles of bearing selection and application

Grease service life
Several methods are used to calculate the
relubrication interval for grease lubricated
bearings. However there are several
important factors influencing the grease life,
many of which are difficult to estimate. It is
extremely complex to calculate precisely
how long the grease can survive in a given
application depending on the actual
conditions. It is better to talk of grease life
estimation, and the following data assists
in making the best estimate. The graph
(➔ Diagram 1 and Tables 3 and 4 )
shows the theoretical relubrication interval
tf for high-precision bearings in various
executions. The angular contact ball bearing
curves refer to single bearings, so data for
matched sets should be reduced depending 1
on the arrangement as per Table 3 .
For hybrid bearings the estimated grease
service life can be obtained by multiplying
the calculated value for the all-steel bearing
by the factor given in Table 4 .
Table 3 Table 4

Bearing Preload class n dm A T C

design Light Medium Heavy
millions

A
Set of 2 0,8 0,7 0,55 0,5 3 3 3
Set of 3 0,7 0,55 0,35
Set of 4 0,65 0,45 0,25 0,7 3,5 3
More Contact SKF
1 3 3
Codes: T, BTM series 1 – 0,5
B As A – As A 1,5 2,8 2,5
A = Angular Contact Ball Bearings;
C = Cylindrical Roller Bearings;
T = Angular Contact Thrust Ball Bearings;
B = Ball Screw Support Bearings.

Grease relubrication intervals guidelines

Diagram 1 Factors to calculate grease relubrication interval Ceramic material effect

depending on bearing arrangement
Relubrication interval (hours)
100 000

A 15°

Guidelines on correction factors

for relubrication interval estimation
A 25°
Table 5
10 000
Shaft position Vertical Horizontal
correction factor C1 0,5 1
C N 10
Bearing load C/P > 20 C/P > 10 C/P > 8 C/P > 5 C/P > 2 C/P >1
correction factor C2 1 0,7 0,5 0,3 0,2 0,1

Reliability L1 L50
1 000 T&B correction factor C3 0,37 2

Air flow-through Low Moderate Strong

correction factor C4 1 0,3 0,1
C NN 30
Damp & dust Low Moderate High Very high
correction factor C5 1 0,5 0,3 0,1

100 Temperature 40 °C 55 °C 70 °C 85 °C 100 °C

0,1 0,15 0,2 0,3 0,5 0,7 1 1,5 correction factor C6 >1 >1 1 0,5 0,25

Speed factor, n dm (millions)

66 67
1 Principles of bearing selection and application

The basic conditions for which Changing the grease type Table 6
Diagram 1 page 66 has been drawn up Where an alternative grease is considered Mineral oil Ester oil Polyglycol Silicone- Silicone- Polyphenylether 1
are: for a certain application, its compatibility methyl phenyl
1) bearings are mounted on horizontal with the grease currently used should be
shafts checked first. Tables 6 and 7 indicate
Mineral oil + + − − + O
2) bearing operating temperature does not compatibility of base oil and thickener type.
exceed 70 °C Before applying a new grease, the Ester oil + + + − + O
3) a good quality lithium base grease old one should be completely removed.
Polyglycol − + + − − −
is used Also, for a certain period during the early
4) a relubrication interval at the end of stages of running, regular checks, grease Silicone-methyl − − − + + −
which 90 % of the bearings are still replacement and close monitoring of the
reliably lubricated (L10 life). bearings need to be made. Silicone-phenyl + + − + + +
The above is based on grease composition Polyphenylether O O − − + +
The data from the graphs must then be and is an indication only, so in order to be
multiplied by several factors related to certain, individual testing may be required.
the specific application data (➔ Table 5 The above procedure does not apply to + = compatible, − = incompatible, O = individual testing required
page 67). PTFE thickener or silicone based greases
The relubrication interval then becomes for which bearings should be thoroughly
Compatibility of base oil types
washed (using appropriate solvents) before
Trelub = tf × C1 × C2 × … × Ci the new grease is applied. Always check
that the new grease is suitable for the
Other conditions such as the presence of application.
water, cutting fluids, vibration etc may affect
grease life.
Machine tool spindles often operate with
working conditions that are not constant. Compatibility of thickeners
If the speed spectrum is known and the
Table 7
lubrication interval for each speed is
estimated, a total lubrication interval can be Li Ca Na Li Ca Na Ba Al Clay Polyurea
calculated with the following equation: soap soap soap complex complex complex complex complex
soap soap soap soap soap

100
tf tot = Li soap + O – + – O O – O O
∑ (ai/tfi)
Ca soap O + O + – O O – O O
where: Na soap – O + O O + + – O O
tf tot = total lubrication interval
ai = part of the total cycle time at speed Li complex soap + + O + + O O + – –
ni, %;
Ca complex soap – – O + + O – O O +
tfi = lubrication interval at speed ni.
Na complex soap O O + O O + + – – O

Ba complex soap O O + O – + + + O O

Al complex soap – – – + O – + + – O

Clay O O O – O – O – + O

Polyurea O O O – + O O O O +

+ = Compatible, – = Incompatible, O = Individual testing required

68 69
1 Principles of bearing selection and application
Running-in of greased bearings
A grease-lubricated bearing will initially run
with a rather high frictional moment, and if
the speed is high, the temperature rise can
be considerable and excessive. The high
frictional moment is due to churning of
the grease, and it takes some time for the
excess grease to work its way out of the
contact zone and be forced away from
the raceways. This can be minimized by
applying a small quantity of grease and
distributing the grease evenly on both sides
of the bearing. Where possible, the adoption
of spacers in between two adjacent
bearings is also beneficial.
The time required to stabilize temperature
depends on a number of factors – the type
of grease, the grease charge, how the
grease is applied to the bearings, the
bearing type and internal design, and the
running-in procedure. When properly run-in,
the bearings work with minimal lubricant,
giving the lowest frictional moment and
temperature. The grease remaining at the
sides of the raceways will act as a reservoir
and the oil will bleed into the raceways,
ensuring a safe lubrication for a long
period of time.
Running-in can be done in several ways.
The most common is to increase the
speed in stages, waiting for the bearing
temperature to stabilize before moving on
to the next step. It is advisable to go one
step more than the operating speed of
the system, as this will ensure a lower
temperature rise while operating. The
temperature should be monitored during
running-in to avoid large peaks which may
later be detrimental to the grease life. As
a general recommendation, the absolute
temperature should be limited to
approximately 60 – 65 °C. If running-in
70
is done automatically on a test machine,
it is preferable to set the machine with
temperature alarms which will stop the
spindle if the temperature rise exceeds
fixed limits. Although easy to handle,
automatic machines operating on time
steps only, do not monitor the temperature
that may go beyond acceptable levels.
Though widely used, the above
procedure is time-consuming. Several hours
may be required for a medium high spindle
speed, as each step may take between 30
minutes and 1 – 2 hours before temperature
stabilises. Total time for completing the
running-in could be 8 – 10 hours.
The running-in time can be shortened
considerably by using a few steps only and
by starting at a speed approximately equal
to 20 – 25 % of the bearing catalogue
speed. This can significantly reduce the
number of steps, but at each step the
temperature increase may be very rapid.
The temperature of the bearings must
be carefully monitored with this procedure,
and if possible should be measured on
the bearing outer ring, using an automatic
switch off when the temperature exceeds
the above set limits.
After the outer ring has cooled down
5 – 10 °C the spindle is restarted at the
same speed. The same procedure may
have to be repeated several times, but the
cycle time is just a few minutes. When a
temperature peak, lower than the alarm
limit, has been reached, the temperature
will decrease rather rapidly and the bearing
is then run-in at that particular speed.
Wherever possible and regardless of
the procedure chosen, running-in should
involve placing the spindle in rotation both
clockwise and anti-clockwise.
Oil lubrication
General
Several methods of oil lubrication are
available, which differ in specific
characteristics. Oil lubrication is therefore
recommended for many applications and
can be adapted to suit the actual operating
conditions and particular machine design.
The most commonly used methods of oil
lubrication are described below. For spindle
bearing arrangements, the high operating
speeds and requisite low operating
temperatures generally necessitate the use
of circulating oil lubrication with oil cooling,
or the oil spot method. Depending on the
Bearing temperature and frictional loss
as a function of oil quantity
Bearing temperature, T
A B C D
method chosen, the following factors play
an important part: 1
● quantity and viscosity of the oil
● speed and hydrodynamic friction loss
which is a function of the speed
● permissible bearing temperature
The relationships between oil quantity,
friction and bearing temperature are shown
in Diagram 2 . Where there is insufficient
oil (region A), complete separation of rolling
elements and raceways will not be achieved.
Metallic contact will lead to increased
friction and temperature, and finally to
bearing wear. A cohesive, load-carrying oil
film can only be formed if a greater quantity
Information on oil quantities
for special applications may
be obtained from SKF applications
engineers.
Diagram 2
Frictional losses, Wf
E
Oil quantity
71
1 Principles of bearing selection and application
of oil is available (region B). Here the
condition is reached where friction and
consequently temperature, are at a
minimum. A further increase in oil quantity
(region C) will result in increases in friction
and temperature only until the quantity is
such that an equilibrium is achieved
between heat generation and heat loss,
after which (region D) there is little change
in temperature with oil quantity. If even more
oil is added, the cooling effect predominates
and the temperature starts to fall (region
D-E). The conditions obtained with oil spot
lubrication correspond to those of region B,
and the conditions obtained with circulating
oil lubrication where the oil is also cooled
correspond to those of region E.
Common methods of oil lubrication
Several methods of oil lubrication are
available, which differ in specific
characteristics.
Oil bath lubrication
Oil bath lubrication is the simplest method
of oil lubrication. The oil, which is picked up
by the rotating components of the bearing,
is distributed within the bearing and then
flows back to the oil bath. Oil bath
lubrication is particularly suitable for low
speeds and enables design of relatively
simple and economic bearing
arrangements. At high speeds however, the
bearings are supplied with too much oil,
increasing friction within the bearing and
causing the operating temperature to rise.
Circulating oil lubrication
With circulating oil lubrication, the
lubricating oil is pumped to a position above
the bearing where it runs down through the
bearing. After the oil has passed through
the bearing it is filtered and, if required,
cooled before being returned to the bearing.
72
Cooling the oil enables the operating
temperature of the bearing to be kept
at low level.
Oil drop lubrication
In this method, the bearing is supplied at
given intervals with an accurately metered
quantity of oil. The quantity supplied may be
relatively small, so frictional losses at high
speeds are small. However, it is not certain
that the oil will penetrate the bearing at high
speeds.
Oil jet lubrication
In the oil jet method a jet of oil under high
pressure is directed at the side of the
bearing. The velocity of the oil jet must be
high enough (at least 15 m/s) so that at
least some of the oil will penetrate the
turbulence surrounding the rotating bearing.
This method is particularly efficient and
is often used for high-speed bearing
arrangements.
Oil mist lubrication
In oil mist lubrication, finely divided oil
droplets are supplied to the bearing in a
stream of compressed air. The air passing
through the bearing serves to cool it and
produces a slight excess pressure that
enhances sealing. Minimum quantities of
oil can be used however; in practice it is
difficult to supply the bearing reliably with
the very small quantities of oil involved.
Oil mist is fairly costly and less and less
accepted because polluting the immediate
surroundings of the machine.
Oil spot (minimal) lubrication
With the oil spot method very small
accurately metered quantities of oil are
directed at each individual bearing by
compressed air. The minimum quantity
enables bearings to operate at lower
temperatures than any other method of
lubrication. The oil is supplied to the leads
by a metering unit, it coats the inside
surface of the leads and “creeps” along
them. It is injected to the bearing via a
nozzle. The compressed air serves to cool
the bearing and also produces an excess
pressure in the bearing arrangement that
prevents contaminants from entering.
The speed rating for oil lubrication given
in the product tables apply to oil spot
lubrication.
When using the circulating oil, oil jet and
oil spot methods it is necessary to ensure
that the oil flowing from the bearing can
leave the arrangement by adequately
dimensioned ducts.
Circulating oil lubrication
with additional cooling
This method is suitable for high-speed
bearings provided an efficient oil cooling
system and proper drainage ducts at both
sides of the bearing are in place. Cooling
the oil helps keeping bearing temperatures
down, although the large quantities of oil
and the increased frictional losses
associated with the lubricant mean that
more power is needed. Circulating oil
lubrication with cooling system requires
pumps and cooling devices and places
considerable demands on the sealing.
It is therefore relatively expensive.
Table
Bearing bore Oil flow rate
diameter
d
over incl. low high
mm l/min
– 50 0,3 1
50 120 0,8 3,6
120 1,8 6
The amount of oil required for circulating
oil lubrication with additional cooling can be 1
calculated approximately using
Q = (M0 + M1) (n π/∆T)10−6
where
Q = requisite oil quantity, l/min
M0 = load-independent frictional moment,
see SKF General Catalogue, Nmm
M1 = load-dependent frictional moment,
see SKF General Catalogue, Nmm
n = bearing speed, r/min
∆T = permissible increase in temperature
of lubricating oil (difference between
oil temperature before and after the
bearing position), °C
The oil quantities determined using the
above equation can be used as guideline
values when selecting pumps and cooling
arrangements. They are valid provided that
the operating temperature of the shaft does
not exceed ambient temperature by more
than 30 °C; the bearing outer ring
temperature may be 5 °C higher. With
higher temperatures the formula may give
wrong values, as the transfer of heat from
the shaft is not considered. For accurate
analysis, computer programs are available.
Please consult SKF for details.
Table 8 gives guidelines for oil flow rate.
8
Guidelines for oil flow rate
73
1 Principles of bearing selection and application

Table 9
Oil spot lubrication changed substantially without any major
Oil spot lubrication enables reliable bearing effect on the bearing temperature rise. Bore 1
lubrication to be achieved using extremely Temperature rise and reliability with oil code q=1 q=2 q=3 q=5 q = 10 q = 15 q = 20
small quantities of oil. spot method depend to a large extent on
Lower operating temperatures or higher the lubrication interval, i.e. the time in 8 0,56 1,12 1,68 2,80 5,60 8,40 11,20
speeds can be reached using this method between two shots from the oil spot 9 0,63 1,26 1,89 3,15 6,30 9,45 12,60
of oil lubrication. lubricator. Generally the lubrication interval 00 0,80 1,60 2,40 4,00 8,00 12,00 16,00
Guideline values for the oil quantity to be is determined by the oil flow rate generated 01 0,96 1,92 2,88 4,80 9,60 14,40 19,20
02 1,35 2,70 4,05 6,75 13,50 20,25 27,00
supplied to a bearing can be obtained from by each injector and the oil quantity 03 1,70 3,40 5,10 8,50 17,00 25,50 34,00
supplied per hour. This interval can vary
Q = q d B × 10−2 from one minute to one hour, with the most 04 2,40 4,80 7,20 12,00 24,00 36,00 48,00
05 3,00 6,00 9,00 15,00 30,00 45,00 60,00
common interval being 15 – 20 minutes. 06 3,90 7,80 11,70 19,50 39,00 58,50 78,00
where Pipes from the lubricator should be 07 4,90 9,80 14,70 24,50 49,00 73,50 98,00
Q = oil quantity, mm3/h long enough, normally 1 – 5 m in length 08 6,00 12,00 18,00 30,00 60,00 90,00 120,00
d = bore diameter of bearing, mm depending on the time interval between two 09 7,20 14,40 21,60 36,00 72,00 108,00 144,00
B = bearing width, mm subsequent shots. The air pressure should 10 8,00 16,00 24,00 40,00 80,00 120,00 160,00
be 0,2 – 0,3 MPa, but must be increased 11 9,90 19,80 29,70 49,50 99,00 148,50 198,00
and q is a factor, see explanation below when pipes are long to compensate for 12 10,80 21,60 32,40 54,00 108,00 162,00 216,00
13 11,70 23,40 35,10 58,50 117,00 175,50 234,00
(➔ Table 9 ). the pressure drop along the pipes. 14 14,00 28,00 42,00 70,00 140,00 210,00 280,00
The quantity varies depending on bearing To keep rise in temperature at the lowest 15 15,00 30,00 45,00 75,00 150,00 225,00 300,00
type and design and this is determined by possible level, good drainage must be
using different values of the factor q, i.e. designed. With horizontal spindles it is 16 17,60 35,20 52,80 88,00 176,00 264,00 352,00
17 18,70 37,40 56,10 93,50 187,00 280,50 374,00
should be 1 – 2 for roller bearings, and 2 – 5 relatively easy to arrange drainage ducts 18 21,60 43,20 64,80 108,00 216,00 324,00 432,00
for ball bearings. When speed is very high at each side of the bearings involved. 19 22,80 45,60 68,40 114,00 228,00 342,00 456,00
and angular contact ball bearings are used, Where bearings with lubrication grooves 20 24,00 48,00 72,00 120,00 240,00 360,00 480,00
21 27,30 54,60 81,90 136,50 273,00 409,50 546,00
the factor q will be much higher because of are used, a drainage duct for the annular
the pumping effect of angular contact groove must also be considered. 22 30,80 61,60 92,40 154,00 308,00 462,00 616,00
ball bearings. For such cases a value For vertical shafts, the oil passing the 24 33,60 67,20 100,80 168,00 336,00 504,00 672,00
of q between 10 and 20 should be used. upper bearings must be prevented from 26 42,90 85,80 128,70 214,50 429,00 604,50 858,00
28 46,20 92,40 138,60 231,00 462,00 693,00 924,00
Individual testing is always necessary reaching the lower bearings which 30 52,50 105,00 157,50 262,50 525,00 787,50 1 050,00
however to optimise the conditions. Different otherwise will receive too much lubricant. 32 60,80 121,60 182,40 304,00 608,00 912,00 1 216,00
bearing designs show varying sensitivity Drainage, together with a sealing device
34 71,40 142,80 214,20 357,00 714,00 1 071,00 1 428,00
to oil quantity change, i.e. roller bearings must be incorporated at the lower side of 36 82,80 165,60 248,40 416,00 828,00 1 242,00 1 656,00
are very sensitive to oil inlet changes each bearing. An efficient seal should also 38 87,40 174,80 262,20 437,00 874,00 1 311,00 1 748,00
while for ball bearings, the quantity can be be provided at the spindle nose to prevent 40 102,00 204,00 306,00 541,00 1 020,00 1 530,00 2 040,00
lubricating oils reaching the workpiece. 44 123,20 246,40 369,60 616,00 1 232,00 1 848,00 2 464,00
48 134,40 268,80 403,20 672,00 1 344,00 2 016,00 2 688,00

Factor q for oil spot lubrication and guidelines

for angular contact ball bearings series 70

74 75
1 Principles of bearing selection and application

Position of the oil nozzles determined following the recommendations Table 10

Oil nozzles should be correctly positioned in the SKF Interactive Catalogue and is Bore Bore Oil nozzle position dn for bearings of series 1
to avoid difficulties for the oil to enter the essentially a function of bearing size, speed code diameter 719 CD, 719 CE, 70 CD, 70 CE, 72 CD, NNU 49 NN 30,
contact area between rolling element and and operating temperature. 719 ACD 719 ACE 70 ACD 70 ACE 72 ACD N 101)
719 CX 70 CX 72 CX
raceway and so that it does not impinge The intervals at which the oil should be 719 ACX 70 ACX 72 ACX
on the cage. Table 10 gives the values changed when using the oil bath, circulating
of the diameters (from the shaft axis) where oil and oil jet methods depend mainly on mm mm
oil injection should take place for the most the operating conditions and the quantities
common bearing designs and series of oil involved. Further information may be 8 8 – – 13,6 – – – –
(➔ fig 1 ). found in the SKF Interactive Catalogue, or 9 9 – – 15,1 – – – –
The data shown in Table 10 refers to obtained on request from the oil suppliers. 00 10 14,8 – 16,3 – 18,2 – –
01 12 16,8 – 18,3 – 20,0 – –
bearings with their standard cage designs. With oil spot lubrication systems there 02 15 20,1 – 21,8 – 23,0 – –
For bearings fitted with other cages or is no restriction as to oil type, and the oil 03 17 22,1 – 24,0 – 25,9 – –
bearing types not shown, SKF should viscosity may be much higher than for oil
be consulted. mist systems. Oils with 40 up to 100 mm2/s 04 20 26,8 26,8 28,7 28,8 31,1 – –
05 25 31,8 31,8 33,7 33,8 36,1 – 40,5
viscosity at 40 °C are typically used, as are 06 30 36,8 36,8 39,7 40,0 42,7 – 47,6
Lubricating oils oils with EP additives that are preferable 07 35 43,0 43,0 45,7 46,0 49,7 – 54,0
For the lubrication of high-precision especially with roller bearings. 08 40 48,7 48,7 51,2 51,5 55,6 – 60,0
09 45 54,2 54,2 56,7 57,2 60,6 – 66,4
bearings, high quality lubricating oils Where oil drop, oil mist or oil spot
without additives should be considered. The lubrication is applied, the oil is “lost”, 10 50 58,7 58,7 61,7 62,2 65,6 – 71,4
requisite viscosity of the oil can be i.e. it is only supplied to the bearing once. 11 55 64,7 64,7 68,7 69,7 72,6 – 79,8
12 60 69,7 69,7 73,6 74,7 79,5 – 85,0
13 65 74,7 74,7 78,6 79,7 86,5 – 89,7
14 70 81,7 81,7 85,6 86,7
15 75 86,7 86,7 90,6 91,7 96,5 – 103,5

16 80 91,7 91,7 97,6 98,7 103,5 – 111,4

17 85 98,6 98,6 102,6 103,7 111,5 – 116,5
18 90 103,6 103,6 109,5 110,6 117,5 – 125,4
Fig 1 19 95 108,6 108,6 114,5 115,6 124,4 – 130,3
20 100 115,6 115,6 119,5 120,6 131,4 113,8 135,3
21 105 120,6 120,6 126,5 – 138,4 119,0 144,1

22 110 125,6 125,6 133,5 – 145,9 124,0 153

24 120 137,6 137,6 143,5 – 158,2 136,8 162,9
26 130 149,5 – 157,5 – 170,7 147,0 179,6
28 140 159,5 – 167,4 – – 157,0 188
30 150 173,5 – 179,4 – – 169,9 201,7
32 160 183,5 – 191 – – 179,8 214,4

34 170 193,5 – 205,8 – – 189,8 230,8

36 180 207,4 – 219,7 – – 203,5 248,9
38 190 217,4 – 229,7 – – 213,0 258,9
40 200 231,4 – 243,2 – – 227,0 275,3
44 220 251,4 – 267,1 – – 247 302,4
48 240 271,4 – 287 – – 267,0 322,4
52 260 – – – – – 294,5 355,2
d dn d dn
56 280 – – – – – 313,5 375,3

Oil nozzles position

1) For N 10 series equipped with TNHA cages please contact the SKF application engineering service
Oil nozzle position for different bearing design ➤

76 77
1 Principles of bearing selection and application
Maintenance
Bearings storage
Bearings can be stored in their original
packages for years, provided relative
humidity in the storage room does not
exceed 60 % and there are no great
fluctuations in temperature. Humidity and
temperature must be controlled during
storage, handling and transport if at all
possible, particularly in tropical areas.
Bearings should be kept in a vibration-free
dry place where the relative humidity and
temperature are reasonably constant.
Bearings that are not stored in their
original packages should be well protected
against corrosion and contamination.
Large rolling bearings should only be
stored lying down, and preferably with
support for the whole extent of the side faces
of the rings. If kept in a standing position,
the weight of the rings and rolling elements
can give rise to permanent deformation
because the rings are relatively thin-walled.
78
Lubricant storage
Most materials including oils and greases
deteriorate with time. The art of good
storage practice is to have materials always
available when required, and to ensure
stock turnover so that lubricants are used
before any significant performance loss
has occurred. Lubricant properties may
vary considerably during storage due to
exposure to air/oxygen, temperature, light,
water and moisture, oil separation and
presence of particles.
The recommended maximum storage
time is 2 years for greases and 10 years
for lubricating oils, assuming reasonable
stock keeping practices and protection
from excessive heat and cold are followed.
A lubricant in excess of the
recommended shelf life is not necessarily
unsuitable for service but it is advisable
to check if it still meets the product
requirements/specifications.
Dismounting and mounting
Dismounting
Proper maintenance of spindles is essential
to their performance, and replacing the
bearings in the correct way using the right
tools is a major part of that maintenance.
Before disassembly begins, a suitable
working area should be prepared and the
proper tools made available.
The working area should be clean and
away from areas where cutting and grinding
operations take place. No traverses should
pass over the working place. It is best to
use a separate room if possible, one that
is temperature controlled, dedicated to
handling of accurate components and easy
to keep clean.
Tool requirements differ depending on
spindle design, but use of the correct tools
makes the work easier and more efficient,
and avoids damaging the components.
Information on mounting and dismounting
tools can be found in the catalogue SKF
Maintenance and Lubrication Products.
A detailed drawing of the spindle should
also be available.
1
Dismounting a spindle with bearings
arrangement 70 CD/TBT at the work side
and NN 30 K at the drive side.
To illustrate the procedure for replacing
the bearings of a spindle, one of the most
common spindle designs is chosen here as
an example. The spindle is a cartridge type
and thus the complete spindle can be easily
removed from the machine. The spindle is
belt driven and the pulley is fitted directly
at its rear. At the work side the spindle is
equipped with a set of three angular contact
ball bearings of series 70 ACD. At the drive
side is a cylindrical roller bearing of series
NN 30 K. This bearing is mounted on a
tapered seating. The spindle has a flange
at the nose that is common for lathe and
milling spindles. Thus the bearings have to
be removed and fitted from the drive side
(➔ fig 1 page 80).
The bearings are lubricated with grease –
the most common type of lubrication today.
Clean the outside of the spindle before
placing it on the worktable.
79
1 Principles of bearing selection and application

Fig 1 Spindle with bearing

arrangement 70 Removing drive side bearings
CD/TBT at the work Place the spindle on V-blocks or another
side and NN 30 K arrangement, depending on external design
at the drive side of the spindle, for easy handling.
Unscrew the rear side nut (1), remove the
pulley (2) with the keys (3) and the sealing
device (4). Remove the housing cover (5)
(➔ fig 2 ).
As the drive side bearing has a tapered
bore and the shaft is provided with an oil
duct and oil groove for this bearing, it is
easily removed by using a hydraulic pump.
(➔ fig 3 ).
1 Connect the nipple to the oil duct and
then connect the oil pump to the nipple 1
and tighten the release knob on the pump.
2 Put the rear side nut on the spindle to
prevent the bearing falling off the spindle
when released.
3 Inject the oil. The bearing inner ring will
be released when the pressure is about
20 MPa. The spacer (6) (➔ fig 4
page 82) is taken away after removal
of the shaft.
If the spindle is not provided with an oil duct
and groove, removal of the bearing must
wait until the shaft has been withdrawn
from the housing.

Removing the drive side bearing:

connect the nipple to the oil duct in the shaft

Fig 2 Removal of nut, pulley, Fig 3

sealing device and
housing cover

5 4 3 2 1

SKF pump 729124 for pressure up to 100 MPa

80 81
1 Principles of bearing selection and application
Withdrawal of the shaft from housing.
The spindle is equipped with a reinforced
labyrinth seal at the work side. Remove
the external component (7) (➔ fig 5 ).
Normally some force is necessary to
withdraw the shaft from the cartridge,
as in most cases the work side bearings
have a certain interference fit. The required
withdrawal force expressed in N for a set of
three bearings can be estimated at 20 times
the outside diameter of the bearing
expressed in mm. Example: Bearing set
Removing the drive side bearing:
inject the oil until the inner ring is released
SKF pump 729124 for pressure up to 100 MPa
82
7020 ACD/P4ATBTB having an outside
diameter of 150 mm will require a
withdrawal force of approximately
20 × 150 = 3 000 N.
If the bearings are to be used again,
e.g. after being relubricated, great care
must be taken to avoid damaging them
during disassembly of the spindle. Blows
to the shaft as a method of withdrawal must
be avoided as this can easily create serious
indentations on the raceways, making the
bearings unfit for further use.
Fig
Use a puller to withdraw the shaft, Fig 5
rotating the shaft during withdrawal to 1
minimise the risk of damage. If no suitable
puller is available, one can be made
7
according to the illustration (➔ fig 6 ).
The bar through the shaft is threaded at
both ends. Turn the nut at the work side
of the spindle to withdraw the shaft and
bearings. While doing this, rotate the shaft
to avoid damage to the bearings if the fit
is tight. If there is no bore through the shaft,
arrange a suitable attachment of the bar
to the spindle nose.
Withdrawal of the shaft from housing:
removal of the external cover
Removal of the shaft using a puller
4 Fig 6
83
1 Principles of bearing selection and application
Removing drive side bearings
If the drive side bearing has not already
been removed by the oil injection method
this should now be done.
A puller to grip the side face of the spacer
(6) is used. Do not pull over the roller set
as this could make the puller lose its grip,
damaging the bearing and making it unfit
for further use. The required pulling force
expressed in N is about 300 times the bore
diameter expressed in mm. As the seating
is tapered the pulling force acts only to
release the bearing (➔ fig 7 ).
The outer ring of the cylindrical roller
bearing is still seated in the housing.
Remove it using a puller, gripping the inner
side-face of the ring. Do not put tools on
the raceways if the bearings are to be used
again. If you do not need to check the
bearings, these may be left on site. Often
the housing is provided with two diametrically
opposed slots for gaining access with puller
to the bearing inner side face (➔ fig 9 ).
Removal of the drive side bearing using a puller
84
Removing the locating device Fig 8
for the work side bearings 1
The locating device for the work side
bearings in this example is a so-called
stepped sleeve. It is kept on the shaft by
a rather heavy interference fit and ensures
very good accuracy of the spindle.
This method eliminates the need for
threaded components and the inaccuracy
that the threads can create. The stepped
sleeve is fastened on the spindle by an
interference fit that must be heavy enough
to withstand the axial forces. The sleeve is
mounted and dismounted by the oil injection
method, thus ensuring careful handling
of the components. The step that acts as
SKF pump 728619 for pressure up to 150 MPa
a pressure surface during the mounting and
dismounting operation can be sealed in
two different ways; by the sleeve having two
bore diameters, each with an interference
fit on the shaft, or by using an O-ring. The
latter system is somewhat easier from a Connecting nipples
manufacturing point of view.
Location device – stepped sleeve
8
Fig 7 Fig 9 Removal of the outer ring
of the cylindrical roller bearing
Removal of the locating device
for the work side bearing
85
1 Principles of bearing selection and application
Removal of the stepped sleeve requires
a hydraulic pump. (➔ fig 8 page 85).
The pump should have a capacity of at
least 100 MPa. The same injector as that
for releasing bearings on tapered seatings
can be used.
Connect the injector to the nipple that
has been attached to the threaded hole of
the sleeve. Put cloths around the shaft to
dampen the sleeve when it comes loose.
Be careful with all connections, as the oil
pressure is high. Use only components that
are certified for the pressure that can be
delivered by the pump.
A suitable oil for dismounting and mounting
the sleeve is the SKF fluid LHDF 900.
Start pumping and the sleeve will loosen
when the pressure has reached a value
of 60 – 100 MPa depending on size and
actual fit.
If the shaft or sleeve has been incorrectly
manufactured, or if any of these components
have been damaged, the sleeve may not
come off completely. The oil will leak and
there will be insufficient build up of
pressure. If this is expected to happen the
sleeve can be pushed off by hand while
Removal of the external cover
using three long screws
Long screws Spacers
9 10
86
the oil is injected. If it remains stuck, use
a powerful puller. Look for any potential
damage to the components to avoid
problems in the future.
Removal of work side bearings
The work side bearings normally have
a light interference fit on the shaft. The
withdrawal force to be expected is 70 times
the bore diameter for a set of three bearings,
force in N and diameter in mm. The spindle
used in the example is provided with three
threaded holes in the spindle nose for
dismounting purposes. By using these
holes and three long screws the bearings
can easily be removed from the shaft without
any risk of damage. Use spacers between
the screw ends and the sealing/spacer
component (9) to avoid damaging the
surface of this component. If the bearings
have to be pushed a long distance, spacers
with different lengths can be made to avoid
screws being too long. If the spindle nose
is not provided with dismounting holes,
a long puller gripping the cover (10) or
preferably the labyrinth/spacer (9) can
be used (➔ fig 10 ).
Fig 10
Dismounting spindles with other
bearing arrangements 1
Spindle with tandem set of angular
contact ball bearings at both sides
(➔ fig 11 )
A spindle having a tandem set of angular
contact ball bearings at each side normally
requires the drive side set to be withdrawn
from the shaft at the same time as the
shaft is withdrawn from the housing.
The withdrawal force is then acting over the
outer rings of this set and the shaft should
be rotated during the withdrawal operation
to minimise the risk of damage to the
bearings.
Spindle with tandem arrangement of angular
contact ball bearings at both sides
Fig 11
87
1 Principles of bearing selection and application
Spindle with cylindrical roller bearing
and angular contact thrust ball bearing
at work side
A cylindrical roller bearing at the work side
of the spindle is dismounted in the same
way as described for the drive side bearing.
For removing this bearing, together with the
angular contact thrust ball bearing generally
present in this position, the system with
screw should preferably be used if provided.
Spindle with cylindrical roller bearing and angular
contact thrust ball bearing at work side
SKF pump 729124 for pressure up to 100 MPa
88
Otherwise a puller is used. It should grip
over the inner ring of the cylindrical bearing
or over the shaft sealing-washer. Depending
on the design, access may be difficult and
it might be necessary to pull over the
housing cover and the outer rings. Angular
contact thrust ball bearings normally have
only a light fit and the withdrawal force is
minimal (➔ fig 12 ).
Fig 12
Mounting
Mounting a spindle with bearings
arrangement 70 CD/TBT at the work
side and NN 30 K at the drive side
Before mounting the bearings, a grease
of appropriate quality and quantity should
be applied. For best performance of the
spindle, a grease with synthetic base oil
should be used. See section Grease
lubrication under ‘Lubrication’ page 62
for details.
The NN 30 K bearing at the drive side
of the spindle should be adjusted to its final
position by means of the spacer at the large
end of the taper. This bearing should
therefore be lubricated only when it is finally
to be mounted.
For bearings that will be used at relatively
high speeds, it is recommended that the
rust-inhibiting compound is washed away
and the bearings are dried before applying
Mounting the work side bearings
LB
the grease. The properties of the grease
are then better utilised. Special care must 1
be taken to ensure that the bearings are
not contaminated during washing.
Using a syringe to apply the grease is
a convenient way to get the proper quantity,
and makes it easy for feeding inside the
bearing. Distribute the grease evenly
around the rolling element set.
Mounting the work side bearings
1 Check that the distance between the
housing seating abutment and housing
cover side face LH, is smaller than the
total width of the bearing package LB,
measured over the outer rings. If not
there will be an axial play in the spindle.
It may be recommended to have LH
10 – 15 µm smaller for a diameter around
100 mm. Too large a difference may
induce deformations when tightening
the screws (➔ fig 13 ).
Fig 13
LH
89
1 Principles of bearing selection and application
2 Particularly when large bearings are
used, the spindle should preferably be
kept in a vertical position during the
mounting procedure (➔ fig 14 ).
3 Position the shaft labyrinth (9); it may
have to be warmed slightly, and the
housing cover (10). Be sure not to forget
the housing cover!
4 Warm the bearings on a hot plate or
induction heater; 20 – 30 °C above
ambient is normally sufficient to allow the
bearings to pass freely over the shaft.
5 Ensure that the bearings are facing in the
correct direction. If using a matched set
look for the markings on the outside
diameter of the outer rings.
Mounting the work side bearings with the spindle
in vertical position
Fig 14
12
11
10
9
90
6 Align the rings so that the marking for the
“thickest” part is at the same position for
the inner rings as for the outer rings.
This will ensure the best possible division
of load between the bearings.
7 Smear the bearing seatings lightly with
a thin oil.
8 Position the bearings on to the shaft,
not forgetting the two spacers (11)
and (12) between the second and third
bearing. The shaft spacer may have
to be warmed.
Do not forget to grease the bearings
before mounting.
Mounting the stepped sleeve (➔ fig 15 )
1 Heat the stepped sleeve to about 150 °C
above ambient for smaller sizes (bore
diameter  60 mm) and about 110 °C for
larger sizes, preferably with an induction
heater.
2 When heated up, the sleeve can be easily
handled by using the connecting nipple
as a handle. Put the sleeve quickly on to
the shaft so that the shaft does not heat
up before the sleeve comes into contact
with the bearings.
Mounting the stepped sleeve
10 MPa
SKF pump 729124 for pressure up to 100 MPa
60–100 MPa
SKF pump 729124 for pressure up to 100 MPa
3 The sleeve should be allowed to cool
down to room temperature before 1
proceeding.
4 For final adjustment of the sleeve the oil
injection method should be used.
5 Connect the nipples and the oil injector
to the sleeve.
6 Provide for an arrangement that will apply
an axial load over the sleeve-bearing
system to withstand the force created
by the oil injected to the sleeve, and to
overcome the bearing fits and preload.
Fig 15
91
1 Principles of bearing selection and application

7 Use a distance sleeve with length
sufficient to cover the distance from the
stepped sleeve to the position where
the shaft is threaded – in this case the
threads for the nut locating the drive
side bearing. Use the nut to apply the
necessary axial load or better still, use a
hydraulic nut type SKF HMV E. A
second oil pump must then be used. If
the threads on the spindle do not match
the threads of the hydraulic nut, a larger
nut can be used and supported by the
spindle nut. If there is no thread at all on
the spindle, a support can be arranged,
e.g. a washer that can be attached to
the rear end of the spindle.
8 Tighten the nut or apply a pressure of
about 30 MPa on the hydraulic nut.
Inject oil to the stepped sleeve until it
floats. There will probably be some
leakage of oil. The required oil pressure
is 60 – 100 MPa. While the sleeve is
floating, tighten the nut or check that the
required pressure for the hydraulic nut is
still present.
9 The bearings must be protected from
the pressure fluid as this can adversely
affect the lubrication properties of the
grease. Wrap a clean lint-free cloth
around the sleeve where it contacts the
bearing to absorb any pressure fluid that
may leak out.
10 Release the pressure for the stepped
sleeve, wait until the oil has drained
and then release the axial load.
At this stage it is advisable to check the
straightness of the spindle supported only
by the work side bearings. Put the spindle
on V-blocks as far apart as possible, and
supporting the bearing outer rings. Rotate
the shaft and measure the run-out at
different positions of the shaft where
it has suitable surfaces (➔ fig 16 ).
If the values seem to be abnormal,
a possible reason may be that the shaft
has become misaligned due to spacers
not having parallel side faces or shaft
abutment/sleeve side face not being
perpendicular to the bearing seating.
Check by releasing the clamping load
over the bearings.
Mounting the drive side bearings
Drive side bearings with tapered bore
should be adjusted to a suitable clearance
or preload. The adjustment is made by
pushing the inner ring up on the seating.
The raceways will then expand. The final
expansion determines the clearance or
preload of the mounted bearing. The
distance ring should have a width such
that when the bearing is pushed up
against the ring it will have the required
clearance/preload (➔ fig 17 ).
Mounting high-precision cylindrical roller
bearings with GB 30 gauge
Drive-up distance
A special gauge, an internal clearance
gauge, of series GB 30 is available for 1
accurate adjustment of the clearance/preload
of bearings of series NN 30 K. This type
of gauge is generally used by machine tool
manufacturers and can usually be hired from
SKF for occasional use (➔ fig 18 page 94).
1 The bearing outer ring need to be fitted
in the housing. If the outer ring is to have
a tight fit, the housing should be heated
to between 10 and 30 °C above room
temperature, e.g. in an oven or an oil
Fig 17

Checking the shaft run-out

Fig 16

SKF pump 729124 for pressure up to 100 MPa

92 93
1 Principles of bearing selection and application
bath. The heated housing with outer ring
should then be allowed to cool down to
ambient temperature. All components as
well as the gauges must have the same
stable temperature during the measuring
procedure (➔ fig 19 ).
2 The bore gauge need to be introduced
into the outer ring raceway, and the
indicator set to zero. The raceway diameter
measured in this way is transferred to
the GB 30 gauge (➔ fig 20 ).
3 The bore gauge is applied to the centre
of the gauging zone of the GB 30 gauge.
The screw of the latter gauge is then
adjusted until the indicator of the bore
gauge shows zero minus a correction
factor. The correction factor is given in
Fig 18
Fig 19
94
the instructions supplied with each GB 30
gauge (➔ fig 22 page 96).
4 The internal diameter of the envelope
diameter gauge needs to be reduced by
the value of the desired clearance, or
increased by the value of the desired
preload using the adjustment screw. The
indicator on the envelope diameter gauge
needs to be set to zero. The setting of the
indicator should be left undisturbed from
now on (➔ fig 25 page 97).
5 The tapered bearing seating on the
spindle needs to be lightly oiled with thin
oil. The inner ring with roller and cage
assembly needs be lightly driven up on the
tapered seating. The envelope diameter
gauge needs to be expanded using the
Fig 20
adjustment screw and the gauge again shows zero. The gauge needs to be
placed in position over the roller set. The expanded using the adjustment screw 1
adjustment screw needs then to be and removed. The required drive-up force
turned in the opposite direction until the in N is 200 – 400 times the bearing bore
gauge, by virtue of its inherent resilience, diameter in mm.
is in contact with the roller set. 7 The distance between the mounted inner
6 The inner ring is driven further up on to ring and the shoulder on the spindle needs
its seating until the indicator on the gauge to be measured using gauge blocks. Make
Pushing the inner ring up on the shaft
until it firmly abuts the spacer ring
Fig 21
Drive-up distance
SKF pump 729124 for pressure up to 100 MPa
95
1 Principles of bearing selection and application

measurements at different positions for contact thrust ball bearing, the Mounting cylindrical roller bearings Measuring clearance of cylindrical roller
checking accuracy and misalignment. cylindrical roller bearing outer ring without GB-type gauges bearings with outer ring (➔ fig 25 ) 1
The difference should not normally be needs to be withdrawn from the housing A GB-type gauge is normally used by Oil the bearing seating lightly with a thin oil
larger than 3 to 4 µm. The spacer ring and pushed over the inner ring with manufacturers making many of the same and drive up the inner ring so that it gets a
needs then to be machined so that its cage and roller assembly before the kind of spindles. For occasional needs firm seat. There must still be a clearance
width corresponds to this dimension spindle is inserted. The spindle with the it may not be necessary to invest in this between roller sets and outer ring. It can be
(➔ fig 23 ). complete bearings is then inserted in the equipment, but to use other methods to assumed that the clearance is reduced by
8 The inner ring with roller and cage heated bearing housing. The housing adjust for the proper clearance/preload. 8 µm for each 0,1 mm axial drive up of the
assembly needs to be withdrawn from the cover needs to be placed in position and Some methods used in practice are inner ring. As small bearings may have a
spindle. The finished spacer ring needs the screws tightened. described later on. rather small clearance, for instance 15 µm,
to be pushed up on to the spindle until it
abuts the shoulder. The inner ring needs
to then again be driven up until it firmly
abuts the spacer ring. There should be
no clearance between shoulder, spacer
ring and inner ring (➔ fig 21 page 95). Measuring clearance of cylindrical roller bearings
9 The envelope diameter gauge needs to with outer ring
be applied to the roller set as described
under point 5. The indicator must again Fig 25
show zero (➔ fig 24 ).
Fig 22
10 The bearing needs to be secured on
the spindle. It is now time to apply the
grease to the bearing. Put one string
around each roller set and distribute it
lightly over the rollers. Do not push any
grease in between cage and inner ring
shoulder. The spindle needs to be slowly
turned as the inner ring and cage
assembly are inserted in the outer ring
to prevent the raceways and rollers from
being damaged. For preloaded bearing
arrangements, the housing with outer
ring need to be heated as under point 1.
If the cylindrical roller bearing is to be ec
B=L–
mounted together with an angular 1 000

Fig 23 Fig 24

360 e ∆
γ=
1 000 s

96 97
1 Principles of bearing selection and application
care must be taken not to push the inner
ring too far up on the taper. The measuring
principle is to use the outer ring of the
bearing to measure the clearance at
this initial position of the inner ring. The
clearance is measured by moving the outer
ring up and down. The total displacement
is the clearance of the bearing at this
Example
The clearance for bearing NN 3020 K
was found to be 13 µm when the inner
ring was driven up. The distance between
bearing side face and abutment was
16,355 mm. The required preload is
3 µm. The inner diameter of the spindle
is 51 mm and the outer diameter at the
centre of the taper is 101,5 mm. The
diameter ratio di/dm di/dm is then 0,5
making factor =16.
The distance ring has to be adjusted to
a width of
B = 16,355 − 16 × 16/1 000 = 16,099 mm
A tolerance of ± 0,005 mm is acceptable.
Compensation for interference fit
If the outer ring is to have an interference
fit in the housing seating the raceway
diameter will decrease. It can be assumed
that the raceway diameter will decrease
by 80 % of the diametric interference fit.
98
particular position of the inner ring. During
this operation it is important that the outer
ring is moved perpendicular to the shaft.
The outer ring should not be subjected to
large forces as it can elastically deform and
an erroneous value will be obtained.
To ensure that the outer ring is kept
in the proper position when measuring,
Example
The bearing outside diameter is 149,997
mm and the seating has a diameter
of 149,992 mm. The raceway diameter
will decrease by:
0,8 × (149,997 − 149,992) = 0,004 mm
This value must be subtracted from c
in the equation B = L − e c/1 000. If the
interference fit is not taken into account
the bearing preload may be too high.
Considering the interference fit, the
distance ring width would then be
B = 16,355 − 16 × (16 − 4)/1 000
= 16,163 mm
If a threaded nut is used for driving up
the inner ring assembly on the tapered
seating, the angle through which the nut
need to be turned for a given clearance
reduction of the bearing can be
calculated from the equation:
γ = 360 e ∆/(1 000 s)
its side face needs to be supported. This
can be done by using a disc that is placed
either in the space for the distance ring or is
clamped between the drive-up device and
the inner ring. In the former case the disc
must be provided with a slot to allow access
to the shaft for measuring the distance
between the inner ring side-face and the
abutment This distance is needed for
determining the exact width of the
distance ring.
The distance is measured using gauge
blocks as described earlier. When using
the disc in this position it should not be too
tightly clamped by the bearing inner ring as
it must be rotated for measuring at different
positions.
When the distance has been accurately
measured the bearing is removed and the
spacer is adjusted to the width giving the
required preload or clearance of the
bearing.
The width is calculated as follows:
B = L − e c/1 000
For all details covering this equation, please
see the high-precision cylindrical roller
bearing/preloading bearing chapter
page 189.
Other methods
If the requirement is not as stringent as 1
for very accurate preload adjustments,
methods other than those described above
may be used. Exact preload adjustment is
not critical when the speeds are low but
clearance needs to be avoided especially
if the cylindrical roller bearing is mounted
at the work side of the spindle.
Using “feeling with the outer ring”
The inner ring is driven up together with the
outer ring. During drive-up the outer ring
should be rotated back and forth and as
preloading starts the ring will be harder to
rotate. The degree of resistance to rotation
that corresponds to the bearing having
been driven up to a suitable preload can
be learned by experience. When the proper
position has been achieved the distance
between the inner ring side-face and the
abutment needs to be measured with gauge
blocks. The width of the distance ring
should be equal to this distance. With this
method as with the method previously
described, if the outer ring is to have an
interference fit in the housing, compensation
should be made for this.
99
1 Principles of bearing selection and application
Inserting spindle shaft in the housing
(➔ fig 26 )
The spindle with the work side bearings
and the inner ring assembly of the drive
side bearing can now be inserted in the
housing. Heat the housing to 10 to 30 °C
above ambient temperature to easily get
the bearings into position. The spindle
needs to be turned slowly as the inner ring
and roller and cage assembly are inserted
in the outer ring, to prevent the raceways
and rollers from becoming damaged.
Alternatively the spindle with only the
work side bearings can be inserted, and
after securing the housing cover, the inner
ring assembly of the drive side bearing
is driven up on the seating.
Inserting spindle shaft in the housing
Fig 26
100
Mount the sealing components and the
pulley and tighten the nut.
Do not overtighten the screws for the
housing covers – at the work side and at
the drive side – as this may deform the
housing seatings if the distance between
the threads and the seatings is short.
Mounting other bearings
arrangements
Spindle with tandem set of angular
contact ball bearings at both sides
(➔ fig 27 )
The drive side bearings for this spindle
must be mounted after the shaft with the
work side bearings has been inserted
in the housing. This type of arrangement
must have a clearance between drive side
bearing outer rings and housing seating as
the bearings should be axially displaceable.
Therefore the bearings can be mounted
without heating the housing. However it may
be preferred to heat the bearings somewhat
to get them on to the shaft more easily.
The outer rings are then also expanded
and to avoid forcing the bearings into the
housing it should also be somewhat heated.
Spindle with tandem set of angular contact ball
bearings at both sides
Fig 27
Spindle with cylindrical roller bearing
and angular contact thrust ball bearing 1
at work side (➔ fig 28 )
A cylindrical roller bearing mounted
together with an angular contact thrust ball
bearing has to be inserted into the housing
complete with the outer ring. The housing
should then be heated to about 20 – 30 °C
over ambient for easy introduction of the
outer ring. The outside diameter of the
angular contact thrust ball bearing has
such tolerances that it will have a radial
clearance in the housing even when the
housing is not heated. The radial clearance
between this bearing and the housing is
necessary to ensure that only the cylindrical
bearing is supporting the radial load.
Spindle with cylindrical roller bearing and angular
contact thrust ball bearing at work side
Fig 28
101
1 Principles of bearing selection and application

Checking running accuracy
When the spindle has been assembled the
running accuracy needs to be checked.
With the methods most generally used
for checking machine tool spindles, radial
and axial runouts are measured on suitable
gauging anvil applied to the ball along the on opposite sides of the shaft centre line Fig 30
spindle axis gives a reading corresponding (➔ fig 32 page 104) the runout of the ∆ Dm ∆ dm 1
to the axial runout of the spindle. centre line at the position indicated by the
If the raceway of the rotating inner ring is gauge will be: SKF
eccentric to the centre line of the shaft, then
the shaft will have a runout that is twice the ∆ = a/L × (e1 + e2) + e1

-3
surfaces at the spindle nose. It has been eccentricity (➔ fig 31 ).

*
*

found however, that the ovality and
eccentricity of the spindle surfaces from
which measurements are taken are usually
so great that it is difficult to obtain a true
However in a truly circular raceway there
will be a fixed rotational centre that is the
centre of the raceway. In some applications
the component that is to rotate can be
7 0 1 0 C D/ P 4 A D B
-2
When the eccentricities are on the same
side of the shaft centre line (➔ fig 32
page 104) the runout will be:

5 67

indication of the eccentricity of the axis
of rotation of the spindle.
A better method of measuring running
accuracy (➔ fig 29 ) is to use an accurately
ground sphere soldered to a plinth which is
fitted to the spindle nose. The gauging anvil
of a micro-indicator or some similar instrument
of corresponding accuracy is applied to the
ball. The plinth holding the ball is secured to
the spindle nose in such a way that by
lightly tapping the ball it can be moved at
right angles to the spindle axis. The minimum
reading obtained when the spindle is
rotated indicates the radial accuracy of the
unloaded spindle. An indicator with a flat
centred to the true rotational centre and
in such cases eccentricity errors may
not be detrimental to the application.
Grinding spindles are one example,
where the grinding wheels can be dressed
to concentricity with the axis of rotation.
If the positions of the maximum eccentricity
of the shaft and bearings are known, the
bearing inner rings can be positioned in such
a way that the eccentricities compensate
each other. SKF angular contact ball
bearings have marks indicating the largest
eccentricity of both the inner and outer rings
i.e. the thickest part of the rings, at position
(3) in fig 30 . Having the eccentricities
A
∆ = a/L × (e1 − e2) + e1
The shaft wobble will be larger in the former
case but it may give smaller runouts at
positions between the bearings. However, 2 3 1
it is easier to compensate for the runout in
the latter case.
Markings on inner and outer rings for angular
If the raceway is concentric with the bore contact ball bearings: 1) designation; 2) serial
but is oval or has other types of macro form number; 3) deviation from nominal diameter
deviations, then the rotational centre will and position of the point of maximum eccentricity
change during one revolution. The runout
will be approximately the same as the form
deviation.
The non-repetitive runout must be
considered for spindles with very exacting

Checking running accuracy of the spindle Runout of shaft relative to inner raceway

Fig 29 Fig 31

Runout of shaft relative

to inner ring raceway
Shaft

Eccentricity
of inner ring

Inner ring
raceway

102 103
1 Principles of bearing selection and application

demands for accuracy, such as some types
of grinding spindles and disk drive spindles.
The non-repetitive runout cannot be
compensated for by wheel dressing
or by the control system of the machine,
as may be the case for repetitive runout,
and therefore very stringent demands are
made on this type of runout, particularly
fo disk drive spindles.
Fig 33 illustrates the principle of
non-repetitive runout in comparison
with repetitive runout.
The difference in diameters of the rolling
elements will influence the non-repetitive
runout. A certain repetitiveness may be
noticed if one rolling element (or a few
adjacent to each other) happens to have
a larger diameter than the others. There will
then be a runout with a repetitiveness equal
to the cage rotational frequency. At certain
times the maximum runout due to rolling
elements, and the maximum runout due to
raceway will coincide and then give the total
maximum runout of the bearing. If the cage
speed is 40 % of the inner ring speed, a
certain rolling element will coincide with
a certain spot on the inner ring each fifth
revolution.
As the lubricant plays an important role
in the non-repetitive runout, it is required
to be very clean. Applications for which
non-repetitive runout must be considered
are usually grease lubricated, for instance
workhead spindles for grinding machines
and disk drive spindles.
“Channelling” greases are often preferred,
as once the grease has been overrolled and
put aside, it stays more or less steady in its
new position without disturbing the rolling
elements at irregular intervals. A drawback
with “channelling” grease can be that
the oil bleeding is less efficient than with
softer greases and this may influence
the bearing life.
Inspection
Cleaning of bearings
SKF precision bearings are supplied
in a preserved condition. Normally the
preservative with which new bearings are
coated before leaving the factory need not
be removed from the bearings, just wiped
off the outside surface and bore.
If, however, the bearing is to be grease
lubricated and used at very high or very
low temperature, or when the grease
(for example a polyurea grease) is not
compatible with the preservative, it is
necessary to wash and carefully dry the
bearing. Care should also be taken not
to introduce contaminants into the bearing.
Bearings contaminated because of
improper handling (damaged packaging, 1
etc.) should also be washed and dried
before mounting. Washing of bearings being
inspected during equipment servicing may
also be necessary.
When removal of preservative is
necessary, it is possible to remove most of
the preservative by blowing the bearing with
clean dry air. Precautions must be taken
when pressurised air is used to remove
material from the bearings to prevent
physical injury or chemical contamination
of personnel in the area of such operations.
When washing is necessary, the use of
hydrocarbon solvents introduces several
hazards (solvent flammability, health issues

Repetitive and non-repetitive runout

Fig 33

Maximum spindle excursion from

“true circle” in one revolution

Calculating the shaft runout Repetitive radial

runout
Fig 32

Non-repetitive
radial runout
“True circle” defined by
nominal spindle radius

1 2 1 2
e1/2 e2/2 e1/2 e2/2

a L a L
a b

104 105
1 Principles of bearing selection and application
etc.) to the work place, and these must be
addressed before washing operations
commence.
When hydrocarbon washing is not
possible, the use of aqueous solutions to
clean bearings should only be considered
when absolutely no other alternatives are
possible. The washing solution should be
maintained below 60 °C and the pH of the
solution less than 12. The washing solution
must be kept clean (see above) and
preferably have a neutral pH that leaves
either no residue or an oil-soluble residue
on drying. If this is not available the washing
fluid must be washed off the bearing, and
the bearings completely dried as soon as
possible. The bearings can be dried in hot
dry air at temperatures up to 120 °C. It is
also possible to use vacuum drying at lower
temperatures. When this washing and drying
procedure is completed the bearings must
quickly be protected, usually by applying a
coating of the lubricant to be used in the
final operation.
Both the phenolic resin and the polyamide
cages used by SKF are capable of
withstanding the conditions detailed above.
If these washing conditions cannot be
met (pH and temperature, especially
when polymeric cages are employed), SKF
strongly advises individual product testing
to ensure the bearings are not affected by
the procedure.
Inspection of bearings
If bearings have been disassembled from
a spindle not because of a bearing damage,
they may be fit for further use. Do not try to
judge whether the bearings can be re-used
until after they have been cleaned. Treat
them as new.
Never spin a dirty bearing. Instead, rotate it
slowly while washing. Wash with a suitable
solvent (white spirit, paraffin etc.). Dry with
106
a clean, lint-free cloth or with compressed, The bearing seatings and other external
clean and moisture-free air, making sure surfaces are checked with the spindle 1
that no bearing part starts rotating. mounted in V-blocks.
Examine the bearings closely to Deviations are indicated by means of a
determine whether they are re-usable. Use dial gauge.
a small mirror and a dental-type probe with The spindle is located axially at one end
a rounded point to inspect raceways, cage by using a ball fitted into a centre hole
and rolling elements. Be alert for scratches, and supported against a bracket. When
marks, streaks, cracks, discolorations, checking shaft shoulders, the spindle is
mirror-like surfaces, contact patterns and pressed hard against the ball and the
so on. Spin the bearing gently and listen bracket while it is rotated, and measuring
to the sound. is done with an indicator as shown in the
An undamaged bearing can be illustration (➔ fig 35 ).
remounted, but if it is not going to be used Tapered bearing seatings can be checked
immediately after being cleaned, it needs to by using ring gauges of series GRA 30.
be oiled or greased to prevent corrosion. The gauging or reference face is at the
If the bearings are separable, do not mix large end of the taper bore and is used
the components of different individual
Fig 34
bearings.
Inspection of associated components
Before mounting new bearings, the spindle,
housing and other components adjacent
to the bearings need to be checked. This
is particularly important if the spindle
performance has not been satisfactory, Checking the shaft radial and axial runout
even though the bearings have been
found to be in good condition. Fig 35
Inspection of shafts
The dimensions of cylindrical bearing
seatings can be easily checked with a snap
gauge dial indicator as shown in the picture
(➔ fig 34 ).
Special measuring equipment is needed
to check the form and position tolerances.
A precision measuring instrument like
Talyrond is the most suitable equipment
for checking the roundness of spindle
bearing seatings, but is not available in
most workshops. The principle of checking
radial and axial run-out of a shaft is shown
in the fig 35 .
107
1 Principles of bearing selection and application
to determine the position of the tapered
seating relative to a reference surface on
the shaft. This reference surface may be
either in front of, or behind the gauging
face of the ring gauge.
In addition to checking the position of
the bearing seating and diameter, the
ring gauge is used to check that the shaft
shoulder is at right angles to the axis of the
tapered seating by measuring the reference
length R (➔ fig 36 ) at several diametrically
opposed points. The form of the taper is
checked by using marking blue. Applying
just a very thin layer should give a marking
coverage of at least 80 %.
As an alternative to the ring gauge, a
taper gauge can be used. The taper gauge
covers a range of sizes and may be an
economical solution when dealing with
spindles of different sizes.
Inspection of housings
The dimensions and form of the housing
seatings can be checked with a bore
Measuring the reference length R
Fig 36
R
108
indicator. To check the form, an attachment
is fitted to the indicator to convert it into a
three-point gauge. It is difficult to check the
position of a shoulder relative to the
housing seating in the absence of a reliable
reference face. Quill housings of small
spindles can usually be set up and rotated,
thus making it possible to measure the axial
run-out of the shoulder. This type of
measurement does not necessarily prove
that the shoulder is at right angles to the
housing seating unless the housing seating
axis coincides with the axis of rotation.
Frequently there is no check made to
ensure that both bearing seatings in a
spindle housing have coinciding centre
lines; the seatings are machined by the
method giving the best results and that is
all. If the centre lines do not coincide well
the operating temperature may be too high,
especially at high speeds. Checking the
alignment may therefore be advisable.
Measurements can be made by setting up
the housing on a surface plate (➔ fig 38 )
Inspection of spacers
Fig 37
so that the widest seating is parallel with Inspection of spacers
the plate. The diameters of both seatings I Spacers need to be checked for parallelity 1
and II are measured and the centre heights and flatness. For short spacers this can be
X1 and X2 and the difference ∆X = X1 − X2 done by measuring the width of the spacer
are calculated. at different positions while placed on a flat
To check that bearing seating II is not surface. Turning it upside down may indicate
misaligned relative to bearing seating I, the flatness. Check if the two spacers
dimension h is measured at two points; a between the bearings have the same width.
and b between bearing seating II and the This should normally be the case in order to
surface plate. The difference between the achieve the right preload of the bearing set
two read-off values should be less than or (➔ fig 37 ).
at the most equal to half any taper error
of the bearing seating over the measuring
distance m. m should be only a few
millimetres less than the total width of
the bearing seating. The housing is then
rotated 90° on its axis and corresponding
measurements are taken in the y direction.
The eccentricity can then be calculated
from the equation shown in fig 38 .
Inspection of housings
Fig 38
I II
e= ∆x + ∆y
∏ 2 2
∆x
b a
x1 x2
109
Angular contact
ball bearings 2

Contents Angular contact ball bearings 112

Four different designs 112
Standard high-precision angular contact
ball bearings 114
High speed high-precision angular contact
ball bearings 114
Hybrid high-precision angular contact
ball bearings 115
Hybrid high speed high-precision
angular contact ball bearings 115
Universally matchable bearings 116
Matched bearing sets 117
General bearing data 122
Factors affecting the preload 127
Cages 135
Speed ratings 136
Equivalent dynamic bearing load 137
Equivalent static bearing load 137
Calculation of equivalent bearing load
for preloaded angular contact ball bearings 139
Designation systems of single bearings
and matched sets 139

Product tables 141

Standard high-precision angular contact
ball bearings 142
High speed high-precision angular contact
ball bearings 156
Hybrid high-precision angular contact ball bearings 162
Hybrid high speed high-precision angular contact
ball bearings 172

111
2 Angular contact ball bearings

Angular contact For higher speeds, or where little radial

space is available, bearings of series 719 or
70 should be chosen. For heavy loads at
relatively moderate speeds, bearings of
Fig 2

ball bearings series 72 are more appropriate. Where

Four different designs
SKF high-precision angular contact ball
bearings (➔ fig 1 ) are available in three
dimension series: bearing series 719,
70 and 72 with a contact angle of 15°
(designation suffix CD or CX and CE)
or 25° (designation suffix ACD or ACX
and ACE) (➔ fig 3 ).
Bearings with the greater contact angle are
recommended for applications where high
axial stiffness and high axial load carrying
capacity are required.
The CX and ACX suffixes identify the
small bearing sizes belonging to the CD
and ACD design and stand for revised
internal geometry.
The CE and ACE design bearings have
a larger number of small diameter balls
compared with the standard CD or CX
and ACD or ACX designs.
Summing up, SKF high-precision angular
contact ball bearings are available in four
different designs and three dimension
series (➔ fig 2 ).
Clearly the space requirements are
different and arrangements can be more or
less radially compact. Each bearing series
has characteristic features that makes it
suitable for particular applications.
stiffness requirements are paramount,
bearings of series 719 incorporate a large 2
number of balls and have the advantage
that large spindle diameters can be used.
Both these factors contribute to high
stiffness of the spindle system: spindle
rigidity increases with increasing spindle
diameter and bearing stiffness is more 719 70 72
strongly influenced by the number than by
the size of the balls. In fact, the rigidity of
these light series bearings is greater than
that, of comparable bearings from the
heavier series.
A cross section of the three dimension series

Single row high-precision angular contact Different designs of SKF high-precision

ball bearing angular contact ball bearings series 70

Fig 1 Fig 3

25° 15° 25° 15°

ACD, ACX CD, CX ACE CE

design design design design

112 113
2 Angular contact ball bearings
Standard high-precision High-speed high-precision
angular contact ball bearings angular contact ball bearings
SKF standard high-precision angular
contact ball bearings are non-separable,
having one reduced height flange on the
outer ring, in order to allow the introduction
of a large number of balls, using a one-
piece cage and an optimised internal
design. Thanks to this, they represent
the best solution in terms of load carrying
capacity, rigidity and speed.
The bearings are manufactured
according to 719, 70 and 72 series, with
a choice of two different contact angles:
15 degrees (CX and CD) or 25 degrees
(ACX and ACD).
The basic design is the same for CX
(ACX) and CD (ACD) series. The CX and
ACX series covering the small bearing sizes
have recently been reviewed, offering
improved dynamic and static load ratings,
which have been increased by approx. 15 %
and 30 % respectively. An enhanced level
of radial and axial rigidity has also been
obtained without compromising the speed
ratings.
The range of standard high-precision
angular contact ball bearings covers bore
diameters from 8 to 240 mm. Dimensions
and technical data can be found in the
relevant product tables.
114
In addition to the standard series, SKF
offers a series of high-speed bearings
to meet the highest demands in respect
of speed capability and running accuracy.
These bearings belong to the series
70 CE (ACE) and 719 CE (ACE) and are
characterised by following features:
● smaller balls
● a contact angle of 15° (CE suffixes) or
25° (ACE suffix)
● both outer and inner ring shoulders
of reduced height for better lubrication
conditions
● an outer ring centred cage
● optimised internal design for enhanced
speed capability
● an extremely high running accuracy.
The CE and ACE design bearings have a
larger number of small diameter balls
compared with the standard CD, CX, ACD
and ACX designs. Centrifugal forces from
contact between the balls and the outer ring
raceway are therefore further reduced, as is
also the contact pressure. Because of the
smaller balls of the CE and ACE designs,
they occupy less of the bearing cross-
section. The rings are therefore
correspondingly thicker. This means that
any form errors of shaft or housing bore
have less influence on the roundness of the
bearing rings. As a result the running
accuracy is enhanced.
The range of very high-speed bearings
covers bore diameters from 20 to 120 mm.
Technical data and dimensions can be
found in the tables. Details concerning
technical data and availability of other sizes
will be supplied on request.
Hybrid high-precision Hybrid high-speed
angular contact ball bearings high-precision angular
contact ball bearings
If the performance required is close to
the limits for all-steel bearings, or if higher These bearings have smaller ceramic balls,
rigidity or longer life are needed, an inner and outer ring shoulders of reduced 2
alternative may be to select SKF hybrid height, outer ring centred cage, optimised
bearings. These bearings have steel rings internal design, and are suitable for even
and ceramic balls. The advantages offered more demanding applications than those
by ceramic material versus steel are shown covered by hybrid precision angular contact
in chapter 1: “Principles of bearing selection ball bearings. With proper lubrication
and application”, section “material for high- conditions and with moderate loading
precision bearings”. rotational speeds can go up to 3 million
Hybrid high-precision angular contact ball n × dm. By using specially designed hybrid
bearings offer the following advantages bearings, the spindle speed can be further
versus all-steel bearings: increased.
● lasting up to four to six times longer The SKF range comprises two series of
● achieving up to 20 % higher speed hybrid high-speed high-precision angular
● lower temperature rise in the system contact ball bearings of series 719 (CE and
● obtaining higher rigidity ACE) and 70 (CE and ACE). The bearings
● fewer problems with lubrication and are identified by the suffix HC in the
vibration. designations, e.g. 7014 CEGA/HCP4A.
● less sensible to speed accelerations
and decelerations.
Hybrid high-precision angular contact ball
bearings are offered in the same execution
as all-steel high-precision angular contact
ball bearings, series 719, 70 and 72 with
either 15 (CD and CX) or 25 (ACD and
ACX) degrees contact angle. Hybrid high-
precision angular contact ball bearings
are identified by the suffix HC in the
designation, e.g. 7014 CDGA/HCP4A.
115
2 Angular contact ball bearings

Universally matchable
bearings
Universally matchable angular contact ball
bearings are adjusted during manufacture
so that they may be mounted immediately
adjacent to each other in a back-to-back,
face-to-face or tandem arrangement, as
desired. When arranged back-to-back or
face-to-face the bearings will have a light,
medium or heavy preload depending on the
requirements. Basic features such as
accuracy, preload class, speed capability
etc. of universally matchable angular
contact ball bearings are the same as those
of the pre-matched sets.
Universally matchable bearings may be
useful in reducing stock holding and improving
availability. Several specific matched sets
may be obtained by stocking the correct
universal bearings.
Designation of single universal high-precision
angular contact ball bearings
70 10 CD G A / P4A
Universal bearings can be supplied in two
basic executions: single universal bearings
for mounting in any combination, or duplex
sets with matched bore and outside diameters.
The designations for single universal
bearings are explained in Table 1 .
Customers need to order the same
number of single universal bearings as the
number of bearings in a set, e.g. to replace
a set 7014 CD/P4ATBTA, three bearings
7014 CDGA/P4A are required.
Alternatively, duplex sets of universally
matchable bearings can be chosen. Duplex
universal bearings can either be used as
sets, or each bearing used to form other
groups of bearings, with the only limitation
being the contact angle and the preload
class. Universal bearings with light preload
must not be paired against bearings with a
different contact angle or preload class. For
such special cases, please consult the SKF
application engineering service.
Table
Table 2 shows some possible
combinations and the corresponding
number of matched sets, single bearings
or duplex sets to be ordered.
Marking of universally matchable
bearings
The bearing rings have several markings for
identification purposes. Each bearing is
marked with the complete designation on
the outer ring face. To facilitate the selection
of the actual bore and outside diameters in
order to obtain the desired fits after
mounting, the actual deviation of the inner
bore diameter and outside diameter from
nominal, are marked on the inner ring/outer
ring respectively. An asterisk marks the
position of the greatest out-of-round on the
inner and outer ring side-faces. This is
where the greatest wall thickness between
the base of the raceway and the bore or the
outside diameter surface can be found.
A “chevron V” is marked on the outer ring
outside diameter indicating the contact
angle direction. This allows the users to
check that universally matchable bearings,
once fitted on the shaft, are correctly
1 positioned according to the desired
combination, i.e. back-to-back, face-to-face,
etc. (➔ fig 8 page 121).
Matched bearing sets
SKF high-precision angular contact ball
bearings are also supplied as complete sets
of two, three or four bearings. They are
matched during manufacturing so that when
the bearings are mounted immediately next 2
to each other, the predetermined value of
the preload will be obtained, or the load will
be evenly distributed. The bore and outside
diameters do not differ by more than one
third of the permissible diameter tolerance.
There is even less difference between the
diameters of matched bearings
manufactured to tolerance class PA9A.
The most popular set arrangements
are shown in figs 4 , 5 , 6 and 7
pages 118 – 119.
The load lines of bearings arranged back-
to-back diverge towards the bearing axis.
Axial load can be accommodated in both
directions, although only by one bearing (or
bearings in tandem) at a time. The back-to-
back arrangement is relatively stiff and can
also take up tilting moments.

Tolerance class
P4A or PA9A

Preload class
A: light, B: medium, C: heavy

Universally matchable execution Table 2

Contact angle and internal design Original Qty Single universal Qty Duplex universal Qty
CD, CE, CX = 15 degrees matched set bearing bearing sets
ACD, ACE, ACX = 25 degrees

Bore diameter 7010 CD/P4ATBTA 2 7010 CDGA/P4A 6 7010 CD/P4ADGA 3

Bearing series 7010 CD/P4AQBCA 2 7010 CDGA/P4A 8 7010 CD/P4ADGA 4

7010 CD/P4ADT 5 7010 CDGA/P4A 10 7010 CD/P4ADGA 5

7010 CD/P4ADBA 15 7010 CDGA/P4A 30 7010 CD/P4ADGA 15

7010 CD/P4ADFA 4 7010 CDGA/P4A 8 7010 CD/P4ADGA 4

See Table 17 for more details

116 117
2 Angular contact ball bearings

The load lines of bearings arranged face- Fig 4 Fig 7

to-face converge towards the bearing axis.
Axial loads can be accommodated in both
directions, although again only by one
bearing (or bearings in tandem) at a time.
The arrangement is not so stiff as the
back-to-back arrangement and is less 2
suitable for tilting moments. Combination of tandem and Combination of tandem and
In a tandem arrangement the load lines back-to-back arrangement face-to-face arrangement
Designation suffix TBT Designation suffix TFT
of the bearings are parallel. Radial and
axial loads are equally distributed over the
bearings but axial loads can only be carried
in one direction. A set of bearings in tandem
is therefore generally adjusted against
another bearing that can take the axial
loads acting in the opposite direction. Back-to-back arrangement
Combinations of tandem and back-to- for axial load in both directions
back, or tandem and face-to-face are
normally used when the design makes it
impossible to adjust a further bearing,
or bearing set against the tandem set.
Combination of tandem and back-to-back Combination of tandem and face-to-face
arrangement arrangement
Back-to-back arrangement Designation suffix QBC Designation suffix QFC
Designation suffix DB

Fig 5 Fig 6

Combination of tandem and back-to-back Combination of tandem and face-to-face

arrangement arrangement
Designation suffix QBT Designation suffix QFT

Face-to-face arrangement Tandem arrangement

for axial load in both directions for axial load in one direction

Tandem arrangement Tandem arrangement

Face-to-face arrangement Tandem arrangement Designation suffix TT Designation suffix QT
Designation suffix DF Designation suffix DT

118 119
2 Angular contact ball bearings

Marking of bearing sets Each bearing of a matched set is marked Fig 8 Fig 9
Bearing sets not only have the markings of with the complete designation of the bearing
single bearings; but also have additional set. The same serial number is shown on the
markings for identification purposes and to face of the outer ring (➔ figs 9 and 10 ).
indicate how the bearings of a matched set
should be correctly mounted.
A ‘V’-shaped marking is to be found on 2
the outside diameter of the bearings. The
bearings need to be mounted in the order
shown by this marking to obtain the correct
preload. It also indicates how the set should
be mounted compared with the axial load.
The point of the ‘V’ gives the direction in
which the axial load should act on the inner
ring(s). Where axial loads act in both
directions, the ‘V’ point gives the direction
of the greater axial load.
“V” – shaped marking on outside diameter of “V” – shaped marking on outside diameter of high
universally matchable bearings for paired mounting precision angular contact ball bearing sets
Example of a set of three universally matchable
bearings combined in TBT arrangement

Marking of bearing sets

Fig 10

Serial number (for sets only):

916 Bore diameter deviation from nominal: –5;
and position of the point of maximun
eccentricity of the inner ring:
*

Manufacturing date:
W41Y

Complete bearing designation:

71916 ACE/HCP4ADBA
Chevron V

Outside diameter deviation from nominal:

–4; and position of the point of maximun Country of origin:
eccentricity of the outer ring: Italy V
*

120 121
2 Angular contact ball bearings

General bearing data Tolerances
SKF high-precision angular contact ball
Dimensions bearings are manufactured to tolerance
SKF high-precision angular contact ball class P4A specifications as standard. On
bearings conform to ISO 15:1998, Diameter request, bearings can be made according
Series 9, 0 and 2. to class PA9A or other specifications.
The values for P4A and PA9A tolerance
classes are given in Tables 3 and 4 .
Hybrid bearings are made to the same
tolerances as the corresponding all-steel
bearings.
Preload
To meet varying customer needs in terms of
speed, heat generation and rigidity, SKF
offers standard high-precision angular
contact ball bearings (identified by suffixes
CX, CD, ACX and ACD), universally
matchable and matched back-to-back or
face-to-face in groups of two or more
bearings per set, with three different
preload classes as standard:
Class A: light preload
Class B: medium preload
Class C: heavy preload
Hybrid high-precision angular contact ball
bearings (identified by the suffix HC) are
normally supplied either with preload class
A or B since the heavy preload is not
recommended for high-speed operations.
For the same reason preload classes A and
B are usually applied to the high-speed 2
high-precision angular contact ball bearings
(identified by suffixes CE and ACE), fitted
either with steel or ceramic balls.
Tables 5 page 124, 6 page 125 and 7
page 126 show preload values for bearing
pairs arranged either back-to-back or face-
to-face prior to mounting.

Class P4A tolerances for radial bearings Class PA9A tolerances for radial bearings

Table 3 Table 4

Inner ring Inner ring

d ∆dmp ∆ds Vdp Vdmp ∆Bs ∆B1s VBs Kia Sd Sia d ∆ds Vdp Vdmp ∆Bs ∆B1s VBs Kia Sd Sia
over incl. high low high low max max high low high low max max max max over incl. high low max max high low high low max max max max

mm µm µm µm µm µm µm µm µm µm µm mm µm µm µm µm µm µm µm µm µm

2,5 10 0 –4 0 –4 1,3 1 0 –40 0 –250 1,3 1,3 1,3 1,3 2,5 10 0 –2,5 1,3 1 0 –25 0 –250 1,3 1,3 1,3 1,3
10 18 0 –4 0 –4 1,3 1 0 –80 0 –250 1,3 1,3 1,3 1,3 10 18 0 –2,5 1,3 1 0 –80 0 –250 1,3 1,3 1,3 1,3
18 30 0 –5 0 –5 1,3 1 0 –120 0 –250 1,3 2,5 1,3 2,5 18 30 0 –2,5 1,3 1 0 –120 0 –250 1,3 2,5 1,3 2,5

30 50 0 –6 0 –6 1,3 1 0 –120 0 –250 1,3 2,5 1,3 2,5 30 50 0 –2,5 1,3 1 0 –120 0 –250 1,3 2,5 1,3 2,5
50 80 0 –7 0 –7 2 1,3 0 –150 0 –250 1,3 2,5 1,3 2,5 50 80 0 –3,8 2 1,3 0 –150 0 –250 1,3 2,5 1,3 2,5
80 120 0 –8 0 –8 2,5 1,5 0 –200 0 –250 2,5 2,5 2,5 2,5 80 120 0 –5 2,5 1,5 0 –200 0 –380 2,5 2,5 2,5 2,5

120 150 0 –10 0 –10 6 3 0 –250 0 –380 4 4 4 4 120 150 0 –6,5 3 2 0 –250 0 –380 2,5 2,5 2,5 2,5
150 180 0 –10 0 –10 6 3 0 –250 0 –380 4 6 5 6 150 180 0 –6,5 3 2 0 –300 0 –500 3,8 5 3,8 5
180 250 0 –12 0 –12 7 4 0 –300 0 –500 5 7 6 7 180 250 0 –7,5 4 2,5 0 –350 0 –500 3,8 5 3,8 5

Outer ring Outer ring

D ∆Dmp ∆Ds VDp VDmp ∆Cs, ∆C1s VCs Kea SD Sea D ∆Ds VDp VDmp ∆Cs, ∆C1s VCs Kea SD Sea
over incl. high low high low max max max max max max over incl. high low max max max max max max

mm µm µm µm µm µm µm µm µm mm µm µm µm µm µm µm µm µm

18 30 0 –5 0 –5 2 1,3 Values are 1,3 2,5 1,3 2,5 18 30 0 –3,8 2 1,3 Values are 1,3 2,5 1,3 2,5
30 50 0 –6 0 –6 2 1,3 identical to 1,3 2,5 1,3 2,5 30 50 0 –3,8 2 1,3 identical to 1,3 2,5 1,3 2,5
50 80 0 –7 0 –7 2 1,3 those for 1,3 3,8 1,3 3,8 50 80 0 –3,8 2 1,3 those for 1,3 3,8 1,3 3,8
inner ring inner ring
80 120 0 –8 0 –8 2,5 1,3 of same 2,5 5 2,5 5 80 120 0 –5 2,5 1,3 of same 2,5 5 2,5 5
120 150 0 –9 0 –9 2,5 1,5 bearing 2,5 5 2,5 5 120 150 0 –5 2,5 1,5 bearing 2,5 5 2,5 5
150 180 0 –10 0 –10 6 3 4 6 4 6 150 180 0 –6,5 3 2 (∆Bs, ∆B1s) 2,5 5 2,5 5

180 250 0 –11 0 –11 6 4 5 8 5 8 180 250 0 –7,5 4 2,5 3,8 6,5 3,8 6,5
250 315 0 –13 0 –13 8 5 5 9 6 8 250 315 0 –7,5 4 3,5 3,8 6,5 3,8 6,5
315 400 0 –15 0 –15 9 6 7 10 8 10 315 400 0 –10 5 5 6,5 7,5 6,5 7,5

122 123
2 Angular contact ball bearings

Table 5 Table 6

Bearing Axial preload Bearing Axial preload

Series 719 ACD Series 719 CD Series 719 ACE Series 719 CE Series 70 ACD Series 70 CD Series 70 ACE Series 70 CE
719 ACD/HC 719 CD/HC and 719 ACE/HC and 719 CE/HC 70 ACD/HC 70 CD/HC and 70 ACE/HC and 70 CE/HC
719 ACX 719 CX 70 ACX 70 CX
and 719 ACX/HC and 719 CX/HC and 70 ACX/HC and 70 CX/HC
Class Class Class Class Class Class
Bore Size A B C1) A B C1) A B A B Bore Size A B C1) A B C1) A B A B
2
diameter diameter

mm N mm N

10 00 15 30 60 10 20 40 – – – – 8 8 20 40 80 10 20 40 – – – –
12 01 15 30 60 10 20 40 – – – – 9 9 20 40 80 10 20 40 – – – –
15 02 25 50 100 15 30 60 – – – – 10 00 25 50 100 15 30 60 – – – –
17 03 25 50 100 15 30 60 – – – – 12 01 25 50 100 15 30 60 – – – –
20 04 35 70 140 25 50 100 35 105 20 60 15 02 30 60 120 20 40 80 – – – –
25 05 40 80 160 25 50 100 40 120 25 75 17 03 40 80 160 25 50 100 – – – –

30 06 40 80 160 25 50 100 40 120 25 75 20 04 50 100 200 35 70 140 55 165 35 105

35 07 60 120 240 35 70 140 55 165 35 105 25 05 60 120 240 35 70 140 55 165 35 105
40 08 70 140 280 45 90 180 75 225 45 135 30 06 90 180 360 50 100 200 80 240 50 150
45 09 80 160 320 50 100 200 80 240 50 150 35 07 90 180 360 60 120 240 80 240 50 150
50 10 80 160 320 50 100 200 80 240 50 150 40 08 100 200 400 60 120 240 90 270 55 165
55 11 120 240 480 70 140 280 120 360 75 225 45 09 170 340 680 110 220 440 105 315 65 195

60 12 120 240 480 70 140 280 120 360 75 225 50 10 180 360 720 110 220 440 115 345 70 210
65 13 120 240 480 80 160 320 130 390 80 240 55 11 230 460 920 150 300 600 120 360 75 225
70 14 200 400 800 130 260 520 170 510 105 315 60 12 240 480 960 150 300 600 130 390 80 240
75 15 210 420 840 130 260 520 180 540 110 330 65 13 240 480 960 160 320 640 130 390 80 240
80 16 220 440 880 140 280 560 180 540 110 330 70 14 300 600 1 200 200 400 800 180 540 110 330
85 17 270 540 1 080 170 340 680 230 690 140 420 75 15 310 620 1 240 200 400 800 180 540 110 330

90 18 280 560 1 120 180 360 720 230 690 140 420 80 16 390 780 1 560 240 480 960 230 690 140 420
95 19 290 580 1 160 190 380 760 245 735 150 450 85 17 400 800 1 600 250 500 1 000 230 690 140 420
100 20 360 720 1 440 230 460 920 295 885 180 540 90 18 460 920 1 840 300 600 1 200 295 885 180 540
105 21 360 720 1 440 230 460 920 300 900 185 555 95 19 480 960 1 920 310 620 1 240 295 885 180 540
110 22 370 740 1 480 230 460 920 310 930 190 570 100 20 500 1 000 2 000 310 620 1 240 300 900 185 555
120 24 450 900 1 800 290 580 1 160 385 1 155 235 705 105 21 560 1 180 2 360 360 720 1 440 – – – –

130 26 540 1 080 2 160 350 700 1 400 – – – – 110 22 650 1 300 2 600 420 840 1 680 – – – –
140 28 560 1 120 2 240 360 720 1 440 – – – – 120 24 690 1 380 2 760 430 860 1 720 – – – –
150 30 740 1 480 960 470 940 1 880 – – – – 130 26 900 1 800 3 600 560 1 120 2 240 – – – –
160 32 800 1 600 3 200 490 980 1 960 – – – – 140 28 900 1 800 3 600 570 1 140 2 280 – – – –
150 30 1 000 2 000 4 000 650 1 300 2 600 – – – –
170 34 800 1 600 3 200 500 1 000 2 000 – – – – 160 32 1 150 2 300 4 600 730 1 460 2 920 – – – –
180 36 1 000 2 000 4 000 630 1 260 2 520 – – – –
190 38 1 000 2 000 4 000 640 1 280 2 560 – – – – 170 34 1 250 2 500 5 000 800 1 600 3 200 – – – –
200 40 1 250 2 500 5 000 800 1 600 3 200 – – – – 180 36 1 450 2 900 5 800 900 1 800 3 600 – – – –
220 44 1 300 2 600 5 200 850 1 700 3 400 – – – – 190 38 1 450 2 900 5 800 950 1 900 3 800 – – – –
200 40 1 750 3 500 7 000 1 100 2 200 4 400 – – – –
220 44 2 000 4 000 8 000 1 250 2 500 5 000 – – – –
1) All-steel bearings only 240 48 2 050 4 100 8 200 1 300 2 600 5 200 – – – –

Series 719
Preload in bearings for universal pairing and
bearing sets arranged back-to-back or face-to-face

Series 70 ➤ 1)
Preload in bearings for universal pairing and All-steel bearings only
bearing sets arranged back-to-back or face-to-face

124 125
2 Angular contact ball bearings

Sets of three or more bearings have a To calculate preload for sets of bearings Factors affecting the preload Influence of the fit on the preload
higher preload than sets of two bearings. involving more than four bearings, or for When a bearing is mounted with an
The relevant preload value can be sets incorporating bearings of different Preload on bearing systems is influenced interference fit on the shaft, the inner ring
calculated by multiplying the preload values designs, size and contact angle, please by several factors under static and dynamic will expand, increasing the raceway
of pairs reported in the tables by the contact SKF application engineering conditions. diameter. Conversely, an interference fit in
following factors: service. The actual preload value on the bearings the housing will compress the outer ring,
1,35 for TBT and TFT sets fitted in a system differs from the pre- reducing the raceway diameter. 2
1,60 for QBT and QFT sets determined preload value in the One of these conditions alone or both
2,00 for QBC and QFC sets. manufacturing process, depending on: together, will reduce the space for the
● the actual fits between the bearing inner rolling elements and thus increase the
rings and the shaft, and between the preload of the bearing set.
bearing outer rings and the housing The preload change thus depends on the
● the system speed for constant position real fit between bearings and mating parts.
arrangements. When mating parts are made to tolerances
Series 72 according to the recommendations given in
Preload in bearings for universal pairing and Other effects may influence the actual Tables 1 and 2 pages 42 – 43 (e.g. js4
bearing sets arranged back-to-back or face-to-face preload of angular contact ball bearings for shafts and JS5 for housings for bearings
systems while operating such as: of P4A precision class) the preload
Table 7 ● temperature differences in operation increase can then be calculated from the
Bearing Axial preload
between the bearing inner ring and following equation with reasonable
Series 72 ACD Series 72 CD outer rings and the rolling elements accuracy.
72 ACD/HC 72 CD/HC ● the shaft and housing materials (i.e.
72 ACX 72 CX different materials may show varying Gm = f f1 f2 fHC GA, B, C
and 72 ACX/HC and 72 CX/HC
Bore Size Class Class thermal expansion coefficients, resulting
diameter A B C1) A B C1) in a differential deformation of the mating where
part while the system is operating). Gm = preload of the mounted bearing
mm – N
● geometric errors (e.g. imposed sets, N
misalignment, cylindricity and conicity GA, B, C = preload of bearing sets prior to
10 00 35 70 140 20 40 80 errors, coaxiality errors between front and mounting, see Tables 5 , 6 and
12 01 35 70 140 20 40 80 rear housing). 7 pages 124 – 126
15 02 45 90 180 30 60 120
17 03 60 120 240 35 70 140 f = bearing factor, see Diagram 1
20 04 70 140 280 45 90 180 In case of applications where the above page 129
25 05 80 160 320 50 100 200 points may be important please contact f1 = correction factor depending on
30 06 150 300 600 90 180 360
the SKF application engineering service contact angle, see Table 8
35 07 190 380 760 120 240 480 for advice. page 128
40 08 240 480 960 150 300 600 f2 = correction factor depending on
45 09 260 520 1 040 160 320 640 preload class, see Table 8
50 10 260 520 1 040 170 340 680
55 11 330 660 1 320 210 420 840 fHC = correction factor for hybrid
bearings where applicable,
60 12 400 800 1 600 250 500 1 000 see Table 8
65 13 450 900 1 800 290 580 1 160
70 14 480 960 1 920 300 600 1 200
75 15 500 1 000 2 000 310 620 1 240
80 16 580 1 160 2 320 370 740 1 480
85 17 600 1 200 2 400 370 740 1 480

90 18 750 1 500 3 000 480 960 1 920

95 19 850 1 700 3 400 520 1 040 2 080
100 20 950 1 900 3 800 590 1 180 2 360
105 21 1 000 2 000 4 000 650 1 300 2 600
110 22 1 050 2 100 4 200 670 1 340 2 680
120 24 1 200 2 400 4 800 750 1 500 3 000

1) All-steel bearings only

126 127
2 Angular contact ball bearings

Example
What will be the preload of the bearing
pair 71924 CD/P4ADBC when mounted?
From Table 5 page 124, the value of
GC is 1 160 N. The value of the bearing
factor f = 2,2 according to Diagram 1 .
The correction factors obtained from
Table 8 are f1 = 1 and f2 = 1,24.
Therefore,
Gm = f f1 f2 GC
Gm = 2,2 × 1 × 1,24 × 1 160 N = 3 165 N
In other cases the fits may have to be
significantly higher, for instance in very
high-speed spindles, to avoid the bearing
inner ring from loosening its contact with
the shaft as a result of the centrifugal
force. The effect of fits must then be
calculated in more detail. For special
cases such as these, please consult the
SKF application engineering service.
The relationship between bearing fits,
shafts, housing proportions and preload
increases can be studied according to
Diagram 1 .
Influence of speed on preload
A drastic increase in preload may also
occur when approaching very high-speeds.
The increase is mostly due to the
centrifugal load affecting the position of the
rolling elements. Thus, adoption of ceramic
balls allows much higher rotational speeds, 2
while maintaining low heat generation and

Bearing factor f

Diagram 1

Bearing factor f
2,4
List of correction factors for preload calculation

Table 8 2,2

Bearing fHC1) f12) f23) f23) f23)

series Preload A Preload B Preload C
2

719 CD and CX 1 1 1 1,12 1,24

719 ACD and ACX 1 0,92 1 1,1 1,21 1,8
719 CE 1 1 1 1,14 –
719 ACE 1 0,92 1 1,14 –
719 CD/HC and CX/HC 1,08 1 1 1,12 –
719 ACD/HC and ACX/HC 1,08 0,92 1 1,12 – 1,6
719 CE/HC 1,06 1 1 1,14 –
719 ACE/HC 1,05 0,92 1 1,14 –
1,4
70 CD and CX 1 1 1 1,1 1,2
70 ACD and ACX 1 0,92 1 1,09 1,18
70 CE 1 1 1 1,08 –
1,2
70 ACE 1 0,96 1 1,08 –
70 CD/HC and CX/HC 1,07 1 1 1,1 –
70 ACD/HC and ACX/HC 1,06 0,92 1 1,09 –
70 CE/HC 1,02 1 1 1,09 – 1
70 ACE/HC 1,03 0,96 1 1,07 –
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280
72 CD and CX 1 1 1 1,04 1,1 Bore diameter, mm
72 ACD and ACX 1 0,95 1 1,05 1,1 70 CD, ACD 719 CD, ACD 72 CD, ACD
70 CE 719 CE
72 CD/HC and CX/HC 1,04 1 1 1,04 – CX and ACX CX and ACX CX and ACX
72 ACD/HC and ACX/HC 1,02 0,95 1 1,04 –

1) fHC = correction factor for ceramic balls

2) f1 = correction factor for contact angle
3) f2 = correction factor dependent on preload

128 129
2 Angular contact ball bearings

adequate stiffness. In Diagram 2 the
preload variation versus speed for different
executions of basic bearing type 7014 is
shown. For applications where speed is in
excess of 1 – 1,2 million n dm and constant
position preload is necessary, please
consult the SKF Application Engineering
Service for more details.
For high-speed applications like internal
grinding spindles and high-frequency milling
spindles, the preload is often given through
a set of elastic calibrated springs (➔ fig 11 ),
or alternatively hydraulic preload is used.
Table 9 gives guideline values for the
spring force to be applied on bearings in
constant load arrangements. The values
refer to single bearings with 15 degrees
contact angle (suffixes CX, CD and CE),
both all-steel and hybrid, of the most
popular sizes used with spring preload
systems. If bearings are paired in tandem, Fig 11
the value in the table needs to be multiplied
by the number of single bearings in the set.
The above values are calculated to
minimise the difference in contact angle
between outer and inner raceway contacts,
and to retain a certain axial rigidity of the 2
bearing at high speed. However, it should
be noted that additional preload is
detrimental to performance because
of heat generation.

Preload increase factor for different

bearing designs
Reference base type 7014

Diagram 2 For applications where extremely high speed

is required preloading should be done through
calibrated springs acting against a bearing ring

Preload increase factor

8
15°

7 CD
(all-steel) Table 9 Guideline values
for the spring force
Bearing Speed factor in constant load
6 15° size (n dm × 106) bearing arrangements
2,25 2,0 1,75 1,5 1,25
CE Preload
(all-steel)
5 N

15°

4 7000 150 150 150 125 100

7001 150 150 150 125 100
CD/HC 7002 160 160 160 125 100
Constant load (hybrid) 7003 175 175 150 125 100
3 7004 250 250 200 150 150
15°
7005 280 280 250 200 175
CE/HC
(hybrid) 7006 350 350 300 200 175
2 7007 400 400 350 300 200
7008 400 400 350 300 200
7009 750 750 650 500 400
7010 750 750 650 500 400
1 7011 1 000 1 000 900 800 600
7012 1 000 1 000 900 800 600

0
0 0,45 0,9 1,35 1,8
Speed factor, n dm (× 106)

130 131
2 Angular contact ball bearings

Preload for customised needs Tables 10 and 11 show which spacer(s)

Most often, intermediate rings (spacers)
are inserted between the bearings of a
set (➔ fig 12 page 135). When a special
preload may be required to achieve the
best performance, it is possible to change
preload by face grinding the inner or outer
spacer. It is not advisable to modify the
bearings in any way.
should be ground to increase or decrease
the preload. Tables 12 and 13 , page 134
show the necessary width reduction to be
achieved by face grinding.
Spacers are not only used to customise
the preload but to improve the system Spacer width reduction for changing preloads
2
rigidity, and sometimes to bring the oil pipes in matched sets, CD, CX and CE designs
as close as possible to the raceways. In
Table 12

Bearing Spacer adjustment

size Series 719 CD Series 70 CD Series 72 CD Series 719 CE Series 70 CE
719 CD/HC 70 CD/HC 72 CD/HC and 719 CE/HC and 70 CE/HC
719 CX 70 CX 72 CX
and 719 CX/HC and 70 CX/HC and 72 CX/HC
Bore Size
diameter a b a b a b a a

mm – µm
Table 10 Spacer(s) to be ground
to increase preload
8 8 – – 4 6 – – – –
Bearing The part to be Amount to be ground off 9 9 – – 4 6 – – – –
arrangement face ground to increase preload from 10 00 4 6 5 7 6 9 – –
A up to B B up to C A up to C 12 01 4 6 5 7 6 9 – –
15 02 5 7 5 8 7 11 – –
17 03 5 7 6 9 8 11 – –
Back-to-back Inner spacer a b a+b
20 04 5 8 7 10 8 12 10 14
Face-to-face Outer spacer a b a+b 25 05 5 8 7 10 8 12 11 13
30 06 5 8 8 13 11 15 11 16
35 07 6 10 8 13 12 17 13 15
40 08 7 11 8 13 13 21 14 15
45 09 7 11 12 17 14 21 15 16

50 10 7 12 12 17 14 21 15 17
55 11 10 15 14 19 16 24 21 15
60 12 10 15 14 19 18 26 21 16
65 13 10 18 14 20 20 29 22 16
70 14 13 19 15 23 20 29 25 19
75 15 13 19 15 23 20 29 25 19

Spacer(s) to be ground 80 16 13 20 17 25 20 32 26 22
Table 11 85 17 15 22 17 25 20 32 29 22
to decrease preload
90 18 15 23 18 29 25 36 29 26
Bearing The part to be Amount to be ground off 95 19 16 23 19 29 25 39 30 26
arrangement face ground to decrease preload from 100 20 17 26 19 29 27 41 33 26
B down to A C down to B C down to A 105 21 17 26 21 32 28 42 34

110 22 17 26 23 34 28 42 35 –
Back-to-back Outer spacer a b a+b 120 24 19 29 23 35 30 46 38 –
130 26 21 31 26 39 – – – –
Face-to-face Inner spacer a b a+b 140 28 21 33 26 39 – – – –
150 30 25 38 27 43 – – – –
160 32 26 39 29 45 – – – –

170 34 26 40 29 45 – – – –
180 36 28 44 30 47 – – – –
190 38 29 44 31 49 – – – –
200 40 31 49 34 54 – – – –
220 44 33 51 37 56 – – – –
240 48 38 59 – – – –

132 133
2 Angular contact ball bearings

other cases, especially in grease-lubricated Cages

spindles, it is necessary to have spacers to
allow grease to escape from the contact High-precision angular contact ball bearings
zone to reduce running temperature. are as standard equipped with outer ring
In order to get the best performance from land riding fabric-reinforced phenolic resin
the bearings, spacers should not deform cages. The cages are lightweight and
Spacer width reduction for changing preloads in under load, and form errors should not be designed to minimise centrifugal force, 2
matched sets, ACD, ACX and ACE designs introduced, as these would affect the while ensuring an optimum lubricant flow
preload of the bearing sets. In general, the throughout the ball-raceway contact. They
Table 13 guidelines given in the form tolerance are not identified in the bearing designation.
Bearing Spacer adjustment
requirements for shaft and housing can be New, better performance cages now being
size Series 719 ACD Series 70 ACD Series 72 ACD Series 719 ACE Series 70 ACE followed. For spacers in particular, the introduced are made of PEEK (polyether
719 ACD/HC 70 ACD/HC 72 ACD/HC and 719 ACE/HC and 70 ACE/HC material should be hard enough to resist ether ketone) and are identified in the
719 ACX 70 ACX 72 ACX damage during handling, preferably the bearing designation by the suffix “TNH”.
and 719 ACX/HC and 70 ACX/HC and 72 ACX/HC
Bore Size same hardness as bearing rings Fabric-reinforced phenolic resin ball guided
diameter a b a b a b a a (i.e. around 60 HRC), but materials with cages and metallic machined cages are
45 – 50 HRC would be adequate. also available on request.
mm – µm
The most important point concerns the
parallelism of the faces and the width
8 8 – – 3 4 – – – – difference between the outer and inner
9 9 – – 3 4 – – – – spacer, in the same set of bearings. The
10 00 2 4 3 5 3 6 – –
12 01 2 4 3 5 3 6 – – parallelism should be kept within 1 – 2 µm.
15 02 3 5 3 5 5 7 – – To obtain the lowest possible difference
17 03 3 5 4 6 5 8 – – in width of the inner and outer spacer,
20 04 4 5 4 7 5 8 7 9
the two spacers should be face ground
25 05 4 5 5 7 5 8 7 8 together (one placed inside the other).
30 06 4 5 6 9 7 11 7 10
35 07 5 6 6 9 9 12 8 9
40 08 5 7 6 9 10 14 9 9
45 09 5 7 7 12 10 14 9 10

50 10 5 7 8 12 10 14 9 10
55 11 6 10 8 14 11 17 13 10
60 12 6 10 8 14 12 18 13 10
65 13 6 10 8 14 13 20 14 10
70 14 8 13 10 15 13 21 15 12
75 15 9 13 10 15 13 21 15 12

80 16 9 13 12 18 13 22 15 14 Example of spacers in between a group of two

85 17 10 15 12 18 13 22 17 14 Fig 12
high-precision angular contact ball bearings
90 18 10 16 12 19 16 25 18 16
matched back-to-back
95 19 10 16 12 20 17 27 18 16
100 20 11 18 13 21 18 29 20 16
105 21 11 18 13 22 18 30 20

110 22 11 18 15 23 18 30 21 –
120 24 12 21 15 24 20 32 23 –
130 26 14 22 17 27 – – – –
140 28 14 23 17 27 – – – –
150 30 16 26 18 28 – – – –
160 32 17 27 18 30 – – – –

170 34 17 27 18 30 – – – –
180 36 18 30 19 33 – – – –
190 38 18 30 19 33 – – – –
200 40 20 33 22 37 – – – –
220 44 21 34 24 38 – – – –
240 48 24 39 – – – –

134 135
2 Angular contact ball bearings

Speed ratings
The limiting speeds quoted in the bearing
tables are guideline values and are valid
provided that the bearings are lightly loaded
(P  0,06 C), that they are lightly preloaded
by means of springs, and that the transport
of heat away from the bearing position is
good.
The values for oil spot lubrication are
maximum values and should be reduced for
certain other methods of oil lubrication as
mentioned in the chapter Speed (➔ page 23).
The values for grease lubrication are also
maximum values. Both apply to single
bearings.
When single bearings are adjusted
against each other to a greater degree, e.g.
to increase spindle stiffness, or if matched
sets of two, three or four bearings are to be
used, the speed rating values given in the
tables must be reduced.
Reduction factors to obtain guideline
values for the appropriate conditions are
given in Table 14 .
For special preloads please contact SKF. Equivalent dynamic
If the speed rating obtained from the
above for matched bearing sets is inadequate, bearing load
a simple design change, such as the
inclusion of intermediate rings between For bearings arranged singly or paired in
the bearings will allow appreciable tandem
increases to be made (➔ fig 12 page 135).
For sets of three bearings, for example, it P = Fr when Fa/Fr  e
should then be possible to run at the speed P = XFr + YFa when Fa/Fr > e
rating for paired bearings. Springs to
preload the bearings may be beneficial. Factor values are given in Table 15
This type of preload is generally used for page 138.
high-speed operation in order to obtain
an even preload over the whole operating When calculating bearing pairs, Fr and Fa
range of the machine. represent the forces acting on the bearing
pair.
For bearings paired back-to-back or
face-to-face
P = Fr + Y1Fa when Fa/Fr  e
P = XFr + Y2Fa when Fa/Fr > e
Factor values are given in Table 16
page 138. When calculating bearing pairs,
Fr and Fa represent the forces acting on the
bearing pair.
Equivalent static
bearing load
For bearings arranged singly or paired in
tandem
2
P0 = 0,5 Fr + Y0Fa
when P0 < Fr, P0 = Fr should be used.
For bearings paired back-to-back
or face-to-face
P0 = Fr + Y0Fa
The value of factor Y0 depends on the
contact angle and can be obtained from
Tables 15 and 16 . When calculating
bearing pairs, Fr and Fa are the forces
acting on the bearing pair.

Speed reduction factors for preloaded bearing

sets of angular contact ball bearings

Table 14

Bearing Bearing design

arrangement CD, CD/HC, ACD All CE, CE/HC, ACE
ACD/HC and ACE/HC
CX, CX/HC,
ACX and ACX/HC
Preload Special Preload
preload
A B C A B

Set of 2 bearings paired in tandem 0,90 0,80 0,65 0,90 0,70

Set of 2 bearings paired back-to-back

or face-to-face 0,80 0,70 0,55 Call SKF 0,75 0,60

Set of 3 bearings 0,70 0,55 0,35 0,65 0,40

Set of 4 bearings 0,65 0,45 0,25 0,55 0,30

136 137
2 Angular contact ball bearings

Vibration from other machinery, traffic or
during transportation may cause damage to
bearings. In such cases, bearing life is not
limited by the material fatigue, but by the
permanent deformation produced in the
contact between balls and raceways. A ball
may be driven into the surface of the rings
by the applied load. The same may happen
for bearings sustaining heavy shock loads
during a fraction of a revolution.
As demands are high for running
properties and life, permanent deformation
of the bearing parts should be avoided at all
times. The maximum load should therefore
not exceed the equivalent static load
obtained from the equation:
P0 = C0/s0
where
P0 = equivalent static bearing load, N
C0 = basic static load rating, N
s0 = static safety factor.
For all-steel high-precision angular contact
ball bearings, a minimum safety factor s0
of 3 is recommended. For hybrid bearings,
a safety factor s0 of 3,4 can be used.
Calculation of equivalent Designation systems of single
bearing load for preloaded bearings and matched sets
angular contact ball bearings
When calculating the equivalent bearing
load for preloaded bearings, it is necessary
to take the preload into account. The axial
component of the load (Fa) is needed for
the equivalent load calculation. It is obtained
using the following equations when actual
operating conditions are considered (the
values obtained will be approximate).
For bearing pairs under radial load
and axially secured
Fa = G m
For bearing pairs under radial load
and preloaded by springs
The complete designation of a single
bearing identifies the series, bore diameter,
contact angle, and design, as well as the 2
suffix indicating the tolerance class e.g.
71914 CD/P4A. The designation of bearing
sets also includes suffixes indicating the
number of bearings in the set, their
arrangement and preload. Additional
suffixes may be added to identify bearings
incorporating special features, such as
greases, special tolerances, etc. Please
consult SKF for precise information.
The designation scheme of SKF
high-precision angular contact ball
bearings is shown in Table 17 page 140.

Fa = GA, B

Calculation factors for single bearings Calculation factors for bearings paired For bearing pairs under axial load
and bearings paired in tandem back-to-back or face-to-face and axially secured
Table 15 Table 16 Fa = Gm + 0,67 Ka when Ka  3 Gm
f0 Fa/C0 e X Y Y0 2 f0 Fa/C0 e X Y1 Y2 Y0
Fa = K a when Ka > 3 Gm

For bearing pairs under axial load

Contact angle 15 degrees (suffix CD, CX and CE) Contact angle 15 degrees (suffix CD, CX and CE) and preloaded by springs
< 0,178 0,38 0,44 1,47 0,46 < 0,178 0,38 0,72 1,65 2,39 0,92
0,357 0,4 0,44 1,40 0,46 0,357 0,4 0,72 1,57 2,28 0,92 Fa = GA, B + Ka
0,714 0,43 0,44 1,30 0,46 0,714 0,43 0,72 1,46 2,11 0,92
1,07 0,46 0,44 1,23 0,46 1,07 0,46 0,72 1,38 2,00 0,92
1,43 0,47 0,44 1,19 0,46 1,43 0,47 0,72 1,34 1,93 0,92
where
2,14 0,5 0,44 1,12 0,46 2,14 0,5 0,72 1,26 1,82 0,92 Fa = axial component of a bearing load, N
3,57 0,55 0,44 1,02 0,46 3,57 0,55 0,72 1,14 1,66 0,92 GA, B = preload of a bearing pair, N
5,35 0,56 0,44 1,00 0,46 5,35 0,56 0,72 1,12 1,63 0,92 Gm = preload on a mounted bearing pair, N
> 7,14 0,56 0,44 1,00 0,46 > 7,14 0,56 0,72 1,12 1,63 0,92
Ka = external axial force acting on single
bearing, N
Contact angle 25 degrees (suffix ACD, ACX and ACE) Contact angle 25 degrees (suffix ACD, ACX and ACE)

– 0,68 0,41 0,87 0,38 – 0,68 0,67 0,92 1,41 0,76

Values of f0 are given in the bearing tables Values of f0 are given in the bearing tables

138 139
2 Angular contact ball bearings

Table 17

719 10 ACE TNH / HC P4A Q BC A

Product tables
Bearing series
719 Single row angular contact ball bearing,
ISO Dimension Series 19
70 Single row angular contact ball bearing,
2
ISO Dimension Series 10
72 Single row angular contact ball bearing,
ISO Dimension Series 02

Bore diameter
8 8 mm bore diameter
9 9 mm bore diameter
00 10 mm bore diameter
01 12 mm bore diameter
02 15 mm bore diameter
03 17 mm bore diameter
04 (×5) 20 mm bore diameter
I
48 (×5) 240 mm bore diameter

Contact angle and internal design

ACD, ACX 25°
CD,CX 15°
ACE 25°
CE 15°

Cage design and material

— Outer ring land riding, fabric reinforced phenolic resin
TNH Rolling element riding, glass fibre reinforced PEEK

Rolling element material

— Steel
HC Silicon nitride (ceramic)

Tolerance class
P4A Dimensional accuracy to ISO class 4,
running accuracy better than ISO class 4
PA9A Accuracy to ABMA class ABEC 9

Number of bearings in set

D 2 bearings in matched set
T 3 bearings in matched set
Q 4 bearings in matched set

Bearing arrangement in matched set

B Back-to-back
F Face-to-face
T Tandem
BT Back-to-back/tandem
FT Face-to-face/tandem
BC Back-to-back of pairs in tandem
FC Face-to-face of pairs in tandem
G For universal pairing

Preload
A Light preload
B Medium preload
C Heavy preload
G.. Special preload, value in daN, e.g. G240

140 141
Standard high-precision angular contact ball bearings
d 8 – 17 mm

B ra rb
r2 r4
r1 r3

ra ra
r1 r1
r2 r2
2
Da da da Db
D D1 d d1

CD, ACD, CX and ACX

Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Calculation Speed ratings Mass Designation Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions
dimensions dynamic static load factor Lubrication
limit grease oil spot
d D B C C0 Pu f0 d d1 D1 r1, 2 r3, 4 a da Da Db ra rb
≈ ≈ min min min max max max max

mm N N – r/min kg – mm mm

8 22 7 3 450 1 460 68 8,4 75 000 120 000 0,011 708 CX 8 11,8 17,6 0,3 0,1 6 10 20 20,1 0,3 0,1

9 24 7 3 710 1 730 80 8,8 67 000 100 000 0,014 709 CX 9 13,5 19,9 0,3 0,1 6 11 22 22,1 0,3 0,1

10 22 6 2 600 1 250 57 9,5 70 000 110 000 0,009 71900 CX 10 13,6 17,8 0,3 0,1 5 12 20 20,5 0,3 0,1
22 6 2 510 1 200 55 – 63 000 95 000 0,009 71900 ACX 13,6 17,8 0,3 0,1 7 12 20 20,5 0,3 0,1
26 8 5 070 2 400 110 8,3 67 000 100 000 0,018 7000 CX 15,1 21,3 0,3 0,1 6 12 24 24,1 0,3 0,1
26 8 4 940 2 280 106 – 56 000 85 000 0,018 7000 ACX 15,1 21 0,3 0,1 8 12 24 24,1 0,3 0,1
30 9 5 920 2 700 156 8,2 60 000 90 000 0,029 7200 CX 16,8 23,3 0,6 0,3 7 15 25 27,1 0,6 0,3
30 9 5 720 2 600 150 – 53 000 80 000 0,029 7200 ACX 16,8 23,3 0,6 0,3 9 15 25 27,1 0,6 0,3

12 24 6 2 910 1 530 71 9,8 67 000 100 000 0,01 71901 CX 12 15,9 20,1 0,3 0,1 5 14 22 22,5 0,3 0,1
24 6 2 760 1 460 67 – 60 000 90 000 0,01 71901 ACX 15,9 20,1 0,3 0,1 7 14 22 22,5 0,3 0,1
28 8 5 530 2 750 127 8,7 60 000 90 000 0,02 7001 CX 17,1 23,3 0,3 0,1 7 14 26 26,1 0,3 0,1
28 8 5 270 2 650 122 – 53 000 80 000 0,02 7001 ACX 17,1 23,3 0,3 0,1 9 14 26 26,1 0,3 0,1
32 10 6 760 3 100 180 8,5 53 000 80 000 0,036 7201 CX 18,2 25,8 0,6 0,3 8 17 27 29,1 0,6 0,3
32 10 6 630 3 000 176 – 48 000 70 000 0,036 7201 ACX 18,2 25,8 0,6 0,3 10 17 27 29,1 0,6 0,3

15 28 7 4 360 2 400 110 9,6 56 000 85 000 0,015 71902 CX 15 19,1 23,9 0,3 0,1 6 17 26 26,5 0,3 0,1
28 7 4 160 2 280 104 – 50 000 75 000 0,015 71902 ACX 19,1 23,9 0,3 0,1 9 17 26 26,5 0,3 0,1
32 9 6 240 3 450 160 9,3 50 000 75 000 0,028 7002 CX 20,6 26,8 0,3 0,1 8 17 30 30,1 0,3 0,1
32 9 5 920 3 250 153 – 45 000 67 000 0,028 7002 ACX 20,6 26,5 0,3 0,1 10 17 30 30,1 0,3 0,1
35 11 7 410 3 650 212 8,5 48 000 70 000 0,043 7202 CX 21,5 29,1 0,6 0,3 9 20 30 33 0,6 0,3
35 11 7 150 3 550 204 – 43 000 63 000 0,043 7202 ACX 21,5 29,1 0,6 0,3 12 20 30 33 0,6 0,3

17 30 7 4 490 2 650 122 9,8 50 000 75 000 0,017 71903 CX 17 21,1 25,9 0,3 0,1 7 19 28 28,5 0,3 0,1
30 7 4 360 2 500 116 – 45 000 67 000 0,017 71903 ACX 21,1 25,9 0,3 0,1 9 19 28 28,5 0,3 0,1
35 10 6 500 3 800 176 9,1 48 000 70 000 0,037 7003 CX 22,9 29,6 0,3 0,1 9 19 33 33,4 0,3 0,1
35 10 6 180 3 650 170 – 40 000 60 000 0,037 7003 ACX 22,9 29,2 0,3 0,1 11 19 33 33,4 0,3 0,1
40 12 9 230 4 650 270 8,5 43 000 63 000 0,062 7203 CX 24,2 32,8 0,6 0,3 10 22 35 38 0,6 0,3
40 12 8 840 4 500 260 – 38 000 56 000 0,062 7203 ACX 24,2 32,8 0,6 0,3 13 22 35 38 0,6 0,3

142 143
Standard high-precision angular contact ball bearings
d 20 – 40 mm

B ra rb
r2 r4
r1 r3

ra ra
r1 r1
r2 r2
2
Da da da Db
D D1 d d1

CD, ACD, CX and ACX

Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Calculation Speed ratings Mass Designation Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions
dimensions dynamic static load factor Lubrication
limit grease oil spot
d D B C C0 Pu f0 d d1 D1 r1, 2 r3, 4 a da Da Db ra rb
≈ ≈ min min min max max max max

mm N N – r/min kg – mm mm

20 37 9 6 630 4 050 186 9,8 43 000 63 000 0,035 71904 CX 20 25,4 31,6 0,3 0,15 8 22 35 35,5 0,3 0,1
37 9 6 240 3 900 180 – 38 000 56 000 0,035 71904 ACX 25,4 31,6 0,3 0,15 11 22 35 35,5 0,3 0,1
42 12 10 400 6 100 280 9,2 38 000 56 000 0,065 7004 CX 26,9 35,1 0,6 0,3 10 25 37 39,1 0,6 0,3
42 12 9 950 5 850 270 – 34 000 50 000 0,065 7004 ACX 26,9 35,1 0,6 0,3 13 25 37 39,1 0,6 0,3
47 14 12 400 6 550 375 8,7 36 000 53 000 0,1 7204 CX 29,1 38,7 1 0,3 12 26 41 44,1 1 0,3
47 14 11 900 6 200 360 – 32 000 48 000 0,1 7204 ACX 29,1 38,7 1 0,3 15 26 41 44,1 1 0,3

25 42 9 7 020 4 800 220 10 36 000 53 000 0,042 71905 CX 25 30,4 36,6 0,3 0,15 9 27 40 40,5 0,3 0,1
42 9 6 630 4 550 212 – 32 000 48 000 0,042 71905 ACX 30,4 36,6 0,3 0,15 12 27 40 40,5 0,3 0,1
47 12 11 400 7 350 340 9,6 34 000 50 000 0,075 7005 CX 31,9 40,1 0,6 0,3 11 30 42 44,1 0,6 0,3
47 12 10 800 7 100 325 – 28 000 43 000 0,075 7005 ACX 31,9 40,1 0,6 0,3 15 30 42 44,1 0,6 0,3
52 15 14 000 8 150 475 9,1 30 000 45 000 0,14 7205 CX 34,1 43,7 1 0,3 13 31 46 49,1 1 0,3
52 15 13 500 7 800 450 – 26 000 40 000 0,14 7205 ACX 34,1 43,7 1 0,3 17 31 46 49,1 1 0,3

30 47 9 7 150 5 200 240 10 30 000 45 000 0,048 71906 CX 30 35,4 41,6 0,3 0,15 10 32 45 45,5 0,3 0,1
47 9 6 760 4 900 228 – 26 000 40 000 0,048 71906 ACX 35,4 41,6 0,3 0,15 14 32 45 45,5 0,3 0,1
55 13 14 600 10 000 465 9,4 28 000 43 000 0,11 7006 CX 38,1 46,9 1 0,3 12 36 49 52,1 1 0,3
55 13 14 000 9 650 440 – 24 000 38 000 0,11 7006 ACX 38,1 46,9 1 0,3 17 36 49 52,1 1 0,3
62 16 24 200 16 000 670 14 24 000 38 000 0,19 7206 CD 40,3 51,7 1 0,3 14 36 56 60 1 0,3
62 16 23 400 15 300 640 – 20 000 34 000 0,19 7206 ACD 40,3 51,7 1 0,3 19 36 56 60 1 0,3

35 55 10 9 750 6 550 275 10 26 000 40 000 0,074 71907 CD 35 41,2 48,8 0,6 0,15 11 40 50 53,8 0,6 0,1
55 10 9 230 6 200 260 – 22 000 36 000 0,074 71907 ACD 41,2 48,8 0,6 0,15 16 40 50 53,8 0,6 0,1
62 14 15 600 9 500 400 9,7 22 000 36 000 0,15 7007 CD 43,7 53,3 1 0,3 14 41 56 60 1 0,3
62 14 14 800 9 000 380 – 19 000 32 000 0,15 7007 ACD 43,7 53,3 1 0,3 19 41 56 60 1 0,3
72 17 31 900 21 600 915 14 20 000 34 000 0,28 7207 CD 47 60 1,1 0,3 16 42 65 70 1 0,3
72 17 30 700 20 800 880 – 18 000 30 000 0,28 7207 ACD 47 60 1,1 0,3 21 42 65 70 1 0,3

40 62 12 12 400 8 500 360 10 20 000 34 000 0,11 71908 CD 40 46,7 55,3 0,6 0,15 13 45 57 60,8 0,6 0,1
62 12 11 700 8 000 340 – 18 000 30 000 0,11 71908 ACD 46,7 55,3 0,6 0,15 18 45 57 60,8 0,6 0,1
68 15 16 800 11 000 465 10 19 000 32 000 0,19 7008 CD 49,2 58,8 1 0,3 15 46 62 66 1 0,3
68 15 15 900 10 400 440 – 18 000 30 000 0,19 7008 ACD 49,2 58,8 1 0,3 20 46 62 66 1 0,3
80 18 41 000 28 000 1 180 14 18 000 30 000 0,36 7208 CD 53 67 1,1 0,6 17 47 73 75 1 0,6
80 18 39 000 27 000 1 140 – 16 000 26 000 0,36 7208 ACD 53 67 1,1 0,6 23 47 73 75 1 0,6

144 145
Standard high-precision angular contact ball bearings
d 45 – 65 mm

B ra rb
r2 r4
r1 r3

ra ra
r1 r1
r2 r2
2
Da da da Db
D D1 d d1

CD, ACD

Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Calculation Speed ratings Mass Designation Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions
dimensions dynamic static load factor Lubrication
limit grease oil spot
d D B C C0 Pu f0 d d1 D1 r1, 2 r3, 4 a da Da Db ra rb
≈ ≈ min min min max max max max

mm N N – r/min kg – mm mm

45 68 12 13 000 9 500 400 11 19 000 32 000 0,13 71909 CD 45 52,2 60,8 0,6 0,15 14 50 63 66,8 0,6 0,1
68 12 12 400 9 000 380 – 17 000 28 000 0,13 71909 ACD 52,2 60,8 0,6 0,15 19 50 63 66,8 0,6 0,1
75 16 28 600 22 400 950 15 18 000 30 000 0,23 7009 CD 54,7 65,3 1 0,3 16 51 69 73 1 0,3
75 16 27 600 21 600 900 – 16 000 26 000 0,23 7009 ACD 54,7 65,3 1 0,3 22 51 69 73 1 0,3
85 19 42 300 31 000 1 320 14 17 000 28 000 0,41 7209 CD 57,5 72,5 1,1 0,6 18 52 78 80 1 0,6
85 19 41 000 30 000 1 250 – 15 000 24 000 0,41 7209 ACD 57,5 72,5 1,1 0,6 25 52 78 80 1 0,6

50 72 12 13 500 10 400 440 11 17 000 28 000 0,13 71910 CD 50 56,7 65,3 0,6 0,15 14 55 67 70,8 0,6 0,1
72 12 12 700 9 800 415 – 16 000 26 000 0,13 71910 ACD 56,7 65,3 0,6 0,15 20 55 67 70,8 0,6 0,1
80 16 29 600 24 000 1 020 15 17 000 28 000 0,25 7010 CD 59,7 70,3 1 0,3 17 56 74 78 1 0,3
80 16 28 100 23 200 980 – 15 000 24 000 0,25 7010 ACD 59,7 70,3 1 0,3 17 56 74 78 1 0,3
90 20 44 900 34 000 1 430 15 16 000 26 000 0,46 7210 CD 62,5 77,5 1,1 0,6 20 57 83 85 1 0,6
90 20 42 300 32 500 1 390 – 14 000 22 000 0,46 7210 ACD 62,5 77,5 1,1 0,6 27 57 83 85 1 0,6

55 80 13 19 500 14 600 620 10 16 000 26 000 0,18 71911 CD 55 62,7 72,3 1 0,3 16 61 74 78 1 0,3
80 13 18 200 13 700 585 – 15 000 24 000 0,18 71911 ACD 62,7 72,3 1 0,3 22 61 74 78 1 0,3
90 18 39 700 32 500 1 370 15 15 000 24 000 0,37 7011 CD 66,3 78,7 1,1 0,6 19 62 83 86 1 0,6
90 18 37 100 31 000 1 320 – 14 000 22 000 0,37 7011 ACD 66,3 78,7 1,1 0,6 26 62 83 86 1 0,6
100 21 55 300 43 000 1 800 14 14 000 22 000 0,61 7211 CD 69 85,9 1,5 0,6 21 64 91 95 1,5 0,6
100 21 52 700 40 500 1 730 – 13 000 20 000 0,61 7211 ACD 69 85,9 1,5 0,6 29 64 91 95 1,5 0,6

60 85 13 19 900 15 300 655 11 15 000 24 000 0,19 71912 CD 60 67,7 77,3 1 0,3 16 66 79 83 1 0,3
85 13 18 600 14 600 620 – 14 000 22 000 0,19 71912 ACD 67,7 77,3 1 0,3 23 66 79 83 1 0,3
95 18 40 300 34 500 1 500 15 14 000 22 000 0,4 7012 CD 71,3 83,7 1,1 0,6 20 67 88 91 1 0,6
95 18 39 000 33 500 1 400 – 13 000 20 000 0,4 7012 ACD 71,3 83,7 1,1 0,6 27 67 88 91 1 0,6
110 22 67 600 53 000 2 240 14 13 000 20 000 0,8 7212 CD 75,6 94,4 1,5 0,6 23 69 101 105 1,5 0,6
110 22 63 700 50 000 2 120 – 11 000 18 000 0,8 7212 ACD 75,6 94,4 1,5 0,6 31 69 101 105 1,5 0,6

65 90 13 20 800 17 000 710 11 14 000 22 000 0,21 71913 CD 65 72,7 82,3 1 0,3 17 71 84 88 1 0,3
90 13 19 500 16 000 680 – 13 000 20 000 0,21 71913 ACD 72,7 82,3 1 0,3 25 71 84 88 1 0,3
100 18 41 600 37 500 1 600 16 14 000 22 000 0,42 7013 CD 76,3 88,7 1,1 0,6 20 72 93 96 1 0,6
100 18 39 000 35 500 1 500 – 12 000 19 000 0,42 7013 ACD 76,3 88,7 1,1 0,6 28 72 93 96 1 0,6
120 23 76 100 60 000 2 500 14 12 000 19 000 1 7213 CD 82,5 103 1,5 0,6 24 74 111 115 1,5 0,6
120 23 72 800 57 000 2 400 – 10 000 17 000 1 7213 ACD 82,5 103 1,5 0,6 33 74 111 115 1,5 0,6

146 147
Standard high-precision angular contact ball bearings
d 70 – 90 mm

B ra rb
r2 r4
r1 r3

ra ra
r1 r1
r2 r2
2
Da da da Db
D D1 d d1

CD, ACD

Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Calculation Speed ratings Mass Designation Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions
dimensions dynamic static load factor Lubrication
limit grease oil spot
d D B C C0 Pu f0 d d1 D1 r1, 2 r3, 4 a da Da Db ra rb
≈ ≈ min min min max max max max

mm N N – r/min kg – mm mm

70 100 16 34 500 34 000 1 430 16 13 000 20 000 0,33 71914 CD 70 79,3 90,7 1 0,3 19 76 94 98 1 0,3
100 16 32 500 32 500 1 370 – 11 000 18 000 0,33 71914 ACD 79,3 90,7 1 0,3 28 76 94 98 1 0,3
110 20 52 000 45 500 1 930 15 12 000 19 000 0,59 7014 CD 82,9 97,1 1,1 0,6 22 77 103 106 1 0,6
110 20 48 800 44 000 1 860 – 10 000 17 000 0,59 7014 ACD 82,9 97,1 1,1 0,6 31 77 103 106 1 0,6
125 24 79 300 64 000 2 750 15 11 000 18 000 1,1 7214 CD 87 108 1,5 0,6 25 79 116 120 1,5 0,6
125 24 76 100 62 000 2 600 – 9 500 16 000 1,1 7214 ACD 87 108 1,5 0,6 35 79 116 120 1,5 0,6

75 105 16 35 800 37 500 1 560 16 12 000 19 000 0,35 71915 CD 75 84,3 95,7 1 0,3 20 81 99 103 1 0,3
105 16 33 800 35 500 1 500 – 10 000 17 000 0,35 71915 ACD 84,3 95,7 1 0,3 29 81 99 103 1 0,3
115 20 52 700 49 000 2 080 16 11 000 18 000 0,62 7015 CD 87,9 103 1,1 0,6 23 82 108 111 1 0,6
115 20 49 400 46 500 1 960 – 9 500 16 000 0,62 7015 ACD 87,9 103 1,1 0,6 32 82 108 111 1 0,6
130 25 83 200 69 500 2 900 15 10 000 17 000 1,2 7215 CD 92 113 1,5 0,6 26 84 121 125 1,5 0,6
130 25 79 300 67 000 2 800 – 9 000 15 000 1,2 7215 ACD 92 113 1,5 0,6 37 84 121 125 1,5 0,6

80 110 16 36 400 39 000 1 660 16 11 000 18 000 0,37 71916 CD 80 89,3 101 1 0,3 21 86 104 108 1 0,3
110 16 34 500 36 500 1 560 – 9 500 16 000 0,37 71916 ACD 89,3 101 1 0,3 30 86 104 108 1 0,3
125 22 65 000 61 000 2 550 16 10 000 17 000 0,85 7016 CD 94,4 111 1,1 0,6 25 87 118 121 1 0,6
125 22 62 400 58 500 2 450 – 9 000 15 000 0,85 7016 ACD 94,4 111 1,1 0,6 35 87 118 121 1 0,6
140 26 97 500 81 500 3 350 15 9 500 16 000 1,45 7216 CD 98,6 122 2 1 28 90 130 134 2 1
140 26 92 300 78 000 3 200 – 8 500 14 000 1,45 7216 ACD 98,6 122 2 1 39 90 130 134 2 1

85 120 18 46 200 48 000 2 040 16 10 000 17 000 0,53 71917 CD 85 95,8 110 1,1 0,6 23 92 113 115 1 0,6
120 18 43 600 45 500 1 930 – 9 000 15 000 0,53 71917 ACD 95,8 110 1,1 0,6 23 92 113 115 1 0,6
130 22 67 600 65 500 2 650 16 9 500 16 000 0,89 7017 CD 99,4 116 1,1 0,6 36 92 123 126 1 0,6
130 22 63 700 62 000 2 500 – 8 500 14 000 0,89 7017 ACD 106 130 2 1 30 95 140 144 2 1
150 28 99 500 88 000 3 450 15 9 000 15 000 1,8 7217 CD 100 115 1,1 0,6 23 97 118 120 1 0,6
150 28 95 600 85 000 3 350 – 8 000 13 000 1,8 7217 ACD 100 115 1,1 0,6 23 97 118 120 1 0,6

90 125 18 47 500 51 000 2 080 16 9 500 16 000 0,55 71918 CD 90 100 115 1,1 0,6 23 97 118 120 1 0,6
125 18 44 200 48 000 1 960 – 8 500 14 000 0,55 71918 ACD 100 115 1,1 0,6 34 97 118 120 1 0,6
140 24 79 300 76 500 3 000 16 9 000 15 000 1,15 7018 CD 106 124 1,5 0,6 39 99 131 135 1,5 0,6
140 24 74 100 72 000 2 850 – 8 000 13 000 1,15 7018 ACD 106 124 2 1 32 100 150 135 1,5 0,6
160 30 127 000 112 000 4 250 15 8 500 14 000 2,25 7218 CD 111 139 2 1 32 100 150 154 2 1
160 30 121 000 106 000 4 050 – 7 500 12 000 2,25 7218 ACD 111 139 2 1 44 100 150 154 2 1

148 149
Standard high-precision angular contact ball bearings
d 95 – 120 mm

B ra rb
r2 r4
r1 r3

ra ra
r1 r1
r2 r2
2
Da da da Db
D D1 d d1

CD, ACD

Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Calculation Speed ratings Mass Designation Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions
dimensions dynamic static load factor Lubrication
limit grease oil spot
d D B C C0 Pu f0 d d1 D1 r1, 2 r3, 4 a da Da Db ra rb
≈ ≈ min min min max max max max

mm N N – r/min kg – mm mm

95 130 18 49 400 55 000 2 200 16 9 000 15 000 0,58 71919 CD 95 105 120 1,1 0,6 24 102 123 125 1 0,6
130 18 46 200 52 000 2 080 – 8 500 14 000 0,58 71919 ACD 105 120 1,1 0,6 35 102 123 125 1 0,6
145 24 81 900 80 000 3 100 16 8 500 14 000 1,2 7019 CD 111 129 1,5 0,6 28 104 136 140 1,5 0,6
145 24 76 100 76 500 2 900 – 8 000 13 000 1,2 7019 ACD 111 129 1,5 0,6 40 104 136 140 1,5 0,6
170 32 138 000 120 000 4 400 15 8 000 13 000 2,7 7219 CD 118 147 2,1 1,1 34 107 158 163 2 1
170 32 133 000 114 000 4 250 – 7 500 12 000 2,7 7219 ACD 118 147 2,1 1,1 47 107 158 163 2 1

100 140 20 60 500 65 500 2 550 16 8 500 14 000 0,8 71920 CD 100 112 128 1,1 0,6 26 107 133 135 1 0,6
140 20 57 200 63 000 2 400 – 8 000 13 000 0,8 71920 ACD 112 128 1,1 0,6 38 107 133 135 1 0,6
150 24 83 200 85 000 3 200 16 8 500 14 000 1,25 7020 CD 116 134 1,5 0,6 29 109 141 145 1,5 0,6
150 24 79 300 80 000 3 050 – 7 500 12 000 1,25 7020 ACD 116 134 1,5 0,6 41 109 141 145 1,5 0,6
180 34 156 000 137 000 4 900 15 7 500 12 000 3,25 7220 CD 124 155 2,1 1,1 36 112 168 173 2 1
180 34 148 000 129 000 4 650 – 7 000 11 000 3,25 7220 ACD 124 155 2,1 1,1 50 112 168 173 2 1

105 145 20 61 800 69 500 2 600 16 8 500 14 000 0,82 71921 CD 105 117 133 1,1 0,6 27 112 138 140 1 0,6
145 20 57 200 65 500 2 500 – 7 500 12 000 0,82 71921 ACD 117 133 1,1 0,6 39 112 138 140 1 0,6
160 26 95 600 96 500 3 600 16 8 000 13 000 1,6 7021 CD 122 143 2 1 31 115 150 154 2 1
160 26 90 400 93 000 3 400 – 7 500 12 000 1,6 7021 ACD 122 143 2 1 44 115 150 154 2 1
190 36 172 000 153 000 5 300 15 7 500 12 000 3,85 7221 CD 131 164 2,1 1,1 38 117 178 183 2 1
190 36 163 000 146 000 5 100 – 6 700 10 000 3,85 7221 ACD 131 164 2,1 1,1 53 117 178 183 2 1

110 150 20 62 400 72 000 2 700 17 8 000 13 000 0,86 71922 CD 110 122 138 1,1 0,6 27 117 143 145 1 0,6
150 20 58 500 68 000 2 550 – 7 500 12 000 0,86 71922 ACD 122 138 1,1 0,6 40 117 143 145 1 0,6
170 28 111 000 108 000 3 900 16 7 500 12 000 1,95 7022 CD 129 151 2 1 33 120 160 164 2 1
170 28 104 000 104 000 3 750 – 7 000 11 000 1,95 7022 ACD 129 151 2 1 47 120 160 164 2 1
200 38 178 000 166 000 5 600 15 7 000 11 000 4,55 7222 CD 138 172 2,1 1,1 40 122 188 193 2 1
200 38 168 000 160 000 5 400 – 6 700 10 000 4,55 7222 ACD 138 172 2,1 1,1 55 122 188 193 2 1

120 165 22 78 000 91 500 3 250 16 7 500 12 000 1,15 71924 CD 120 133 152 1,1 0,6 30 127 158 160 1 0,6
165 22 72 800 86 500 3 050 – 7 000 11 000 1,15 71924 ACD 133 152 1,1 0,6 44 127 158 160 1 0,6
180 28 114 000 122 000 4 250 16 7 000 11 000 2,1 7024 CD 139 161 2 1 34 130 170 174 2 1
180 28 111 000 116 000 4 000 – 6 700 10 000 2,1 7024 ACD 139 161 2 1 49 130 170 174 2 1
215 40 199 000 193 000 6 300 15 6 700 10 000 5,4 7224 CD 150 187 2,1 1,1 43 132 203 208 2 1
215 40 190 000 183 000 6 000 – 6 000 9 000 5,4 7224 ACD 150 187 2,1 1,1 60 132 203 208 2 1

150 151
Standard high-precision angular contact ball bearings
d 130 – 190 mm

B ra rb
r2 r4
r1 r3

ra ra
r1 r1
r2 r2
2
Da da da Db
D D1 d d1

CD, ACD

Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Calculation Speed ratings Mass Designation Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions
dimensions dynamic static load factor Lubrication
limit grease oil spot
d D B C C0 Pu f0 d d1 D1 r1, 2 r3, 4 a da Da Db ra rb
≈ ≈ min min min max max max max

mm N N – r/min kg – mm mm

130 180 24 92 300 108 000 3 650 16 7 000 11 000 1,55 71926 CD 130 145 165 1,5 0,6 33 139 171 175 1,5 0,6
180 24 87 100 102 000 3 450 – 6 700 10 000 1,55 71926 ACD 145 165 1,5 0,6 48 139 171 175 1,5 0,6
200 33 148 000 156 000 5 200 16 6 700 10 000 3,2 7026 CD 152 178 2 1 39 140 190 194 2 1
200 33 140 000 150 000 4 900 – 6 000 9 000 3,2 7026 ACD 152 178 2 1 55 140 190 194 2 1

140 190 24 95 600 116 000 3 900 17 6 700 10 000 1,65 71928 CD 140 155 175 1,5 0,6 34 149 181 185 1,5 0,6
190 24 90 400 110 000 3 650 – 6 000 9 000 1,65 71928 ACD 155 175 1,5 0,6 51 149 181 185 1,5 0,6
210 33 153 000 166 000 5 300 16 6 700 10 000 3,4 7028 CD 162 188 2 1 40 150 200 204 2 1
210 33 146 000 156 000 5 100 – 5 600 8 500 3,4 7028 ACD 162 188 2 1 58 150 200 204 2 1

150 210 28 125 000 146 000 4 750 16 6 300 9 500 2,55 71930 CD 150 168 192 2 1 38 160 200 204 2 1
210 28 119 000 140 000 4 500 – 5 000 8 500 2,55 71930 ACD 168 192 2 1 56 160 200 204 2 1
225 35 172 000 190 000 5 850 16 6 000 9 000 4,15 7030 CD 174 201 2,1 1 43 162 213 219 2 1
225 35 163 000 180 000 5 600 – 5 300 8 000 4,15 7030 ACD 174 201 2,1 1 62 162 213 219 2 1

160 220 28 130 000 160 000 5 000 16 6 000 9 000 2,7 71932 CD 160 178 202 2 1 40 170 210 214 2 1
220 28 124 000 153 000 4 750 – 5 600 8 500 2,7 71932 ACD 178 202 2 1 58 170 210 214 2 1
240 38 195 000 216 000 6 550 16 5 600 8 500 5,1 7032 CD 185 215 2,1 1 46 172 228 234 2 1
240 38 182 000 204 000 6 200 – 5 000 7 500 5,1 7032 ACD 185 215 2,1 1 66 172 228 234 2 1

170 230 28 133 000 166 000 5 100 16 5 600 8 500 2,85 71934 CD 170 188 212 2 1 41 180 220 224 2 1
230 28 124 000 156 000 4 800 – 5 000 7 500 2,85 71934 ACD 188 212 2 1 61 180 220 224 2 1
260 42 212 000 245 000 7 100 16 5 300 8 000 6,85 7034 CD 199 231 2,1 1,1 50 182 248 253 2 1
260 42 199 000 232 000 6 700 – 4 800 7 000 6,85 7034 ACD 199 231 2,1 1,1 71 182 248 253 2 1

180 250 33 168 000 212 000 6 100 16 5 300 8 000 4,2 71936 CD 180 201 229 2 1 45 190 240 244 2 1
250 33 159 000 200 000 5 850 – 4 800 7 000 4,2 71936 ACD 201 229 2 1 67 190 240 244 2 1
280 46 242 000 290 000 8 150 16 5 000 7 500 8,9 7036 CD 212 248 2,1 1,1 54 192 268 273 2 1
280 46 229 000 275 000 7 650 – 4 300 6 300 8,9 7036 ACD 212 248 2,1 1,1 77 192 268 273 2 1

190 260 33 172 000 220 000 6 200 16 5 000 7 500 4,35 71938 CD 190 211 239 2 1 47 200 250 254 2 1
260 33 163 000 208 000 5 850 – 4 500 6 700 4,35 71938 ACD 211 239 2 1 69 200 250 254 2 1
290 46 247 000 300 000 8 300 16 4 800 7 000 9,35 7038 CD 222 258 2,1 1,1 55 202 278 283 2 1
290 46 234 000 290 000 8 000 – 4 300 6 300 9,35 7038 ACD 222 258 2,1 1,1 79 202 278 283 2 1

152 153
Standard high-precision angular contact ball bearings
d 200 – 240 mm

B ra rb
r2 r4
r1 r3

ra ra
r1 r1
r2 r2
2
Da da da Db
D D1 d d1

CD, ACD

Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Calculation Speed ratings Mass Designation Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions
dimensions dynamic static load factor Lubrication
limit grease oil spot
d D B C C0 Pu f0 d d1 D1 r1, 2 r3, 4 a da Da Db ra rb
≈ ≈ min min min max max max max

mm N N – r/min kg – mm mm

200 280 38 208 000 265 000 7 200 16 4 800 7 000 6,1 71940 CD 200 224 256 2,1 1 51 212 268 274 2 1
280 38 199 000 250 000 6 800 – 4 300 6 300 6,1 71940 ACD 224 256 2,1 1 75 212 268 274 2 1
310 51 296 000 390 000 10 200 16 4 500 6 700 12 7040 CD 234 276 2,1 1,1 60 212 298 303 2 1
310 51 281 000 365 000 9 800 – 4 000 6 000 12 7040 ACD 234 276 2,1 1,1 85 212 298 303 2 1

220 300 38 221 000 300 000 7 800 16 4 300 6 300 6,6 71944 CD 220 244 276 2,1 1 54 232 288 294 2 1
300 38 208 000 285 000 7 500 – 3 800 5 600 6,6 71944 ACD 244 276 2,1 1 80 232 288 294 2 1
340 56 338 000 455 000 11 600 16 4 000 6 000 16 7044 CD 258 302 3 1,1 66 234 326 333 2,5 1
340 56 319 000 440 000 11 000 – 3 600 5 300 16 7044 ACD 258 302 3 1,1 94 234 326 333 2,5 1

240 360 56 345 000 490 000 12 000 16 3 800 5 600 17 7048 CD 240 278 322 3 1,1 68 254 346 353 2,5 1
360 56 325 000 465 000 11 400 – 3 200 4 800 17 7048 ACD 278 322 3 1,1 98 254 346 353 2,5 1

154 155
High speed high-precision angular contact ball bearings
d 20 – 50 mm

B ra rb
r2 r4
r1 r3

r3 r1 ra ra
r4 r2
2
Da d b da Db da Db
D D1 d d1

CE, ACE

Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Calculation Speed ratings Mass Designation Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions
dimensions dynamic static load factor Lubrication
limit grease oil spot
d D B C C0 Pu f0 d d1 D1 r1, 2 r3, 4 a da Da Db ra rb
≈ ≈ min min min max max max max

mm N N – r/min kg – mm mm

20 37 9 4 680 2 120 90 7 56 000 86 000 0,035 71904 CE 20 25,6 31,4 0,3 0,2 8,4 22 35 35,8 0,3 0,1
37 9 4 420 2 040 85 – 49 000 77 000 0,035 71904 ACE 25,6 31,4 0,3 0,2 11,3 22 35 35,8 0,3 0,1
42 12 7 020 3 050 129 6,5 51 600 79 000 0,063 7004 CE 27,2 34,8 0,6 0,6 10,3 25 37 40,3 0,6 0,6
42 12 6 760 2 900 122 – 45 000 70 500 0,063 7004 ACE 27,2 34,8 0,6 0,6 13,4 25 37 40,3 0,6 0,6

25 42 9 5 270 2 700 114 7,2 47 500 73 000 0,042 71905 CE 25 30,6 36,4 0,3 0,2 9,1 27 40 40,8 0,3 0,1
42 9 4 940 2 550 108 – 41 500 65 500 0,042 71905 ACE 30,6 36,4 0,3 0,2 12,5 27 40 40,8 0,3 0,1
47 12 7 800 3 750 156 6,8 44 400 68 000 0,073 7005 CE 32,2 39,9 0,6 0,6 10,9 30 42 45,1 0,6 0,6
47 12 7 410 3 550 150 – 38 800 61 000 0,073 7005 ACE 32,2 39,9 0,6 0,6 14,6 30 42 45,1 0,6 0,6

30 47 9 5 590 3 100 132 7,4 41 500 63 500 0,048 71906 CE 30 35,6 41,4 0,3 0,2 9,7 32 45 45,8 0,3 0,1
47 9 5 270 2 900 125 – 36 200 57 000 0,048 71906 ACE 35,6 41,4 0,3 0,2 13,6 32 45 45,8 0,3 0,1
55 13 10 100 5 100 216 6,9 37 600 57 600 0,108 7006 CE 38,3 46,8 1 1 12,3 35 50 52,8 1 1
55 13 9 560 4 900 208 – 32 800 51 600 0,108 7006 ACE 38,3 46,8 1 1 16,6 35 50 52,8 1 1

35 55 10 7 610 4 400 186 7,3 35 500 54 400 0,075 71907 CE 35 41,6 48,4 0,6 0,2 11,1 40 50 53,8 0,6 0,1
55 10 7 150 4 150 176 – 31 000 48 500 0,075 71907 ACE 41,6 48,4 0,6 0,2 15,7 40 50 53,8 0,6 0,1
62 14 10 800 6 000 255 7,1 33 000 50 500 0,147 7007 CE 44,3 52,8 1 1 13,6 41 56 59,5 1 1
62 14 10 400 5 700 240 – 28 800 45 300 0,147 7007 ACE 44,3 52,8 1 1 18,5 41 56 59,5 1 1

40 62 12 9 560 5 700 240 7,3 31 300 48 000 0,109 71908 CE 40 47,1 54,9 0,6 0,2 12,9 45 57 60,8 0,6 0,1
62 12 9 230 5 400 228 – 27 400 43 000 0,109 71908 ACE 47,1 54,9 0,6 0,2 18,1 45 57 60,8 0,6 0,1
68 15 11 700 6 800 290 7,3 29 600 45 300 0,184 7008 CE 49,8 58,3 1 1 14,9 46 62 65,3 1 1
68 15 11 100 6 550 275 – 25 800 40 600 0,184 7008 ACE 49,8 58,3 1 1 20,3 46 62 65,3 1 1

45 68 12 10 100 6 400 270 7,5 28 300 43 100 0,129 71909 CE 45 52,6 60,4 0,6 0,2 13,7 50 63 66,8 0,6 0,1
68 12 9 560 6 100 255 – 24 500 38 600 0,129 71909 ACE 52,6 60,4 0,6 0,2 19,4 50 63 66,8 0,6 0,1
75 16 14 000 8 500 360 7,3 26 600 40 800 0,231 7009 CE 55,3 64,8 1 1 16,2 51 69 72 1 1
75 16 13 300 8 000 340 – 23 300 36 600 0,231 7009 ACE 55,3 64,8 1 1 22,2 51 69 72 1 1

50 72 12 10 600 7 100 300 7,6 26 200 40 000 0,131 71910 CE 50 57,1 64,9 0,6 0,2 14,3 55 67 70,8 0,6 0,1
72 12 9 950 6 700 285 – 22 900 36 000 0,131 71910 ACE 57,1 64,9 0,6 0,2 20,4 55 67 70,8 0,6 0,1
80 16 14 800 9 500 400 7,4 24 600 37 600 0,251 7010 CE 60,3 69,8 1 1 16,9 55 74 76,8 1 1
80 16 14 000 9 000 380 – 21 500 33 800 0,251 7010 ACE 60,3 69,8 1 1 23,4 55 74 76,8 1 1

156 157
High speed high-precision angular contact ball bearings
d 55 – 85 mm

B ra rb
r2 r4
r1 r3

r3 r1 ra ra
r4 r2
2
Da d b da Db da Db
D D1 d d1

CE, ACE

Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Calculation Speed ratings Mass Designation Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions
dimensions dynamic static load factor Lubrication
limit grease oil spot
d D B C C0 Pu f0 d d1 D1 r1, 2 r3, 4 a da Da Db ra rb
≈ ≈ min min min max max max max

mm N N – r/min kg – mm mm

55 80 13 15 300 10 000 425 7,5 23 600 36 000 0,175 71911 CE 55 62,7 72,3 1 0,3 15,7 61 74 78 1 0,3
80 13 14 600 9 500 400 – 20 600 32 000 0,175 71911 ACE 62,7 72,3 1 0,3 22,5 61 74 78 1 0,3
90 18 15 600 10 600 450 7,5 22 000 33 700 0,387 7011 CE 67,8 77,3 1,1 1,1 18,9 62 82 86,4 1 1
90 18 14 800 10 000 425 – 19 200 30 300 0,387 7011 ACE 67,7 77,3 1,1 1,1 26,2 62 82 86,4 1 1

60 85 13 15 600 10 600 450 7,5 22 000 33 600 0,187 71912 CE 60 67,7 77,3 1 0,3 16,4 66 79 83 1 0,3
85 13 14 800 10 000 425 – 19 100 30 000 0,187 71912 ACE 67,7 77,3 1 0,3 23,7 66 79 83 1 0,3
95 18 16 300 11 600 490 7,6 20 600 31 600 0,415 7012 CE 72,8 82,3 1,1 1,1 19,5 67 88 91 1 1
95 18 15 300 11 000 465 – 18 000 28 300 0,415 7012 ACE 72,8 82,3 1,1 1,1 27,3 67 88 91 1 1

65 90 13 16 300 11 600 490 7,6 20 500 31 500 0,2 71913 CE 65 72,7 82,3 1 0,3 17,0 71 84 88 1 0,3
90 13 15 300 11 000 465 – 18 000 28 000 0,2 71913 ACE 72,7 82,3 1 0,3 24,8 71 84 88 1 0,3
100 18 16 800 12 700 540 7,7 19 300 29 600 0,443 7013 CE 77,8 87,3 1,1 1,1 20,2 72 93 96 1 1
100 18 15 900 12 000 510 – 16 900 26 600 0,443 7013 ACE 77,8 87,3 1,1 1,1 28,5 72 93 96 1 1

70 100 16 21 600 15 000 640 7,5 18 500 28 700 0,324 71914 CE 70 79,2 90,8 1 0,3 19,6 76 94 98 1 0,3
100 16 20 300 14 300 600 – 16 400 25 500 0,324 71914 ACE 79,2 90,8 1 0,3 28,1 76 94 98 1 0,3
110 20 22 500 16 600 695 7,5 17 700 27 200 0,607 7014 CE 84,3 95,8 1,1 1,1 22,2 77 103 106 1 1
110 20 21 600 15 600 670 – 15 500 24 400 0,607 7014 ACE 84,3 95,8 1,1 1,1 31,3 77 103 106 1 1

75 105 16 22 500 16 600 695 7,5 17 500 27 000 0,345 71915 CE 75 84,2 95,8 1 0,3 20,2 81 99 103 1 0,3
105 16 21 600 15 600 670 – 15 500 24 000 0,345 71915 ACE 84,2 95,8 1 0,3 29,3 81 99 103 1 0,3
115 20 22 900 17 300 735 7,6 16 800 25 700 0,639 7015 CE 89,3 100,8 1,1 1,1 22,9 82 108 111 1 1
115 20 21 600 16 300 695 – 14 700 23 100 0,639 7015 ACE 89,3 100,8 1,1 1,1 32,5 82 108 111 1 1

80 110 16 22 900 17 300 735 7,6 16 600 25 500 0,363 71916 CE 80 89,2 100,8 1 0,3 20,9 86 104 108 1 0,3
110 16 21 600 16 300 695 – 14 500 23 000 0,363 71916 ACE 89,2 100,8 1 0,3 30,5 86 104 108 1 0,3
125 22 29 100 21 600 900 7,5 15 600 23 900 0,846 7016 CE 95,9 109,2 1,1 1,1 24,9 87 118 121 1 1
125 22 27 600 20 400 850 – 13 600 21 400 0,846 7016 ACE 95,9 109,2 1,1 1,1 35,2 87 118 121 1 1

85 120 18 29 100 21 600 900 7,5 15 500 23 800 0,516 71917 CE 85 95,8 109,2 1,1 0,6 22,9 92 113 115 1 0,6
120 18 27 600 20 400 850 – 13 500 21 200 0,516 71917 ACE 95,8 109,2 1,1 0,6 33,2 92 113 115 1 0,6
130 22 29 600 22 800 930 7,6 14 800 22 700 0,887 7017 CE 100,9 114,2 1,1 1,1 25,6 92 123 126 1 1
130 22 28 100 21 600 880 – 13 000 20 400 0,887 7017 ACE 100,9 114,2 1,1 1,1 36,4 92 123 126 1 1

158 159
High speed high-precision angular contact ball bearings
d 90 – 120 mm

B ra rb
r2 r4
r1 r3

r3 r1 ra ra
r4 r2
2
Da d b da Db da Db
D D1 d d1

CE, ACE

Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Calculation Speed ratings Mass Designation Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions
dimensions dynamic static load factor Lubrication
limit grease oil spot
d D B C C0 Pu f0 d d1 D1 r1, 2 r3, 4 a da Da Db ra rb
≈ ≈ min min min max max max max

mm N N – r/min kg – mm mm

90 125 18 29 600 22 800 930 7,6 14 500 22 600 0,54 71918 CE 90 100,8 114,2 1,1 0,6 23,6 97 118 120 1 0,6
125 18 28 100 21 600 880 – 13 000 20 200 0,54 71918 ACE 100,8 114,2 1,1 0,6 34,4 97 118 120 1 0,6
140 24 37 100 28 000 1 100 7,5 13 900 21 300 1,146 7018 CE 107,4 122,7 1,5 1,5 27,6 99 131 135 1,5 1,5
140 24 35 100 26 500 1 040 – 12 100 19 000 1,146 7018 ACE 107,4 122,7 1,5 1,5 39,2 99 131 135 1,5 1,5

95 130 18 31 200 24 500 980 7,6 14 000 21 500 0,57 71919 CE 95 105,8 119,2 1,1 0,6 24,3 102 123 125 1 0,6
130 18 29 600 23 200 930 – 12 300 19 000 0,57 71919 ACE 105,8 119,2 1,1 0,6 35,6 102 123 125 1 0,6
145 24 37 700 29 000 1 140 7,5 13 300 20 400 1,195 7019 CE 112,4 127,7 1,5 1,5 28,3 104 136 140 1,5 1,5
145 24 35 800 28 000 1 080 – 11 600 18 300 1,195 7019 ACE 112,4 127,7 1,5 1,5 40,4 104 136 140 1,5 1,5

100 140 20 37 700 29 000 1 140 7,5 13 100 20 200 0,773 71920 CE 100 112,3 127,7 1,1 0,6 26,3 107 133 135 1 0,6
140 20 35 800 28 000 1 080 – 11 500 18 000 0,773 71920 ACE 112,3 127,7 1,1 0,6 38,4 107 133 135 1 0,6
150 24 39 000 30 500 1 160 7,6 12 800 19 600 1,245 7020 CE 117,4 132,7 1,5 1,5 29,0 109 141 145 1,5 1,5
150 24 36 400 29 000 1 100 – 11 200 17 500 1,245 7020 ACE 117,4 132,7 1,5 1,5 41,5 109 141 145 1,5 1,5

105 145 20 39 000 30 500 1 160 7,6 12 800 19 500 0,805 71921 CE 105 117,3 132,7 1,1 0,6 27,0 112 138 140 1 0,6
145 20 36 400 29 000 1 100 – 11 200 17 500 0,805 71921 ACE 117,3 132,7 1,1 0,6 39,5 112 138 140 1 0,6

110 150 20 39 700 32 000 1 200 7,6 12 100 18 500 0,837 71922 CE 110 122,3 137,7 1,1 0,6 27,6 117 143 145 1 0,6
150 20 37 100 30 500 1 120 – 10 500 16 600 0,837 71922 ACE 122,3 137,7 1,1 0,6 40,7 117 143 145 1 0,6

120 165 22 49 400 40 500 1 430 7,6 11 100 17 000 1,148 71924 CE 120 133,9 151,1 1,1 0,6 30,3 127 158 160 1 0,6
165 22 46 200 38 000 1 370 – 9 500 15 000 1,148 71924 ACE 133,9 151,1 1,1 0,6 44,7 127 158 160 1 0,6

160 161
Hybrid high-precision angular contact ball bearings
d 8 – 17 mm

B
r4 ra rb
r2
r1 r3

r1 ra ra
r1
r2 r2
2
Da da da Db
D D1 d d1

a
CD, ACD, CX and ACX

Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Calculation Speed ratings Mass Designation Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions
dimensions dynamic static load factor Lubrication
limit grease oil spot
d D B C C0 Pu f0 d d1 D1 r1, 2 r3, 4 a da Da Db ra rb
≈ ≈ min min min max max max max

mm N N – r/min kg – mm mm

8 22 7 3 450 1 460 68 8,4 80 000 120 000 0,01 708 CX/HC 8 11,8 17,6 0,3 0,1 6 10 20 20,1 0,3 0,1

9 24 7 3 710 1 730 80 8,8 80 000 120 000 0,01 709 CX/HC 9 13,5 19,9 0,3 0,1 6 11 22 22,1 0,3 0,1

10 22 6 2 600 1 250 57 9,5 80 000 120 000 0,008 71900 CX/HC 10 13,6 17,8 0,3 0,1 5 12 20 20,5 0,3 0,1
22 6 2 510 1 200 55 – 75 000 110 000 0,008 71900 ACX/HC 13,6 17,8 0,3 0,1 7 12 20 20,5 0,3 0,1
26 8 5 070 2 400 110 8,3 75 000 110 000 0,016 7000 CX/HC 15,1 21,3 0,3 0,1 6 12 24 24,1 0,3 0,1
26 8 4 940 2 280 106 – 70 000 100 000 0,016 7000 ACX/HC 15,1 21 0,3 0,1 8 12 24 24,1 0,3 0,1
30 9 5 920 2 700 156 8,2 70 000 100 000 0,025 7200 CX/HC 16,8 23,3 0,6 0,3 7 15 25 27,1 0,6 0,3
30 9 5 720 2 600 150 – 67 000 95 000 0,025 7200 ACX/HC 16,8 23,3 0,6 0,3 9 15 25 27,1 0,6 0,3

12 24 6 2 910 1 530 71 9,8 75 000 110 000 0,009 71901 CX/HC 12 15,9 20,1 0,3 0,1 5 14 22 22,5 0,3 0,1
24 6 2 760 1 460 67 – 70 000 100 000 0,009 71901 ACX/HC 15,9 20,1 0,3 0,1 7 14 22 22,5 0,3 0,1
28 8 5 530 2 750 127 8,7 70 000 100 000 0,017 7001 CX/HC 17,1 23,3 0,3 0,1 7 14 26 26,1 0,3 0,1
28 8 5 270 2 650 122 – 67 000 95 000 0,017 7001 ACX/HC 17,1 23,3 0,3 0,1 9 14 26 26,1 0,3 0,1
32 10 6 760 3 100 180 8,5 67 000 95 000 0,032 7201 CX/HC 18,2 25,8 0,6 0,3 8 17 27 29,1 0,6 0,3
32 10 6 630 3 000 176 – 60 000 85 000 0,032 7201 ACX/HC 18,2 25,8 0,6 0,3 10 17 27 29,1 0,6 0,3

15 28 7 4 360 2 400 110 9,6 67 000 95 000 0,013 71902 CX/HC 15 19,1 23,9 0,3 0,1 6 17 26 26,5 0,3 0,1
28 7 4 160 2 280 104 – 63 000 90 000 0,013 71902 ACX/HC 19,1 23,9 0,3 0,1 9 17 26 26,5 0,3 0,1
32 9 6 240 3 450 160 9,3 63 000 90 000 0,025 7002 CX/HC 20,6 26,8 0,3 0,1 8 17 30 30,1 0,3 0,1
32 9 5 920 3 250 153 – 56 000 80 000 0,025 7002 ACX/HC 20,6 26,5 0,3 0,1 10 17 30 30,1 0,3 0,1
35 11 7 410 3 650 212 8,5 60 000 85 000 0,037 7202 CX/HC 21,5 29,1 0,6 0,3 9 20 30 33 0,6 0,3
35 11 7 150 3 550 204 – 53 000 75 000 0,037 7202 ACX/HC 21,5 29,1 0,6 0,3 12 20 30 33 0,6 0,3

17 30 7 4 490 2 650 122 9,8 63 000 90 000 0,015 71903 CX/HC 17 21,1 25,9 0,3 0,1 7 19 28 28,5 0,3 0,1
30 7 4 360 2 500 116 – 56 000 80 000 0,015 71903 ACX/HC 21,1 25,9 0,3 0,1 9 19 28 28,5 0,3 0,1
35 10 6 500 3 800 176 9,1 56 000 80 000 0,032 7003 CX/HC 22,9 29,6 0,3 0,1 9 19 33 33,4 0,3 0,1
35 10 6 180 3 650 170 – 53 000 75 000 0,032 7003 ACX/HC 22,9 29,2 0,3 0,1 11 19 33 33,4 0,3 0,1
40 12 9 230 4 650 270 8,5 43 000 63 000 0,062 7203 CX/HC 24,2 32,8 0,6 0,3 10 22 35 38 0,6 0,3
40 12 8 840 4 500 260 – 38 000 56 000 0,062 7203 ACX/HC 24,2 32,8 0,6 0,3 13 22 35 38 0,6 0,3

162 163
Hybrid high-precision angular contact ball bearings
d 20 – 40 mm

B
r4 ra rb
r2
r1 r3

r1 ra ra
r1
r2 r2
2
Da da da Db
D D1 d d1

a
CD, ACD, CX and ACX

Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Calculation Speed ratings Mass Designation Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions
dimensions dynamic static load factor Lubrication
limit grease oil spot
d D B C C0 Pu f0 d d1 D1 r1, 2 r3, 4 a da Da Db ra rb
≈ ≈ min min min max max max max

mm N N – r/min kg – mm mm

20 37 9 6 630 4 050 186 9,8 53 000 75 000 0,031 71904 CX/HC 20 25,4 31,6 0,3 0,15 8 22 35 35,5 0,3 0,1
37 9 6 240 3 900 180 – 48 000 67 000 0,031 71904 ACX/HC 25,4 31,6 0,3 0,15 11 22 35 35,5 0,3 0,1
42 12 10 400 6 100 280 9,2 48 000 67 000 0,058 7004 CX/HC 26,9 35,1 0,6 0,3 10 25 37 39,1 0,6 0,3
42 12 9 950 5 850 270 – 43 000 60 000 0,058 7004 ACX/HC 26,9 35,1 0,6 0,3 13 25 37 39,1 0,6 0,3
47 14 12 400 6 550 375 8,7 43 000 60 000 0,089 7204 CX/HC 29,1 38,7 1 0,3 12 26 41 44,1 1 0,3
47 14 11 900 6 200 360 – 40 000 56 000 0,089 7204 ACX/HC 29,1 38,7 1 0,3 15 26 41 44,1 1 0,3

25 42 9 7 020 4 800 220 10 45 000 63 000 0,037 71905 CX/HC 25 30,4 36,6 0,3 0,15 9 27 40 40,5 0,3 0,1
42 9 6 630 4 550 212 – 40 000 56 000 0,037 71905 ACX/HC 30,4 36,6 0,3 0,15 12 27 40 40,5 0,3 0,1
47 12 11 400 7 350 340 9,6 40 000 56 000 0,066 7005 CX/HC 31,9 40,1 0,6 0,3 11 30 42 44,1 0,6 0,3
47 12 10 800 7 100 325 – 38 000 53 000 0,066 7005 ACX/HC 31,9 40,1 0,6 0,3 15 30 42 44,1 0,6 0,3
52 15 14 000 8 150 475 9,1 38 000 53 000 0,12 7205 CX/HC 34,1 43,7 1 0,3 13 31 46 49,1 1 0,3
52 15 13 500 7 800 450 – 34 000 48 000 0,12 7205 ACX/HC 34,1 43,7 1 0,3 17 31 46 49,1 1 0,3

30 47 9 7 150 5 200 240 10 38 000 53 000 0,043 71906 CX/HC 30 35,4 41,6 0,3 0,15 10 32 45 45,5 0,3 0,1
47 9 6 760 4 900 228 – 34 000 48 000 0,043 71906 ACX/HC 35,4 41,6 0,3 0,15 14 32 45 45,5 0,3 0,1
55 13 14 600 10 000 465 9,4 34 000 48 000 0,094 7006 CX/HC 38,1 46,9 1 0,3 12 36 49 52,1 1 0,3
55 13 14 000 9 650 440 – 32 000 45 000 0,094 7006 ACX/HC 38,1 46,9 1 0,3 17 36 49 52,1 1 0,3
62 16 24 200 16 000 670 14 32 000 45 000 0,17 7206 CD/HC 40,3 51,7 1 0,3 14 36 56 60 1 0,3
62 16 23 400 15 300 640 – 28 000 40 000 0,17 7206 ACD/HC 40,3 51,7 1 0,3 19 36 56 60 1 0,3

35 55 10 9 750 6 550 275 10 32 000 45 000 0,065 71907 CD/HC 35 41,2 48,8 0,6 0,15 11 40 50 53,8 0,6 0,1
55 10 9 230 6 200 260 – 30 000 43 000 0,065 71907 ACD/HC 41,2 48,8 0,6 0,15 16 40 50 53,8 0,6 0,1
62 14 15 600 9 500 400 9,7 30 000 43 000 0,13 7007 CD/HC 43,7 53,3 1 0,3 14 41 56 60 1 0,3
62 14 14 800 9 000 380 – 26 000 38 000 0,13 7007 ACD/HC 43,7 53,3 1 0,3 19 41 56 60 1 0,3
72 17 31 900 21 600 915 14 26 000 38 000 0,24 7207 CD/HC 47 60 1,1 0,3 16 42 65 70 1 0,3
72 17 30 700 20 800 880 – 22 000 34 000 0,24 7207 ACD/HC 47 60 1,1 0,3 21 42 65 70 1 0,3

40 62 12 12 400 8 500 360 10 28 000 40 000 0,096 71908 CD/HC 40 46,7 55,3 0,6 0,15 13 45 57 60,8 0,6 0,1
62 12 11 700 8 000 340 – 24 000 36 000 0,096 71908 ACD/HC 46,7 55,3 0,6 0,15 18 45 57 60,8 0,6 0,1
68 15 16 800 11 000 465 10 26 000 38 000 0,16 7008 CD/HC 49,2 58,8 1 0,3 15 46 62 66 1 0,3
68 15 15 900 10 400 440 – 22 000 34 000 0,16 7008 ACD/HC 49,2 58,8 1 0,3 20 46 62 66 1 0,3
80 18 41 000 28 000 1 180 14 22 000 34 000 0,3 7208 CD/HC 53 67 1,1 0,6 17 47 73 75 1 0,6
80 18 39 000 27 000 1 140 – 20 000 32 000 0,3 7208 ACD/HC 53 67 1,1 0,6 23 47 73 75 1 0,6

164 165
Hybrid high-precision angular contact ball bearings
d 45 – 65 mm

B
r4 ra rb
r2
r1 r3

r1 ra ra
r1
r2 r2
2
Da da da Db
D D1 d d1

a
CD, ACD

Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Calculation Speed ratings Mass Designation Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions
dimensions dynamic static load factor Lubrication
limit grease oil spot
d D B C C0 Pu f0 d d1 D1 r1, 2 r3, 4 a da Da Db ra rb
≈ ≈ min min min max max max max

mm N N – r/min kg – mm mm

45 68 12 13 000 9 500 400 11 24 000 36 000 0,11 71909 CD/HC 45 52,2 60,8 0,6 0,15 14 50 63 66,8 0,6 0,1
68 12 12 400 9 000 380 – 22 000 34 000 0,11 71909 ACD/HC 52,2 60,8 0,6 0,15 19 50 63 66,8 0,6 0,1
75 16 28 600 22 400 950 15 22 000 34 000 0,2 7009 CD/HC 54,7 65,3 1 0,3 16 51 69 73 1 0,3
75 16 27 600 21 600 900 – 20 000 32 000 0,2 7009 ACD/HC 54,7 65,3 1 0,3 22 51 69 73 1 0,3
85 19 42 300 31 000 1 320 14 20 000 32 000 0,34 7209 CD/HC 57,5 72,5 1,1 0,6 18 52 78 80 1 0,6
85 19 41 000 30 000 1 250 – 18 000 28 000 0,34 7209 ACD/HC 57,5 72,5 1,1 0,6 25 52 78 80 1 0,6

50 72 12 13 500 10 400 440 11 22 000 34 000 0,11 71910 CD/HC 50 56,7 65,3 0,6 0,15 14 55 67 70,8 0,6 0,1
72 12 12 700 9 800 415 – 19 000 30 000 0,11 71910 ACD/HC 56,7 65,3 0,6 0,15 20 55 67 70,8 0,6 0,1
80 16 29 600 24 000 1020 15 20 000 32 000 0,21 7010 CD/HC 59,7 70,3 1 0,3 17 56 74 78 1 0,3
80 16 28 100 23 200 980 – 18 000 28 000 0,21 7010 ACD/HC 59,7 70,3 1 0,3 17 56 74 78 1 0,3
90 20 44 900 34 000 1 430 15 19 000 30 000 0,38 7210 CD/HC 62,5 77,5 1,1 0,6 20 57 83 85 1 0,6
90 20 42 300 32 500 1 390 – 17 000 26 000 0,38 7210 ACD/HC 62,5 77,5 1,1 0,6 27 57 83 85 1 0,6

55 80 13 19 500 14 600 620 10 19 000 30 000 0,15 71911 CD/HC 55 62,7 72,3 1 0,3 16 61 74 78 1 0,3
80 13 18 200 13 700 585 – 18 000 28 000 0,15 71911 ACD/HC 62,7 72,3 1 0,3 22 61 74 78 1 0,3
90 18 39 700 32 500 1 370 15 18 000 28 000 0,31 7011 CD/HC 66,3 78,7 1,1 0,6 19 62 83 86 1 0,6
90 18 37 100 31 000 1 320 – 17 000 26 000 0,31 7011 ACD/HC 66,3 78,7 1,1 0,6 26 62 83 86 1 0,6
100 21 55 300 43 000 1 800 14 17 000 26 000 0,51 7211 CD/HC 69 85,9 1,5 0,6 21 64 91 95 1,5 0,6
100 21 52 700 40 500 1 730 – 16 000 24 000 0,51 7211 ACD/HC 69 85,9 1,5 0,6 29 64 91 95 1,5 0,6

60 85 13 19 900 15 300 655 11 18 000 28 000 0,16 71912 CD/HC 60 67,7 77,3 1 0,3 16 66 79 83 1 0,3
85 13 18 600 14 600 620 – 17 000 26 000 0,16 71912 ACD/HC 67,7 77,3 1 0,3 23 66 79 83 1 0,3
95 18 40 300 34 500 1 500 15 17 000 26 000 0,34 7012 CD/HC 71,3 83,7 1,1 0,6 20 67 88 91 1 0,6
95 18 39 000 33 500 1 400 – 16 000 24 000 0,34 7012 ACD/HC 71,3 83,7 1,1 0,6 27 67 88 91 1 0,6
110 22 67 600 53 000 2 240 14 16 000 24 000 0,65 7212 CD/HC 75,6 94,4 1,5 0,6 23 69 101 105 1,5 0,6
110 22 63 700 50 000 2 120 – 15 000 22 000 0,65 7212 ACD/HC 75,6 94,4 1,5 0,6 31 69 101 105 1,5 0,6

65 90 13 20 800 17 000 710 11 17 000 26 000 0,17 71913 CD/HC 65 72,7 82,3 1 0,3 17 71 84 88 1 0,3
90 13 19 500 16 000 680 – 16 000 24 000 0,17 71913 ACD/HC 72,7 82,3 1 0,3 25 71 84 88 1 0,3
100 18 41 600 37 500 1 600 16 16 000 24 000 0,36 7013 CD/HC 76,3 88,7 1,1 0,6 20 72 93 96 1 0,6
100 18 39 000 35 500 1 500 – 15 000 22 000 0,36 7013 ACD/HC 76,3 88,7 1,1 0,6 28 72 93 96 1 0,6

166 167
Hybrid high-precision angular contact ball bearings
d 70 – 100 mm

B
r4 ra rb
r2
r1 r3

r1 ra ra
r1
r2 r2
2
Da da da Db
D D1 d d1

a
CD, ACD

Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Calculation Speed ratings Mass Designation Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions
dimensions dynamic static load factor Lubrication
limit grease oil spot
d D B C C0 Pu f0 d d1 D1 r1, 2 r3, 4 a da Da Db ra rb
≈ ≈ min min min max max max max

mm N N – r/min kg – mm mm

70 100 16 34 500 34 000 1 430 16 16 000 24 000 0,28 71914 CD/HC 70 79,3 90,7 1 0,3 19 76 94 98 1 0,3
100 16 32 500 32 500 1 370 – 15 000 22 000 0,28 71914 ACD/HC 79,3 90,7 1 0,3 28 76 94 98 1 0,3
110 20 52 000 45 500 1 930 15 15 000 22 000 0,49 7014 CD/HC 82,9 97,1 1,1 0,6 22 77 103 106 1 0,6
110 20 48 800 44 000 1 860 – 14 000 20 000 0,49 7014 ACD/HC 82,9 97,1 1,1 0,6 31 77 103 106 1 0,6

75 105 16 35 800 37 500 1 560 16 15 000 22 000 0,3 71915 CD/HC 75 84,3 95,7 1 0,3 20 81 99 103 1 0,3
105 16 33 800 35 500 1 500 – 14 000 20 000 0,3 71915 ACD/HC 84,3 95,7 1 0,3 29 81 99 103 1 0,3
115 20 52 700 49 000 2 080 16 15 000 22 000 0,52 7015 CD/HC 87,9 103 1,1 0,6 23 82 108 111 1 0,6
115 20 49 400 46 500 1 960 – 13 000 19 000 0,52 7015 ACD/HC 87,9 103 1,1 0,6 32 82 108 111 1 0,6

80 110 16 36 400 39 000 1 660 16 15 000 22 000 0,31 71916 CD/HC 80 89,3 101 1 0,3 21 86 104 108 1 0,3
110 16 34 500 36 500 1 560 – 13 000 19 000 0,31 71916 ACD/HC 89,3 101 1 0,3 30 86 104 108 1 0,3
125 22 65 000 61 000 2 550 16 14 000 20 000 0,71 7016 CD/HC 94,4 111 1,1 0,6 25 87 118 121 1 0,6
125 22 62 400 58 500 2 450 – 12 000 18 000 0,71 7016 ACD/HC 94,4 111 1,1 0,6 35 87 118 121 1 0,6

85 120 18 46 200 48 000 2 040 16 14 000 20 000 0,44 71917 CD/HC 85 95,8 110 1,1 0,6 23 92 113 115 1 0,6
120 18 43 600 45 500 1 930 – 12 000 18 000 0,44 71917 ACD/HC 95,8 110 1,1 0,6 23 92 113 115 1 0,6
130 22 67 600 65 500 2 650 16 13 000 19 000 0,74 7017 CD/HC 99,4 116 1,1 0,6 36 92 123 126 1 0,6
130 22 63 700 62 000 2 500 – 11 000 17 000 0,74 7017 ACD/HC 106 130 2 1 30 95 140 144 2 1

90 125 18 47 500 51 000 2 080 16 13 000 19 000 0,47 71918 CD/HC 90 100 115 1,1 0,6 23 97 118 120 1 0,6
125 18 44 200 48 000 1 960 – 11 000 17 000 0,47 71918 ACD/HC 100 115 1,1 0,6 34 97 118 120 1 0,6
140 24 79 300 76 500 3 000 16 12 000 18 000 0,95 7018 CD/HC 106 124 1,5 0,6 39 99 131 135 1,5 0,6
140 24 74 100 72 000 2 850 – 10 000 16 000 0,95 7018 ACD/HC 106 124 2 1 32 100 150 135 1,5 0,6

95 130 18 49 400 55 000 2 200 16 12 000 18 000 0,49 71919 CD/HC 95 105 120 1,1 0,6 24 102 123 125 1 0,6
130 18 46 200 52 000 2 080 – 10 000 16 000 0,49 71919 ACD/HC 105 120 1,1 0,6 35 102 123 125 1 0,6
145 24 81 900 80 000 3 100 16 11 000 17 000 1 7019 CD/HC 111 129 1,5 0,6 28 104 136 140 1,5 0,6
145 24 76 100 76 500 2 900 – 9 500 15 000 1 7019 ACD/HC 111 129 1,5 0,6 40 104 136 140 1,5 0,6

100 140 20 60 500 65 500 2 550 16 11 000 17 000 0,66 71920 CD/HC 100 112 128 1,1 0,6 26 107 133 135 1 0,6
140 20 57 200 63 000 2 400 – 9 500 15 000 0,66 71920 ACD/HC 112 128 1,1 0,6 38 107 133 135 1 0,6
150 24 83 200 85 000 3 200 16 10 000 16 000 1,05 7020 CD/HC 116 134 1,5 0,6 29 109 141 145 1,5 0,6
150 24 79 300 80 000 3 050 – 9 500 15 000 1,05 7020 ACD/HC 116 134 1,5 0,6 41 109 141 145 1,5 0,6

168 169
Hybrid high-precision angular contact ball bearings
d 105 – 140 mm

B
r4 ra rb
r2
r1 r3

r1 ra ra
r1
r2 r2
2
Da da da Db
D D1 d d1

a
CD, ACD

Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Calculation Speed ratings Mass Designation Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions
dimensions dynamic static load factor Lubrication
limit grease oil spot
d D B C C0 Pu f0 d d1 D1 r1, 2 r3, 4 a da Da Db ra rb
≈ ≈ min min min max max max max

mm N N – r/min kg – mm mm

105 145 20 61 800 69 500 2 600 16 10 000 16 000 0,69 71921 CD/HC 105 117 133 1,1 0,6 27 112 138 140 1 0,6
145 20 57 200 65 500 2 500 – 9 500 50 000 0,69 71921 ACD/HC 117 133 1,1 0,6 39 112 138 140 1 0,6

110 150 20 62 400 72 000 2 700 17 10 000 16 000 0,72 71922 CD/HC 110 122 138 1,1 0,6 27 117 143 145 1 0,6
150 20 58 500 68 000 2 550 – 9 000 14 000 0,72 71922 ACD/HC 122 138 1,1 0,6 40 117 143 145 1 0,6

120 165 22 78 000 91 500 3 250 16 9 000 14 000 0,97 71924 CD/HC 120 133 152 1,1 0,6 30 127 158 160 1 0,6
165 22 72 800 86 500 3 050 – 8 500 17 000 0,97 71924 ACD/HC 133 152 1,1 0,6 44 127 158 160 1 0,6

130 180 24 92 300 108 000 3 650 16 8 500 13 000 1,3 71926 CD/HC 130 145 165 1,5 0,6 33 139 171 175 1,5 0,6
180 24 87 100 102 000 3 450 – 8 000 12 000 1,3 71926 ACD/HC 145 165 1,5 0,6 48 139 171 175 1,5 0,6

140 190 24 95 600 116 000 3 900 17 8 000 12 000 1,35 71928 CD/HC 140 155 175 1,5 0,6 34 149 181 185 1,5 0,6
190 24 90 400 110 000 3 650 – 7 500 11 000 1,35 71928 ACD/HC 155 175 1,5 0,6 51 149 181 185 1,5 0,6

170 171
Hybrid high speed high-precision angular contact ball bearings
d 20 – 50 mm

B
r2 r4 ra rb
r1 r3

r3 r1 ra ra
r4 r2

2
Da d b da Db da Db
D D1 d d1

CE, ACE

Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Calculation Speed ratings Mass Designation Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions
dimensions dynamic static load factor Lubrication
limit grease oil spot
d D B C C0 Pu f0 d d1 D1 r1, 2 r3, 4 a da Da Db ra rb
≈ ≈ min min min max max max max

mm N N – r/min kg – mm mm

20 37 9 4 680 2 120 90 7 63 000 98 000 0,032 71904 CE/HC 20 25,6 31,4 0,3 0,2 8,4 22 35 35,8 0,3 0,1
37 9 4 420 2 040 85 – 56 000 87 000 0,032 71904 ACE/HC 25,6 31,4 0,3 0,2 11,3 22 35 35,8 0,3 0,1
42 12 7 020 3 050 129 6,5 58 000 90 000 0,056 7004 CE/HC 27,2 34,8 0,6 0,6 10,3 25 37 40,3 0,6 0,6
42 12 6 760 2 900 122 – 51 200 80 000 0,056 7004 ACE/HC 27,2 34,8 0,6 0,6 13,4 25 37 40,3 0,6 0,6

25 42 9 5 270 2 700 114 7,2 53 500 83 000 0,038 71905 CE/HC 25 30,6 36,4 0,3 0,2 9,07 27 40 40,8 0,3 0,1
42 9 4 940 2 550 108 – 47 500 74 000 0,038 71905 ACE/HC 30,6 36,4 0,3 0,2 12,5 27 40 40,8 0,3 0,1
47 12 7 800 3 750 156 6,8 50 000 77 000 0,064 7005 CE/HC 32,2 39,9 0,6 0,6 10,9 30 42 45,1 0,6 0,6
47 12 7 410 3 550 150 – 44 100 69 000 0,064 7005 ACE/HC 32,2 39,9 0,6 0,6 14,6 30 42 45,1 0,6 0,6

30 47 9 5 590 3 100 132 7,4 46 500 72 700 0,043 71906 CE/HC 30 35,6 41,4 0,3 0,2 9,74 32 45 45,8 0,3 0,1
47 9 5 270 2 900 125 – 41 500 64 900 0,043 71906 ACE/HC 35,6 41,4 0,3 0,2 13,6 32 45 45,8 0,3 0,1
55 13 10 100 5 100 216 6,9 42 300 65 800 0,095 7006 CE/HC 38,3 46,8 1 1 12,3 35 50 52,8 1 1
55 13 9 560 4 900 208 – 37 500 58 700 0,095 7006 ACE/HC 38,3 46,8 1 1 16,6 35 50 52,8 1 1

35 55 10 7 610 4 400 186 7,3 40 000 62 200 0,066 71907 CE/HC 35 41,6 48,4 0,6 0,2 11,1 40 50 53,8 0,6 0,1
55 10 7 150 4 150 176 – 35 500 55 500 0,066 71907 ACE/HC 41,6 48,4 0,6 0,2 15,7 40 50 53,8 0,6 0,1
62 14 10 800 6 000 255 7,1 37 000 57 700 0,132 7007 CE/HC 44,3 52,8 1 1 13,6 41 56 59,5 1 1
62 14 10 400 5 700 240 – 32 700 51 400 0,132 7007 ACE/HC 44,3 52,8 1 1 18,5 41 56 59,5 1 1

40 62 12 9 560 5 700 240 7,3 35 100 54 900 0,097 71908 CE/HC 40 47,1 54,9 0,6 0,2 12,9 45 57 60,8 0,6 0,1
62 12 9 230 5 400 228 – 31 200 49 000 0,097 71908 ACE/HC 47,1 54,9 0,6 0,2 18,1 45 57 60,8 0,6 0,1
68 15 11 700 6 800 290 7,3 33 100 51 800 0,167 7008 CE/HC 49,8 58,3 1 1 14,9 46 62 65,3 1 1
68 15 11 100 6 550 275 – 29 500 46 200 0,167 7008 ACE/HC 49,8 58,3 1 1 20,3 46 62 65,3 1 1

45 68 12 10 100 6 400 270 7,5 31 500 49 500 0,116 71909 CE/HC 45 52,6 60,4 0,6 0,2 13,7 50 63 66,8 0,6 0,1
68 12 9 560 6 100 255 – 28 200 44 200 0,116 71909 ACE/HC 52,6 60,4 0,6 0,2 19,4 50 63 66,8 0,6 0,1
75 16 14 000 8 500 360 7,3 30 000 46 600 0,208 7009 CE/HC 55,3 64,8 1 1 16,2 51 69 72 1 1
75 16 13 300 8 000 340 – 26 500 41 600 0,208 7009 ACE/HC 55,3 64,8 1 1 22,2 51 69 72 1 1

50 72 12 10 600 7 100 300 7,6 29 500 45 900 0,116 71910 CE/HC 50 57,1 64,9 0,6 0,2 14,3 55 67 70,8 0,6 0,1
72 12 9 950 6 700 285 – 26 200 40 000 0,116 71910 ACE/HC 57,1 64,9 0,6 0,2 20,4 55 67 70,8 0,6 0,1
80 16 14 800 9 500 400 7,4 27 500 43 000 0,226 7010 CE/HC 60,3 69,8 1 1 16,9 55 74 76,8 1 1
80 16 14 000 9 000 380 – 24 500 38 000 0,226 7010 ACE/HC 60,3 69,8 1 1 23,4 55 74 76,8 1 1

172 173
Hybrid high speed high-precision angular contact ball bearings
d 55 – 85 mm

B
r2 r4 ra rb
r1 r3

r3 r1 ra ra
r4 r2

2
Da d b da Db da Db
D D1 d d1

CE, ACE

Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Calculation Speed ratings Mass Designation Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions
dimensions dynamic static load factor Lubrication
limit grease oil spot
d D B C C0 Pu f0 d d1 D1 r1, 2 r3, 4 a da Da Db ra rb
≈ ≈ min min min max max max max

mm N N – r/min kg – mm mm

55 80 13 15 300 10 000 425 7,5 26 500 41 000 0,149 71911 CE/HC 55 62,7 72,3 1 0,3 15,7 61 74 78 1 0,3
80 13 14 600 9 500 400 – 23 500 37 000 0,149 71911 ACE/HC 62,7 72,3 1 0,3 22,5 61 74 78 1 0,3
90 18 15 600 10 600 450 7,5 24 700 38 000 0,36 7011 CE/HC 67,8 77,3 1,1 1,1 18,9 62 82 86,4 1 1
90 18 14 800 10 000 425 – 22 000 34 000 0,36 7011 ACE/HC 67,7 77,3 1,1 1,1 26,2 62 82 86,4 1 1

60 85 13 15 600 10 600 450 7,5 24 600 38 000 0,159 71912 CE/HC 60 67,7 77,3 1 0,3 16,4 66 79 83 1 0,3
85 13 14 800 10 000 425 – 22 000 34 000 0,159 71912 ACE/HC 67,7 77,3 1 0,3 23,7 66 79 83 1 0,3
95 18 16 300 11 600 490 7,6 23 000 36 000 0,385 7012 CE/HC 72,8 82,3 1,1 1,1 19,5 67 88 91 1 1
95 18 15 300 11 000 465 – 20 500 32 000 0,385 7012 ACE/HC 72,8 82,3 1,1 1,1 27,3 67 88 91 1 1

65 90 13 16 300 11 600 490 7,6 23 100 36 000 0,17 71913 CE/HC 65 72,7 82,3 1 0,3 17 71 84 88 1 0,3
90 13 15 300 11 000 465 – 20 500 32 000 0,17 71913 ACE/HC 72,7 82,3 1 0,3 24,8 71 84 88 1 0,3
100 18 16 800 12 700 540 7,7 21 700 33 000 0,411 7013 CE/HC 77,8 87,3 1,1 1,1 20,2 72 93 96 1 1
100 18 15 900 12 000 510 – 19 100 30 000 0,411 7013 ACE/HC 77,8 87,3 1,1 1,1 28,5 72 93 96 1 1

70 100 16 21 600 15 000 640 7,5 21 100 32 000 0,276 71914 CE/HC 70 79,2 90,8 1 0,3 19,6 76 94 98 1 0,3
100 16 20 300 14 300 600 – 18 600 29 000 0,276 71914 ACE/HC 79,2 90,8 1 0,3 28,1 76 94 98 1 0,3
110 20 22 500 16 600 695 7,5 20 000 31 000 0,555 7014 CE/HC 84,3 95,8 1,1 1,1 22,2 77 103 106 1 1
110 20 21 600 15 600 670 – 17 500 27 000 0,555 7014 ACE/HC 84,3 95,8 1,1 1,1 31,3 77 103 106 1 1

75 105 16 22 500 16 600 695 7,5 20 000 31 000 0,294 71915 CE/HC 75 84,2 95,8 1 0,3 20,2 81 99 103 1 0,3
105 16 21 600 15 600 670 – 17 500 27 000 0,294 71915 ACE/HC 84,2 95,8 1 0,3 29,3 81 99 103 1 0,3
115 20 22 900 17 300 735 7,6 18 600 29 000 0,586 7015 CE/HC 89,3 100,8 1,1 1,1 22,9 82 108 111 1 1
115 20 21 600 16 300 695 – 16 600 26 000 0,586 7015 ACE/HC 89,3 100,8 1,1 1,1 32,5 82 108 111 1 1

80 110 16 22 900 17 300 735 7,6 18 800 29 000 0,309 71916 CE/HC 80 89,2 100,8 1 0,3 20,9 86 104 108 1 0,3
110 16 21 600 16 300 695 – 16 600 26 000 0,309 71916 ACE/HC 89,2 100,8 1 0,3 30,5 86 104 108 1 0,3
125 22 29 100 21 600 900 7,5 17 500 27 000 0,768 7016 CE/HC 95,9 109,2 1,1 1,1 24,9 87 118 121 1 1
125 22 27 600 20 400 850 – 15 500 24 000 0,768 7016 ACE/HC 95,9 109,2 1,1 1,1 35,2 87 118 121 1 1

85 120 18 29 100 21 600 900 7,5 17 500 27 000 0,438 71917 CE/HC 85 95,8 109,2 1,1 0,6 22,9 92 113 115 1 0,6
120 18 27 600 20 400 850 – 15 500 24 000 0,438 71917 ACE/HC 95,8 109,2 1,1 0,6 33,2 92 113 115 1 0,6
130 22 29 600 22 800 930 7,6 16 500 26 000 0,805 7017 CE/HC 100,9 114,2 1,1 1,1 25,6 92 123 126 1 1
130 22 28 100 21 600 880 – 14 600 23 000 0,805 7017 ACE/HC 100,9 114,2 1,1 1,1 36,4 92 123 126 1 1

174 175
Hybrid high speed high-precision angular contact ball bearings
d 90 – 120 mm

B
r2 r4 ra rb
r1 r3

r3 r1 ra ra
r4 r2

2
Da d b da Db da Db
D D1 d d1

CE, ACE

Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Calculation Speed ratings Mass Designation Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions
dimensions dynamic static load factor Lubrication
limit grease oil spot
d D B C C0 Pu f0 d d1 D1 r1, 2 r3, 4 a da Da Db ra rb
≈ ≈ min min min max max max max

mm N N – r/min kg – mm mm

90 125 18 29 600 22 800 930 7,6 16 500 26 000 0,459 71918 CE/HC 90 100,8 114,2 1,1 0,6 23,6 97 118 120 1 0,6
125 18 28 100 21 600 880 – 15 600 23 000 0,459 71918 ACE/HC 100,8 114,2 1,1 0,6 34,4 97 118 120 1 0,6
140 24 37 100 28 000 1 100 7,5 15 500 24 000 1,028 7018 CE/HC 107,4 122,7 1,5 1,5 27,6 99 131 135 1,5 1,5
140 24 35 100 26 500 1 040 – 13 800 21 000 1,028 7018 ACE/HC 107,4 122,7 1,5 1,5 39,2 99 131 135 1,5 1,5

95 130 18 31 200 24 500 980 7,6 16 000 24 000 0,482 71919 CE/HC 95 105,8 119,2 1,1 0,6 24,3 102 123 125 1 0,6
130 18 29 600 23 200 930 – 14 200 22 000 0,482 71919 ACE/HC 105,8 119,2 1,1 0,6 35,6 102 123 125 1 0,6
145 24 37 700 29 000 1 140 7,5 15 000 23 000 1,074 7019 CE/HC 112,4 127,7 1,5 1,5 28,3 104 136 140 1,5 1,5
145 24 35 800 28 000 1 080 – 13 100 20 000 1,074 7019 ACE/HC 112,4 127,7 1,5 1,5 40,4 104 136 140 1,5 1,5

100 140 20 37 700 29 000 1 140 7,5 15 000 23 000 0,651 71920 CE/HC 100 112,3 127,7 1,1 0,6 26,3 107 133 135 1 0,6
140 20 35 800 28 000 1 080 – 13 300 20 000 0,651 71920 ACE/HC 112,3 127,7 1,1 0,6 38,4 107 133 135 1 0,6
150 24 39 000 30 500 1 160 7,6 14 400 22 000 1,119 7020 CE/HC 117,4 132,7 1,5 1,5 29 109 141 145 1,5 1,5
150 24 36 400 29 000 1 100 – 12 600 19 000 1,119 7020 ACE/HC 117,4 132,7 1,5 1,5 41,5 109 141 145 1,5 1,5

105 145 20 39 000 30 500 1 160 7,6 14 400 22 000 0,678 71921 CE/HC 105 117,3 132,7 1,1 0,6 27 112 138 140 1 0,6
145 20 36 400 29 000 1 100 – 12 800 20 000 0,678 71921 ACE/HC 117,3 132,7 1,1 0,6 39,5 112 138 140 1 0,6

110 150 20 39 700 32 000 1 200 7,6 13 700 21 000 0,705 71922 CE/HC 110 122,3 137,7 1,1 0,6 27,6 117 143 145 1 0,6
150 20 37 100 30 500 1 120 – 12 100 19 000 0,705 71922 ACE/HC 122,3 137,7 1,1 0,6 40,7 117 143 145 1 0,6

120 165 22 49 400 40 500 1 430 7,6 12 500 19 000 0,96 71924 CE/HC 120 133,9 151,1 1,1 0,6 30,3 127 158 160 1 0,6
165 22 46 200 38 000 1 370 – 11 200 17 000 0,96 71924 ACE/HC 133,9 151,1 1,1 0,6 44,7 127 158 160 1 0,6

176 177
Cylindrical roller bearings

Contents Cylindrical roller bearings 180

Three different designs 180 3
Double row cylindrical roller bearings 181
Single row cylindrical roller bearings 182
Hybrid cylindrical roller bearings 183
General bearing data 184
Radial internal clearance 188
Preload 189
Equivalent dynamic bearing load 192
Equivalent static bearing load 192
Designation of high-precision cylindrical
roller bearings 193
Supplementary designations – specific suffixes 193

Product tables 195

High-precision double row cylindrical roller bearings 196
High-precision single row cylindrical roller bearings 204
Hybrid high-precision single row cylindrical
roller bearings 208

179
3 Cylindrical roller bearings
Cylindrical roller bearings
Three different designs
SKF high-precision cylindrical roller
bearings are available in three different
designs: two double row series NN 30 and
NNU 49 and a high-speed design, single
row cylindrical roller bearing series N 10.
NNU 49 series offer especially compact
dimensions and may be preferred when
180
limited room is available. The NN 30 series
offers an optimum compromise between
achievable speed and high rigidity and
represents one of the more popular
choices, particularly for the spindles rear-
side support. Whenever demand for
rotational speed exceeds the standard
series capability, then the single row
series N 10 may be the solution.
Double row cylindrical
roller bearings
SKF high-precision double row cylindrical
roller bearings are available in two different
designs: NN (➔ fig 1 ) and NNU (➔ fig 2 )
designs, and two series: Dimension Series
30 and 49 (➔ fig 3 ).
The rollers of NN design bearings are
guided between integral flanges on the
inner ring, while rollers of NNU design
bearings are guided between integral
flanges on the outer ring. The other ring
has no flanges. This means that a certain
amount of axial displacement of the shaft
with respect to the housing in both directions
can be accommodated within the bearing
(see dimension ‘s’ in the product tables).
These bearings are also separable, and
the bearing ring with integral flanges,
together with the roller and cage assembly,
can be withdrawn from the flangeless ring.
This facilitates mounting and dismounting.
Double row high- Double row high-
precision cylindrical precision cylindrical
roller bearing, NN roller bearing, NNU
design design
Fig 1 Fig
The NN design bearings listed in this
catalogue follow ISO Dimension Series 30,
whereas the NNU design bearings follow
ISO Dimension Series 49. Bearings of
series NNU 49 with their very low cross-
section, permit stiffer bearing arrangements
than those of series NN 30, but are not able
to carry such heavy loads as the NN 30
series bearings.
SKF double row cylindrical roller bearings
are available with either cylindrical bore 3
or tapered bore (with a taper 1:12). In the
machine tool industry, cylindrical roller
bearings are generally supplied with a
tapered bore, as this design allows a certain
radial internal clearance or preload to be
achieved by adjustment, when mounting
bearings on a tapered shaft.
In order to facilitate efficient lubrication,
bearings of series NNU 49, that have very
low cross section, have an annular groove
and three lubrication holes in the outer ring
as standard (W33 designation). Oil spot
pipes can be either inserted in the holes in
A cross section of the two dimension series
2 Fig 3
NNU 49 NN 30 N 10
181
3 Cylindrical roller bearings
the annular groove, or positioned at the side
of the bearings at a height specified in the
table shown in the lubrication section of
this publication. Bearings of series NN 30,
that are mostly used in the machine tool
spindles, are manufactured without this
feature as the oil is commonly injected
through pipes positioned at the side of the
bearing. For special applications where
bearings of the NN 30 series with the
annular groove and the three lubrication
holes in the outer ring are necessary,
please contact the SKF applications
engineering service.
In cases where demand for running
accuracy is exceptionally high, it is possible
to mount the flangeless ring of bearings
of series NNU 49, on to the shaft and to
finish-grind the raceway and other seating
surfaces of the shaft.
For such applications, SKF can supply
bearings of series NNU 49 having a tapered
bore fitted with inner rings with pre-ground
raceways. Such bearings are identified by
the designation suffix VU001 (➔ Table 1 ).
Table
Bearing Grinding
bore diameter allowance
over incl.
mm mm
– 110 0,2
110 360 0,3
360 – 0,4
182
Single row cylindrical Hybrid cylindrical of speed, the use of ceramic rollers is
normally matched with that of a one-piece
roller bearings roller bearings outer ring land riding PEEK cage.
The single row bearings series N 10 SKF high-precision cylindrical roller High-precision single row cylindrical roller
(➔ fig 4 ) have the same section height bearings series NN 30 and N 10 can be bearings with a PEEK cage and ceramic
as the double row bearings of series NN 30 delivered with ceramic rollers when the rollers can reach a reference speed of
and follow ISO Dimension Series 10. The performances required cannot be met by 2 million n × dm when lightly loaded and
rollers of series N 10 bearings are guided all-steel bearings. As mentioned for hybrid oil-air lubricated, and of 1,4 million n × dm
between two integral flanges on the inner high-precision angular contact ball bearings, when grease lubricated. As an option to
ring; the outer ring is without flanges. It is hybrid cylindrical roller bearings can run further improve lubricant flow, bearings
therefore possible for a certain amount of faster, with lower temperature rise and of series N 10 with special holes in the 3
axial displacement of the shaft with respect enhance the system rigidity, without outer ring may be ordered.
to the housing to be accommodated within mentioning that they minimise lubrication Hybrid cylindrical roller bearings are
the bearing (see bearing tables).They are and vibrations, and are less sensible to identified by the suffix HC5 in the bearing
available with a tapered bore only (taper accelerations and decelerations. In order designation.
1:12) and as with double row bearings, to exploit the best possibilities in terms
single row bearings are separable, i.e. the
inner ring with roller and cage assembly can
be withdrawn from the flangeless outer ring.
High-precision single row cylindrical
roller bearings are designed for bearing
arrangements with different requirements
from those for double row cylindrical roller
bearings. Instead of very high load carrying
capacity, single row cylindrical roller bearings
are used where increased speed capability
and more compact spindle design are
needed.
1 Fig 4 Single row
high-precision
cylindrical roller
bearing
183
3 Cylindrical roller bearings

General bearing data needed for machine tool applications. Table 2

Tolerance class SP specifies dimensional Chamfer Bearing bore Measuring
Dimensions accuracy which corresponds approximately dimension, diameter distance
The boundary dimensions of the double row to tolerance class P5 and running accuracy r2 min (1) d a
over incl.
bearings shown in the tables conform to to P4. For special applications where extreme
ISO 15:1998, Dimension Series 49 and 30. precision is required, tolerance class UP mm mm mm
Single row bearings conform to ISO (ultra precision) can be supplied to order.
Dimension Series 10. Tolerance class UP specifies dimensional 0,6 – – 2,5
accuracy which corresponds approximately 1 – – 3,5
Tolerances to tolerance class P4 and running accuracy 1,1 – 120 4
120 – 5
SKF high-precision cylindrical roller bearings better than P4. 1,5 – 120 5 3
are produced as standard to the tolerance The values for class SP and UP 120 – 6
class SP (special precision) specifications tolerances are given in Tables 3 , 4 page 2 – 80 5,5
186 and 5 page 187. 80 220 6
220 – 7
2,1 – 280 7,5
280 – 8,5
2,5 – 280 7,5
280 – 8,5
3 – – 9,5
4 – – 11

1) r2 min values are given in the product tables (➔ pages 195 – 211)

Angle deviation – measuring distance a

Measuring of angle deviation

Tapered bore
Half angle of taper α = 2° 23′ 9,4″
1
Largest theoretical taper d1 = d + 12 B Tolerances for tapered bore, taper 1:12

Fig 5 Table 3

Tolerance class SP Tolerance class UP

B
d ∆ d2mp Vdp ∆d3mp-∆ d2mp 1) ∆ d2mp Vdp ∆ d3mp-∆ d2mp1)
B
over incl. high low max high low high low max high low

mm µm µm µm µm µm µm

a m a d2+∆a2mp
18 30 +10 0 3 +4 +1 +6 0 2 +3 +1
d1 d d3+c3mp d+amp 30 50 +12 0 4 +4 +1 +8 0 3 +3 +1
d2 50 80 +15 0 5 +4 +1 +9 0 3 +3 +1
d3
α 80 120 +20 0 5 +7 +2 +10 0 4 +4 +1
α 120 180 +25 0 7 +7 +2 +13 0 5 +4 +1
180 250 +30 0 8 +8 +2 +15 0 7 +5 +1
250 315 +35 0 9 +10 +2 +18 0 9 +5 +1
a2mp–a2mp
2 m
1) Angular deviation over measuring length m (➔ fig 5 and Table 2 )

184 185
3 Cylindrical roller bearings

Table 4 Table 5

Inner ring Inner ring

d ∆ds Vdp ∆Bs VBs Kia Sd d ∆ds Vdp ∆Bs VBs Kia Sd
over incl. high low max high low max max max over incl. high low max high low max max max

mm µm µm µm µm µm µm mm µm µm µm µm µm µm

– 18 0 –5 3 0 –100 5 3 8 – 18 0 –4 2 0 –25 1,5 1,5 2

18 30 0 –6 3 0 –100 5 3 8 18 30 0 –5 3 0 –25 1,5 1,5 3
30 50 0 –8 4 0 –120 5 4 8 30 50 0 –6 3 0 –30 2 2 3
50
80
80
120
0
0
–9
–10
5
5
0
0
–150
–200
6
7
4
5
8
9
50
80
80
120
0
0
–7
–8
4
4
0
0
–40
–50
3
3
2
3
4
4
3
120 180 0 –13 7 0 –250 8 6 10 120 180 0 –10 5 0 –60 4 3 5
180 250 0 –15 8 0 –300 10 8 11 180 250 0 –12 6 0 –75 5 4 6
250 315 0 –18 9 0 –350 13 8 13 250 315 0 –18 9 0 –90 6 5 6

Outer ring Outer ring

D ∆Ds VDp ∆Cs VCs Kea SD D ∆Ds VDp ∆Cs VCs Kea SD
over incl. high low max high low max max max over incl. high low max high low max max max

mm µm µm µm µm µm µm mm µm µm µm µm µm µm

30 50 0 –7 4 Values are identical 5 5 8 30 50 0 –5 3 Values are identical 2 3 2

50 80 0 –9 5 to those for inner 6 5 8 50 80 0 –6 3 to those for inner 3 3 2
80 120 0 –10 5 ring of same 7 6 9 80 120 0 –7 4 ring of same 3 3 3
120 150 0 –11 6 bearing 7 7 10 120 150 0 –8 4 bearing 4 4 3
150 180 0 –13 7 8 8 10 150 180 0 –9 5 4 4 3
180 250 0 –15 8 10 10 11 180 250 0 –10 5 5 5 4
250 315 0 –18 9 13 11 13 250 315 0 –12 6 6 6 4
315 400 0 –20 10 15 13 13 315 400 0 –14 7 8 7 5
400 500 0 –23 12 25 15 15 400 500 0 –23 12 10 8 –

Class SP tolerances for radial bearings Class UP tolerances for radial bearings

186 187
3 Cylindrical roller bearings

Radial internal clearance request, with reduced radial clearance Preload If SKF gauges are not available, the axial
(smaller than C1) for enhanced precision displacement of the inner ring on its tapered
High-precision cylindrical roller bearings after mounting. Please consult the SKF To ensure maximum running accuracy and seating must be determined, in accordance
actual clearance limits are in accordance application engineering service for more rigidity, high-precision cylindrical roller with the required clearance or preload.
with ISO 5753:1991. Cylindrical roller details. bearings should have, after mounting, a In order to do this the outer ring should be
bearings for precision applications are Both series NNU 49 and NN 30 bearings minimum radial internal clearance or mounted in the housing, the inner ring then
supplied with C1 radial internal clearance may be supplied with larger radial internal a preload. Generally, cylindrical roller pushed on the seating and the residual
class as standard, although this is not clearance for certain applications, as required. bearings with tapered bore are mounted clearance measured.
apparent from the bearing designation. The When ordering, the desired clearance with preload.
bearing rings of individual bearings must be should be indicated in the designation The magnitude of the operational Knowing the residual radial clearance,
kept together as supplied, otherwise the using the suffixes SP or UP, followed by clearance or preload depends on the speed, the axial displacement i.e. the additional 3
bearing clearance may become too great the suffix for the requested clearance, C2, load, lubrication and required stiffness. distance through which the bearing must
or too small, thus influencing the assembly CN (for Normal radial clearance) or C3, It is also dependent on the accuracy of be pushed up on its tapered seating can be
procedures. The bearings are usually for example NN 3026 K/SPC2. form of the bearing seating. Temperature obtained from:
supplied packed in a single box, however, Cylindrical roller bearing clearance conditions in the bearing should also be
if the rings are packed separately, the rings values are given in Table 6 . They are taken into consideration, since a reduction B = L − ec/1 000
of each bearing are identified by the same valid for unmounted bearings under zero in clearance or an increase in preload may
serial number. Bearings of the N 10 and measuring load. result. The following table gives guidelines where
NN 30 series can also be supplied on on preloading cylindrical roller bearings B = width of spacer, mm
series NN 30 K and N 10 K for machine L = measured distance between inner ring
tool applications. For special cases, please side face and abutment, mm
consult SKF. c = measured clearance plus required
preload (or minus required clearance),
Speed − n dm value Preload/clearance µm
(microns) e = factor depending on the ratio of the
 500 000 2 – 5, preload internal diameter (di) and the outside
> 500 000 < 1 000 000 1 – 2, preload diameter (d) of the hollow spindle
Table 6 > 1 000 000 0 – 4, clearance fig 6 page 190, see table below.
Bore Radial internal clearance
diameter Bearings with cylindrical bore Bearings with tapered bore Preloading bearings Diameter Factor e
The adjustment of clearance, or preload Ratio Bearing series
d C1 SPC2 Normal C3 C1 SPC2 for double and single row cylindrical roller di/d NN 30 K & NNU 49 BK
over incl. min max min max min max min max min max min max
bearings with tapered bore, is achieved by N10 K
mm µm µm µm µm µm µm driving up the bearing on its tapered seating.
The SKF gauges shown on pages 286 – 295 0,2 12,5 12
24 30 5 15 10 25 20 45 35 60 15 25 25 35
enable the internal clearance, or preload to 0,3 14,5 13
30 40 5 15 12 25 25 50 45 70 15 25 25 40 be set very accurately, quickly and reliably. 0,4 15 14
40 50 5 18 15 30 30 60 50 80 17 30 30 45 The use of a gauge is particularly 0,5 16 15
50 65 5 20 15 35 40 70 60 90 20 35 35 50 advantageous where series mounting 0,6 17 16
65 80 10 25 20 40 40 75 65 100 25 40 40 60
80 100 10 30 25 45 50 85 75 110 35 55 45 70 is concerned, as it is then not possible 0,7 18 17
100 120 10 30 25 50 50 90 85 125 40 60 50 80 to determine and measure the axial
displacement of the inner ring.
120 140 10 35 30 60 60 105 100 145 45 70 60 90
140 160 10 35 35 65 70 120 115 165 50 75 65 100
160 180 10 40 35 75 75 125 120 170 55 85 75 110
180 200 15 45 40 80 90 145 140 195 60 90 80 120
200 225 15 50 45 90 105 165 160 220 60 95 90 135
225 250 15 50 50 100 110 175 170 235 65 100 100 150
250 280 20 55 55 110 125 195 190 260 75 110 110 165

188 189
3 Cylindrical roller bearings
If a threaded nut is used for driving up the
inner ring assembly on the tapered seating,
the angle through which the nut should be
turned for a given clearance reduction of
the bearing can be calculated from the
equation:
γ = 360 e ∆/(1 000 s)
where
γ = angle of turn of the nut, degrees
e = factor depending on shaft diameters
∆ = clearance reduction in bearing, µm
s = thread lead, mm
A detailed description of the mounting
procedure for high-precision cylindrical
roller bearings is given in the Mounting
Chapter (➔ pages 79 – 109).
Cages
SKF double row cylindrical roller bearings
are fitted as standard with a single piece
machined brass cage, or with two separate
pronged cages with cover, made of
polyamide. Single row bearings of the series
Spindle wall thickness
Shaft tapered seating
di d
190
N 10 K incorporate the same pronged
polyamide cages as the corresponding
NN 30 K series bearings. Bearings with
polyamide cages, NN 3008 to NN 3026
and N 1008 K to N 1024 K (identified by
designation suffix TN or TN9), may be used
without restriction at the temperatures
normally encountered in machine tool
operation, up to a maximum of 120°C.
For high-speed applications a ‘one piece’
design outer ring land-riding cage made
of light weight glass fibre reinforced poly-
ether-ether-ketone (PEEK) is available.
This cage is identified by the suffix TNHA
in the designation.
The lubricants generally used for rolling
bearings have no detrimental effect on
cage properties, with the exception of
some synthetic oils and greases based
on synthetic oils. If lubricants containing
a high proportion of EP additives are used,
especially at elevated temperatures, this
may affect cage performance. For more
details, please consult the SKF application
engineering service.
Fig 6 Fig
Shaft axis
Speed ratings
The speed ratings quoted in the product
tables are guideline values that are valid
provided the bearings have a maximum
preload in operation of 2 µm, and that
adjacent components are made with the
accuracy prescribed on pages 48 – 50.
Where heavier preloads occur, or where the
adjacent components are less accurate,
the speed ratings must be reduced.
Design of associated components
If bearings of series NN 30 (K) and series
N 10 K fitted with a polyamide cage (sizes
08 to 26 inclusive; designation suffix TN
or TN9) are to permit axial displacement
of the shaft with respect to the housing,
to be taken up in the bearing, space must
be provided at the sides of the bearing
as shown in fig 7 . This prevents damage,
such as the cage fouling the face of an
adjacent component. The minimum width
of this free space should be
Ca = 1,3 s
Permissible axial displacement
from the normal position of one
bearing ring in relation to the other
7
Ca Ca
where
Ca = minimum width of free space, mm;
s = permissible axial displacement from
the normal position of one bearing ring
in relation to the other, mm (see product
tables).
To facilitate mounting and dismounting of
bearings with tapered bore of larger sizes
(from bore diameters of approximately
80 mm), it is advisable to use the SKF oil 3
injection method, where oil under high
pressure is injected between the bearing
bore and its seating. This considerably
reduces the force needed to mount or
dismount the bearing and practically
eliminates the risk of damaging the bearing
or the spindle. Where bearings with
cylindrical bore are concerned, the oil
injection method is used only for dismounting.
In order to use the oil injection method it is
necessary to provide shafts and/or housings
with ducts and distribution grooves. Details
of the recommended dimensions and
thread for the oil supply connection are
provided on request.
191
3 Cylindrical roller bearings

Equivalent dynamic Equivalent static Designation of high-precision Supplementary designations

bearing load bearing load cylindrical roller bearings – specific suffixes
For cylindrical roller bearings which can For the same reason mentioned before:
only accommodate radial load The complete designation of a high-precision
P 0 = Fr cylindrical roller bearing identifies the series,
P = Fr bore diameter, bore shape, cage type and
design, as well as the suffix indicating the
tolerance class e.g. NN 3014 KTN/SP.
Additional digits may be added to identify
bearings incorporating special features,
such as: special clearance, special
tolerances, etc. Please consult SKF for
precise information.
The designation scheme of SKF high-
precision cylindrical roller bearings is shown
in Table 7 page 194.
Cylindrical roller bearings are available with
information about the exact outside diameter.
This information is marked on the box as
well as on an inspection sheet inside the
box. Bearings supplied with this information
and also with the actual clearance specified
have the additional suffix VR521, VR522 or 3
VQ496 (also including smaller clearance
than standard).

192 193
3 Cylindrical roller bearings

Product tables
Table 7

NN 30 20 K TN9 / HC5 SP W33 VR521

Bearing series
NNU 49 Double row cylindrical roller bearing,
ISO dimension series 49,
flanges of the outer ring
NN 30 Double row cylindrical roller bearing,
ISO dimension series 30,
flanges of the inner ring
N 10 Single row cylindrical roller bearing,
ISO dimension series 10,
flanges of the inner ring
3
Bore diameter
05 (×5) 25 mm bore diameter
I
48 (×5) 240 mm bore diameter

Internal design
B Internal design code (NNU 49 series only)

Bore shape
– Cylindrical bore (NNU 49 and NN 30 series
only)
K Tapered bore 1:12

Cage design and material

– Rolling elements riding, brass
TNHA Outer ring land-riding, glass fibre reinforced
PEEK
TN Rolling elements riding, Polyamide 6,6
TN9 Rolling elements riding, grass fibre reinforces
Polyamide 6,6

Rolling element material

– Chromium steel
HC5 Silicon nitride

Precision class
SP Special precision (P4 running accuracy)
UP Ultra precision (running accuracy better
than P4)

Lubrication
W33 Groove and lubrication holes in the outer ring (on request for NN 30 series)

Other
V numbers Further specific information about the bearing

Designations of high-precision
cylindrical roller bearings

194 195
High-precision double row cylindrical roller bearings
d 25 – 80 mm

s s
b B
K r2 ra ra ra ra
r1
r1 ra
r2 ra

D1 F d D E d d1 d da Da da Da Da da db Da da db

3
NNU 49 B/W33 NNU 49 BK/W33 NN 30 NN 30 KTN

Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designation Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions
dimensions dynamic static load Lubrication
limit grease oil spot
d D B C C0 Pu d d1, D1 E, F b K r1, 2 s da da db Da Da ra
≈ min min max min max min max

mm N N r/min kg – mm mm

25 47 16 26 000 30 000 3 100 19 000 22 000 0,12 NN 3005 K 25 33,3 41,3 – – 0,6 1,4 29 – – 43 42 0,6

30 55 19 30 800 37 500 3 900 16 000 18 000 0,19 NN 3006 TN 30 39,7 48,5 – – 1 1,8 35 – – 50 49 1
55 19 30 800 37 500 3 900 16 000 18 000 0,19 NN 3006 KTN 39,7 48,5 – – 1 1,8 35 – – 50 49 1

35 62 20 39 100 50 000 5 400 14 000 16 000 0,25 NN 3007 35 45,4 55 – – 1 1,8 40 – – 57 56 1

62 20 39 100 50 000 5 400 14 000 16 000 0,25 NN 3007 K 45,4 55 – – 1 1,8 40 – – 57 56 1

40 68 21 42 900 56 000 6 480 12 000 14 000 0,3 NN 3008 TN 40 50,6 61 – – 1 1,3 45 – – 63 62 1

68 21 42 900 56 000 6 480 12 000 14 000 0,3 NN 3008 KTN 50,6 61 – – 1 1,3 45 – – 63 62 1

45 75 23 50 100 65 500 7 650 11 000 13 000 0,38 NN 3009 TN 45 56,3 67,5 – – 1 2 50 – – 70 69 1

75 23 50 100 65 500 7 650 11 000 13 000 0,38 NN 3009 KTN 56,3 67,5 – – 1 2 50 – – 70 69 1

50 80 23 52 800 73 500 8 500 10 000 12 000 0,42 NN 3010 TN 50 61,3 72,5 – – 1 2 55 – – 75 74 1

80 23 52 800 73 500 8 500 10 000 12 000 0,42 NN 3010 KTN 61,3 72,5 – – 1 2 55 – – 75 74 1

55 90 26 69 300 96 500 11 600 9 500 11 000 0,62 NN 3011 TN 55 68,2 81 – – 1,1 2 61,5 – – 83,5 82 1
90 26 69 300 96 500 11 600 9 500 11 000 0,62 NN 3011 KTN 68,2 81 – – 1,1 2 61,5 – – 83,5 82 1

60 95 26 73 700 106 000 12 700 9 000 10 000 0,66 NN 3012 TN 60 73,3 86,1 – – 1,1 2 66,5 – – 88,5 87 1
95 26 73 700 106 000 12 700 9 000 10 000 0,66 NN 3012 KTN 73,3 86,1 – – 1,1 2 66,5 – – 88,5 87 1

65 100 26 76 500 116 000 13 700 8 500 9 500 0,71 NN 3013 TN 65 78,2 91 – – 1,1 2 71,5 – – 93,5 92 1
100 26 76 500 116 000 13 700 8 500 9 500 0,71 NN 3013 KTN 78,2 91 – – 1,1 2 71,5 – – 93,5 92 1

70 110 30 96 800 150 000 17 300 7 500 8 500 1 NN 3014 TN 70 85,6 100 – – 1,1 2,5 76,5 – – 103,5 101 1
110 30 96 800 150 000 17 300 7 500 8 500 1 NN 3014 KTN 85,6 100 – – 1,1 2,5 76,5 – – 103,5 101 1

75 115 30 96 800 150 000 17 600 7 000 8 000 1,1 NN 3015 TN 75 90,6 105 – – 1,1 2,5 81,5 – – 108,5 106 1
115 30 96 800 150 000 17 600 7 000 8 000 1,1 NN 3015 KTN 90,6 105 – – 1,1 2,5 81,5 – – 108,5 106 1

80 125 34 119 000 186 000 22 000 6 700 7 500 1,5 NN 3016 TN 80 97 113 – – 1,1 3 86,5 – – 118,5 114 1
125 34 119 000 186 000 22 000 6 700 7 500 1,5 NN 3016 KTN 97 113 – – 1,1 3 86,5 – – 118,5 114 1

196 197
High-precision double row cylindrical roller bearings
d 85 – 130 mm

s s
b B
K r2 ra ra ra ra
r1
r1 ra
r2 ra

D1 F d D E d d1 d da Da da Da Da da db Da da db

3
NNU 49 B/W33 NNU 49 BK/W33 NN 30 NN 30 KTN

Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designation Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions
dimensions dynamic static load Lubrication
limit grease oil spot
d D B C C0 Pu d d1, D1 E, F b K r1, 2 s da da db Da Da ra
≈ min min max min max min max

mm N N r/min kg – mm mm

85 130 34 125 000 204 000 23 200 6 300 7 000 1,55 NN 3017 TN9 85 102 118 – – 1,1 2,5 91,5 – – 123,5 119 1
130 34 125 000 204 000 23 200 6 300 7 000 1,55 NN 3017 KTN9 102 118 – – 1,1 2,5 91,5 – – 123,5 119 1

90 140 37 138 000 216 000 26 000 6 000 6 700 1,95 NN 3018 TN9 90 109 127 – – 1,5 2,8 98 – – 132 129 1,5
140 37 138 000 216 000 26 000 6 000 6 700 1,95 NN 3018 KTN9 109 127 – – 1,5 2,8 98 – – 132 129 1,5

95 145 37 142 000 232 000 27 500 5 600 6 300 2,05 NN 3019 TN9 95 114 132 – – 1,5 2,8 103 – – 137 134 1,5
145 37 142 000 232 000 27 500 5 600 6 300 2,05 NN 3019 KTN9 114 132 – – 1,5 2,8 103 – – 137 134 1,5

100 140 40 128 000 255 000 29 000 5 600 6 300 1,9 NNU 4920 B/W33 100 126 113 5,5 3 1,1 1,1 1,7 106,5 111 116 – 1
140 40 128 000 255 000 29 000 5 600 6 300 1,8 NNU 4920 BK/W33 126 113 5,5 3 1,1 1,1 1,7 106,5 111 116 – 1
150 37 151 000 250 000 29 000 5 300 6 000 2,1 NN 3020 TN9 119 137 – – 1,5 2,8 108 – – 142 139 1,5
150 37 151 000 250 000 29 000 5 300 6 000 2,1 NN 3020 KTN9 119 137 – – 1,5 2,8 108 – – 142 139 1,5

105 145 40 130 000 260 000 29 000 5 300 6 000 2 NNU 4921 B/W33 105 131 118 5,5 3 1,1 1,1 1,7 111,5 116 121 – 1
145 40 130 000 260 000 29 000 5 300 6 000 1,9 NNU 4921 BK/W33 131 118 5,5 3 1,1 1,1 1,7 111,5 116 121 – 1
160 41 190 000 305 000 36 000 5 000 5 600 2,7 NN 3021 TN9 125 146 – – 2 1,8 115 – – 150 148 2
160 41 190 000 305 000 36 000 5 000 5 600 2,7 NN 3021 KTN9 125 146 – – 2 1,8 115 – – 150 148 2

110 150 40 132 000 270 000 30 000 5 300 6 000 2,05 NNU 4922 B/W33 110 136 123 5,5 3 1,1 1,1 1,7 116,5 121 126 – 1
150 40 132 000 270 000 30 000 5 300 6 000 1,95 NNU 4922 BK/W33 136 123 5,5 3 1,1 1,1 1,7 116,5 121 126 – 1
170 45 220 000 360 000 41 500 4 800 5 300 3,4 NN 3022 TN9 132 155 – – 2 3,8 120 – – 160 157 2
170 45 220 000 360 000 41 500 4 800 5 300 3,4 NN 3022 KTN9 132 155 – – 2 3,8 120 – – 160 157 2

120 165 45 176 000 340 000 37 500 4 800 5 300 2,8 NNU 4924 B/W33 120 151 134,5 5,5 3 1,1 1,1 1,7 126,5 133 137 – 1
165 45 176 000 340 000 37 500 4 800 5 300 2,65 NNU 4924 BK/W33 151 134,5 5,5 3 1,1 1,1 1,7 126,5 133 137 – 1
180 46 229 000 390 000 44 000 4 500 5 000 3,7 NN 3024 TN9 142 165 – – 2 3,8 130 – – 170 167 2
180 46 229 000 390 000 44 000 4 500 5 000 3,7 NN 3024 KTN9 142 165 – – 2 3,8 130 – – 170 167 2

130 180 50 187 000 390 000 41 500 4 300 4 800 3,85 NNU 4926 B/W33 130 162 146 5,5 3 1,5 1,5 2,2 138 144 149 – 1,5
180 50 187 000 390 000 41 500 4 300 4 800 3,65 NNU 4926 BK/W33 162 146 5,5 3 1,5 1,5 2,2 138 144 149 – 1,5
200 52 286 000 475 000 53 000 4 000 4 500 5,55 NN 3026 TN9 156 182 – – 1,1 3,8 140 – – 190 183 2
200 52 286 000 475 000 53 000 4 000 4 500 5,55 NN 3026 KTN9 156 182 – – 1,1 3,8 140 – – 190 183 2

198 199
High-precision double row cylindrical roller bearings
d 140 – 240 mm

s s
b B
K r2 ra ra ra ra
r1
r1 ra
r2 ra

D1 F d D E d d1 d da Da da Da Da da db Da da db

3
NNU 49 B/W33 NNU 49 BK/W33 NN 30 NN 30 KTN

Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designation Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions
dimensions dynamic static load Lubrication
limit grease oil spot
d D B C C0 Pu d d1, D1 E, F b K r1, 2 s da da db Da Da ra
≈ min min max min max min max

mm N N r/min kg – mm mm

140 190 50 190 000 400 000 41 500 4 000 4 500 4,1 NNU 4928 B/W33 140 172 156 5,5 3 1,5 1,5 2,2 148 154 159 – 1,5
190 50 190 000 400 000 41 500 4 000 4 500 3,9 NNU 4928 BK/W33 172 156 5,5 3 1,5 1,5 2,2 148 154 159 – 1,5
210 53 297 000 520 000 56 000 3 800 4 300 6 NN 3028 K 166 192 – – 2 3,8 150 – – 200 194 2

150 210 60 330 000 655 000 71 000 3 800 4 300 6,25 NNU 4930 B/W33 150 191 168,5 5,5 3 2 2 2 160 166 172 – 2
210 60 330 000 655 000 71 000 3 800 4 300 6,15 NNU 4930 BK/W33 191 168,5 5,5 3 2 2 2 160 166 172 – 2
225 56 330 000 570 000 62 000 3 600 4 000 7,3 NN 3030 K 178 206 – – 2,1 4 161 – – 214 208 2

160 220 60 330 000 680 000 72 000 3 600 4 000 6,6 NNU 4932 B/W33 160 201 178,5 5,5 3 2 2 2 170 176 182 – 2
220 60 330 000 680 000 72 000 3 600 4 000 6,3 NNU 4932 BK/W33 201 178,5 5,5 3 2 2 2 170 176 182 – 2
240 60 369 000 655 000 69 500 3 400 3 800 8,8 NN 3032 K 190 219 – – 2,1 5 171 – – 229 221 2

170 230 60 336 000 695 000 73 500 3 400 3 800 6,95 NNU 4934 B/W33 170 211 188,5 5,5 3 2 2 2 180 186 192 – 2
230 60 336 000 695 000 73 500 3 400 3 800 6,65 NNU 4934 BK/W33 211 188,5 5,5 3 2 2 2 180 186 192 – 2
260 67 457 000 815 000 85 000 3 000 3 400 12 NN 3034 K 204 236 – – 2,1 5 181 – – 249 238 2

180 250 69 402 000 850 000 88 000 3 000 3 400 10,5 NNU 4936 B/W33 180 226 202 8,3 4,5 2 2 2,3 190 199 205 – 2
250 69 402 000 850 000 88 000 3 000 3 400 10 NNU 4936 BK/W33 226 202 8,3 4,5 2 2 2,3 190 199 205 – 2
280 74 561 000 1 000 000 102 000 2 800 3 200 16 NN 3036 K 218 255 – – 2,1 5 191 – – 269 257 2

190 260 69 402 000 880 000 90 000 2 800 3 200 11 NNU 4938 B/W33 190 236 212 8,3 4,5 2 2 1,1 200 209 215 – 2
260 69 402 000 880 000 90 000 2 800 3 200 10,5 NNU 4938 BK/W33 236 212 8,3 4,5 2 2 1,1 200 209 215 – 2
290 75 594 000 1 080 000 108 000 2 600 3 000 17 NN 3038 K 228 265 – – 2,1 5 201 – – 279 267 2

200 280 80 484 000 1 040 000 106 000 2 600 3 000 15 NNU 4940 B/W33 200 253 225 11,1 6 2,1 2,1 3,7 211 222 228 – 2
280 80 484 000 1 040 000 106 000 2 600 3 000 14,5 NNU 4940 BK/W33 253 225 11,1 6 2,1 2,1 3,7 211 222 228 – 2
310 82 644 000 1 140 000 118 000 2 400 2 800 21 NN 3040 K 242 282 – – 2,1 6,5 211 – – 299 285 2

220 300 80 512 000 1 140 000 114 000 2 400 2 800 16,5 NNU 4944 B/W33 220 273 245 11,1 6 2,1 2,1 3,7 231 242 249 – 2
300 80 512 000 1 140 000 114 000 2 400 2 800 16 NNU 4944 BK/W33 273 245 11,1 6 2,1 2,1 3,7 231 242 249 – 2
340 90 809 000 1 460 000 143 000 2 200 2 600 27,5 NN 3044 K 265 310 – – 3 7,4 233 – – 327 313 2,5

240 320 80 528 000 1 220 000 118 000 2 200 2 600 17,5 NNU 4948 B/W33 240 293 265 11,1 6 2,1 2,1 3,7 251 262 269 – 2
320 80 528 000 1 220 000 118 000 2 200 2 600 16,5 NNU 4948 BK/W33 293 265 1,1 6 2,1 2,1 3,7 251 262 269 – 2
360 92 842 000 1 560 000 153 000 2 000 2 400 30,5 NN 3048 K 285 330 – – 3 7,4 253 – – 347 333 2,5

200 201
High-precision double row cylindrical roller bearings
d 260 – 280 mm

s s
b B
K r2 ra ra ra ra
r1
r1 ra
r2 ra

D1 F d D E d d1 d da Da da Da Da da db Da da db

3
NNU 49 B/W33 NNU 49 BK/W33 NN 30 NN 30 KTN

Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designation Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions
dimensions dynamic static load Lubrication
limit grease oil spot
d D B C C0 Pu d d1, D1 E, F b K r1, 2 s da da db Da Da ra
≈ min min max min max min max

mm N N r/min kg – mm mm

260 360 100 748 000 1 700 000 163 000 2 000 2 400 30,5 NNU 4952 B/W33 260 326 292 13,9 7,5 2,1 2,1 4,5 271 288 296 – 2
360 100 748 000 1 700 000 163 000 2 000 2 400 28,5 NNU 4952 BK/W33 326 292 13,9 7,5 2,1 2,1 4,5 271 288 296 – 2
400 104 1 020 000 1 930 000 183 000 1 900 2 200 44 NN 3052 K 312 364 – – 4 7,4 276 – – 384 367 3

280 380 100 765 000 1 800 000 170 000 1 900 2 200 32,5 NNU 4956 B/W33 280 346 312 13,9 7,5 2,1 2,1 4,5 291 308 316 – 2
380 100 765 000 1 800 000 170 000 1 900 2 200 30,5 NNU 4956 BK/W33 346 312 13,9 7,5 2,1 2,1 4,5 291 308 316 – 2
420 106 1 080 000 2 080 000 196 000 1 800 2 000 47,5 NN 3056 K 332 384 – – 4 12,4 296 – – 404 387 3

202 203
High-precision single row cylindrical roller bearings
d 40 – 95 mm

s
B
r2 ra
r1

r3
r4

D E d d1 da Da

Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designation Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions
dimensions dynamic static load Lubrication
limit grease oil spot
d D B C C0 Pu d d1 E r1, 2 r3, 4 s da da Da Da ra
≈ min min min max max min max

mm N N r/min kg – mm mm –

40 68 15 25 100 28 000 3 200 15 000 17 000 0,19 N 1008 KTN 40 50,6 61 1 0,6 3 45 59 63 62 1
68 15 24 200 26 500 3 050 23 700 32 800 0,19 N 1008 KTNHA 50,6 61 1 0,6 3 45 59 63 62 1

45 75 16 29 200 32 500 3 800 13 000 15 000 0,24 N 1009 KTN 45 56,3 67,5 1 0,6 3 50 65 70 69 1
75 16 28 100 31 000 3 650 21 300 29 600 0,24 N 1009 KTNHA 56,3 67,5 1 0,6 3 50 65 70 69 1

50 80 16 30 800 36 500 4 250 12 000 14 000 0,26 N 1010 KTN 50 61,3 72,5 1 0,6 3 55 70 75 74 1
80 16 29 700 34 500 4 050 19 600 27 300 0,26 N 1010 KTNHA 61,3 72,5 1 0,6 3 55 70 75 74 1

55 90 18 40 200 48 000 5 700 11 000 13 000 0,39 N 1011 KTN 55 68,2 81 1,1 0,6 3 61,5 79 83,5 82 1
90 18 39 100 46 500 5 500 17 600 24 500 0,39 N 1011 KTNHA 68,2 81 1,1 0,6 3 61,5 79 83,5 82 1

60 95 18 42 900 53 000 6 300 10 000 12 000 0,41 N 1012 KTN 60 73,3 86,1 1,1 0,6 3 66,5 84 88,5 87 1
95 18 41 300 51 000 6 100 16 400 22 800 0,41 N 1012 KTNHA 73,3 86,1 1,1 0,6 3 66,5 84 88,5 87 1

65 100 18 44 600 58 500 6 800 9 500 11 000 0,44 N 1013 KTN 65 78,2 91 1,1 0,6 3 71,5 89 93,5 92 1
100 18 44 000 56 000 6 550 15 500 21 500 0,44 N 1013 KTNHA 78,2 91 1,1 0,6 3 71,5 89 93,5 92 1

70 110 20 57 200 75 000 8 650 9 000 10 000 0,62 N 1014 KTN 70 85,6 100 1,1 0,6 3,5 76,5 98 103,5 101 1
110 20 55 000 72 000 8 300 14 100 19 600 0,62 N 1014 KTNHA 85,6 100 1,1 0,6 3,5 76,5 98 103,5 101 1

75 115 20 56 100 75 000 8 800 8 500 9 500 0,65 N 1015 KTN 75 90,6 105 1,1 0,6 3,5 81,5 102 108,5 106 1
115 20 55 000 72 000 8 500 13 300 18 600 0,65 N 1015 KTNHA 90,6 105 1,1 0,6 3,5 81,5 102 108,5 106 1

80 125 22 69 300 93 000 11 000 8 000 9 000 0,89 N 1016 KTN 80 97 113 1,1 0,6 3,5 86,5 110 118,5 114 1
125 22 67 100 90 000 10 600 12 400 17 300 0,88 N 1016 KTNHA 97 113 1,1 0,6 3,5 86,5 110 118,5 114 1

85 130 22 73 700 102 000 11 600 7 500 8 500 0,9 N 1017 KTN9 85 102 118 1,1 0,6 3,5 91,5 115 123,5 119 1
130 22 70 400 98 000 11 200 11 800 16 500 0,89 N 1017 KTNHA 102 118 1,1 0,6 3,5 91,5 115 123,5 119 1

90 140 24 79 200 108 000 12 900 7 000 8 000 1,2 N 1018 KTN9 90 109 127 1,5 1 4 98 124 132 129 1,5
140 24 76 500 104 000 12 500 11 000 15 300 1,19 N 1018 KTNHA 109 127 1,5 1 4 98 124 132 129 1,5

95 145 24 84 200 116 000 14 000 6 700 7 500 1,25 N 1019 KTN9 95 114 132 1,5 1 4 103 129 137 134 1,5
145 24 80 900 112 000 13 400 10 500 14 700 1,25 N 1019 KTNHA 114 132 1,5 1 4 103 129 137 134 1,5

204 205
High-precision single row cylindrical roller bearings
d 100 – 120 mm

s
B
r2 ra
r1

r3
r4

D E d d1 da Da

Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designation Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions
dimensions dynamic static load Lubrication
limit grease oil spot
d D B C C0 Pu d d1 E r1, 2 r3, 4 s da da Da Da ra
≈ min min min max max min max

mm N N r/min kg – mm mm –

100 150 24 88 000 125 000 14 600 6 700 7 500 1,31 N 1020 KTN9 100 119 137 1,5 1 4 108 134 142 139 1,5
150 24 85 800 120 000 14 300 10 600 14 700 1,31 N 1020 KTNHA 119 137 1,5 1 4 108 134 142 139 1,5

105 160 26 110 000 153 000 18 000 6 300 7 000 1,65 N 1021 KTN9 105 125 146 2 1,1 4 114 143 151 148 2
160 26 108 000 146 000 17 300 9 600 13 300 1,64 N 1021 KTNHA 125 146 2 1,1 4 114 143 151 148 2

110 170 28 128 000 180 000 20 800 5 600 6 300 2,04 N 1022 KTN9 110 132 155 2 1,1 4 119 152 161 157 2
170 28 125 000 173 000 20 000 9 000 12 600 2,03 N 1022 KTNHA 132 155 2 1,1 4 119 152 161 157 2

120 180 28 134 000 196 000 22 000 5 300 6 000 2,2 N 1024 KTN9 120 142 165 2 1,1 4 129 162 171 167 2
180 28 130 000 186 000 21 200 8 400 11 700 2,18 N 1024 KTNHA 142 165 2 1,1 4 129 162 171 167 2

206 207
Hybrid high-precision single row cylindrical roller bearings
d 40 – 95 mm

s
B
r2 ra
r1

r3
r4

D E d d1 da Da

Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designation Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions
dimensions dynamic static load Lubrication
limit grease oil spot
d D B C C0 Pu d d1 E r1, 2 r3, 4 s da da Da Da ra
≈ min min min max max min max

mm N N r/min kg – mm mm –

40 68 15 25 100 28 000 3 200 18 100 20 900 0,17 N 1008 KTN/HC5 40 50,6 61 1 0,6 3 45 59 63 62 1
68 15 24 200 26 500 3 050 26 400 36 500 0,17 N 1008 KTNHA/HC5 50,6 61 1 0,6 3 45 59 63 62 1

45 75 16 29 200 32 500 3 800 16 300 18 800 0,22 N 1009 KTN/HC5 45 56,3 67,5 1 0,6 3 50 65 70 69 1
75 16 28 100 31 000 3 650 23 800 32 900 0,21 N 1009 KTNHA/HC5 56,3 67,5 1 0,6 3 50 65 70 69 1

50 80 16 30 800 36 500 4 250 15 100 17 400 0,23 N 1010 KTN/HC5 50 61,3 72,5 1 0,6 3 55 70 75 74 1
80 16 29 700 34 500 4 050 21 900 30 300 0,23 N 1010 KTNHA/HC5 61,3 72,5 1 0,6 3 55 70 75 74 1

55 90 18 40 200 48 000 5 700 13 500 15 600 0,35 N 1011 KTN/HC5 55 68,2 81 1,1 0,6 3 61,5 79 83,5 82 1
90 18 39 100 46 500 5 500 19 700 27 200 0,35 N 1011 KTNHA/HC5 68,2 81 1,1 0,6 3 61,5 79 83,5 82 1

60 95 18 42 900 53 000 6 300 12 600 14 500 0,37 N 1012 KTN/HC5 60 73,3 86,1 1,1 0,6 3 66,5 84 88,5 87 1
95 18 41 300 51 000 6 100 18 400 25 400 0,37 N 1012 KTNHA/HC5 73,3 86,1 1,1 0,6 3 66,5 84 88,5 87 1

65 100 18 44 600 58 500 6 800 11 800 13 700 0,39 N 1013 KTN/HC5 65 78,2 91 1,1 0,6 3 71,5 89 93,5 92 1
100 18 44 000 56 000 6 550 17 300 23 900 0,39 N 1013 KTNHA/HC5 78,2 91 1,1 0,6 3 71,5 89 93,5 92 1

70 110 20 57 200 75 000 8 650 10 800 12 400 0,55 N 1014 KTN/HC5 70 85,6 100 1,1 0,6 3,5 76,5 98 103,5 101 1
110 20 55 000 72 000 8 300 15 700 21 800 0,55 N 1014 KTNHA/HC5 85,6 100 1,1 0,6 3,5 76,5 98 103,5 101 1

75 115 20 56 100 75 000 8 800 10 200 11 800 0,57 N 1015 KTN/HC5 75 90,6 105 1,1 0,6 3,5 81,5 102 108,5 106 1
115 20 55 000 72 000 8 500 14 900 20 600 0,57 N 1015 KTNHA/HC5 90,6 105 1,1 0,6 3,5 81,5 102 108,5 106 1

80 125 22 69 300 93 000 11 000 9 500 11 000 0,79 N 1016 KTN/HC5 80 97 113 1,1 0,6 3,5 86,5 110 118,5 114 1
125 22 67 100 90 000 10 600 13 900 19 200 0,79 N 1016 KTNHA/HC5 97 113 1,1 0,6 3,5 86,5 110 118,5 114 1

85 130 22 73 700 10 2000 11 600 9 100 10 400 0,80 N 1017 KTN9/HC5 85 102 118 1,1 0,6 3,5 91,5 115 123,5 119 1
130 22 70 400 98 000 11 200 13 200 18 300 0,79 N 1017 KTNHA/HC5 102 118 1,1 0,6 3,5 91,5 115 123,5 119 1

90 140 24 79 200 108 000 12 900 8 400 9 700 1,08 N 1018 KTN9/HC5 90 109 127 1,5 1 4 98 124 132 129 1,5
140 24 76 500 104 000 12 500 12 300 17 000 1,07 N 1018 KTNHA/HC5 109 127 1,5 1 4 98 124 132 129 1,5

95 145 24 84 200 116 000 14 000 8 100 9 300 1,12 N 1019 KTN9/HC5 95 114 132 1,5 1 4 103 129 137 134 1,5
145 24 80 900 112 000 13 400 11 800 16 300 1,12 N 1019 KTNHA/HC5 114 132 1,5 1 4 103 129 137 134 1,5

208 209
Hybrid high-precision single row cylindrical roller bearings
d 100 – 120 mm

s
B
r2 ra
r1

r3
r4

D E d d1 da Da

Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designation Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions
dimensions dynamic static load Lubrication
limit grease oil spot
d D B C C0 Pu d d1 E r1, 2 r3, 4 s da da Da Da ra
≈ min min min max max min max

mm N N r/min kg – mm mm –

100 150 24 88 000 125 000 14 600 8 100 9 300 1,17 N 1020 KTN9/HC5 100 119 137 1,5 1 4 108 134 142 139 1,5
150 24 85 800 120 000 14 300 11 800 16 400 1,17 N 1020 KTNHA/HC5 119 137 1,5 1 4 108 134 142 139 1,5

105 160 26 110 000 153 000 18 000 7 300 8 400 1,44 N 1021 KTN9/HC5 105 125 146 2 1,1 4 114 143 151 148 2
160 26 108 000 146 000 17 300 10 700 14 800 1,44 N 1021 KTNHA/HC5 125 146 2 1,1 4 114 143 151 148 2

110 170 28 128 000 180 000 20 800 6 900 8 000 1,79 N 1022 KTN9/HC5 110 132 155 2 1,1 4 119 152 161 157 2
170 28 125 000 173 000 20 000 10 100 14 000 1,78 N 1022 KTNHA/HC5 132 155 2 1,1 4 119 152 161 157 2

120 180 28 134 000 196 000 22 000 6 400 7 400 1,92 N 1024 KTN9/HC5 120 142 165 2 1,1 4 129 162 171 167 2
180 28 130 000 186 000 21 200 9 400 13 000 1,92 N 1024 KTNHA/HC5 142 165 2 1,1 4 129 162 171 167 2

210 211
Double direction angular
contact thrust ball bearings
Contents Double direction angular contact thrust
ball bearings 214
Two different designs 214
Bearings of series 2344(00) 215
Bearings of series BTM 216
Hybrid double direction angular contact thrust
ball bearings 217 4
Marking of double direction angular contact thrust
ball bearings 217
Bearing data general 218
Effect of interference fit on preload 221
Cages 221
Speed ratings 222
Equivalent dynamic bearing load 223
Equivalent static bearing load 223
Designation system 224

Product tables 225

Double direction angular contact thrust
ball bearings 226
Hybrid double direction angular contact
ball bearings 230

213
4 Double direction angular contact thrust ball bearings
Double direction angular
contact thrust ball bearings
Two different designs
SKF offers two main families of double
direction angular contact thrust ball bearings:
the series 2344(00) (➔ fig 1 ) and the
series BTM (➔ fig 2 ).
Two basic variants exist for series BTM:
Series BTM – A with 30° contact angle and
Series BTM – B with 40° contact angle.
These bearings are able to locate a
spindle axially in both directions, and are
intended for mounting at the side of the
Double direction angular contact thrust ball
bearings: series 2344(00)
Fig
214
double row, or single row cylindrical roller
bearings of series NN 30 K and N 10 K,
having the same bore size and outside
diameters. The outside diameter of the
housing washer, is however, made to
tolerances such that sufficient radial
clearance to the housing bore seating is
obtained. This is to ensure that the thrust
bearing is only subjected to axial loads.
An additional benefit is the simplified
machining of the housing bore.
Double direction angular contact thrust ball
bearings: series BTM
1 Fig
Bearings of series 2344(00)
The bearings belonging to series 2344(00)
are of separable design: they have a one
piece housing washer, two ball and cage
assemblies with a large number of balls,
and two shaft washers separated by a
spacer sleeve (➔ fig 3 ).
When mounted the bearings become
preloaded. Bearings of series 2344(00)
Series 2344(00) cross section
2 Fig
60° contact angle
have a contact angle of 60°. To facilitate
efficient lubrication, the bearings have a
groove and three lubrication holes in the
housing washer.
The preload, the 60° contact angle,
together with the large number of balls, and
cage assembly impart high axial stiffness
to the bearings. A re-designed cage makes
them suitable for relatively high speed
operations.
4
3
215
4 Double direction angular contact thrust ball bearings
Bearings of series BTM
Bearings of series BTM are non-separable
and designed as single direction angular
contact thrust ball bearings, although
always supplied in back-to-back sets,
and are able to carry thrust loads in both
directions. When mounted the bearings
become preloaded.
The bearings have a contact angle of
30° (➔ fig 4 ) or 40° (➔ fig 5 ) and the
same bore and outside diameter as series
2344(00), but a 25 % lower sectional height
(width), which makes them particularly
suitable for very compact arrangements.
They do not have the same high load
carrying capacity and axial stiffness as
those of series 2344(00), but can operate
at higher speeds.
Since bearings of series BTM are only
intended to accommodate axial loads, their
axial load carrying capacity is quoted in the
bearing tables, although by ISO definition
they are radial bearings, by virtue of having
a 30° or 40° contact angle.
Series BTM – A
Fig 4 Fig
30° contact angle
216
Hybrid double direction
angular contact thrust ball
bearings
If the performance required is close to
all-steel bearing limits, or if higher rigidity or
longer life are needed, it is recommended
to switch from an all-steel to a hybrid double
direction angular contact thrust ball bearing.
SKF is prepared to supply the bearings
of series 2344(00) and BTM equipped
with ceramic balls. The hybrid execution
is identified by the suffix HC.
More details concerning the advantages
offered by ceramic material can be found
in the chapter Principles of bearing
selection and application, section material
for high-precision bearings page 9.
Series BTM – B
5 mixing of bearings belonging to different
40° contact angle
Marking of double direction
angular contact thrust ball
bearings
The bearing rings carry several markings
for identification purposes. Each bearing
is marked with the complete designation.
Bearings of the series 2344(00) are of
separable design; therefore to avoid wrong
positioning of the inner washers and spacers,
each component – i.e. inner rings, outer
rings and the spacer – is marked with a
serial number.
This also prevents the mixing of
components from two bearings with 4
different serial numbers.
Bearings of series BTM are non
separable and matched into back-to-back
sets of two. In addition to the complete
designation, the actual deviation of the
inner bore diameter from nominal are
marked on the inner ring; this is to facilitate
the selection of the actual bore in order
to obtain the desired fits after mounting.
A ‘V’-shaped marking is made on the
outside diameter of the bearings. The
bearings should be mounted in the order
shown by this marking to obtain correct
preload. It also indicates how the set should
be mounted compared with the axial load.
The point of the ‘V’ gives the direction in
which the axial load should act on the inner
ring(s). Each bearing of a series BTM
bearing set is marked with the complete
designation of the bearing set. To prevent
sets, a serial number is shown on the face
of the inner ring of each bearing.
217
4 Double direction angular contact thrust ball bearings

Bearing data general
Dimensions
The dimensions of SKF double direction
angular contact thrust ball bearings are not
standardised, but are generally accepted on
the market. The bore and outside diameters
of bearings of series 2344(00), BTM – A
and BTM – B, do however, correspond to
those of Diameter Series 0 according to
ISO 15:1998.
The values for class SP, UP and P4C
tolerances are given in the Tables 1 , 2
and 3 .
Hybrid double direction angular contact
thrust ball bearings are made to the same
tolerances as the corresponding all-steel
type.

Tolerances
SKF double direction angular contact thrust
ball bearings of series 2340(00) are made
to tolerance class SP (Special Precision) 4
Class SP tolerances for 2344(00) angular contact Class UP tolerances for series 2344(00) angular Class P4C tolerances for series BTM – A and
specifications as standard. Bearings made thrust ball bearing series contact thrust ball bearings BTM – B angular contact thrust ball bearings
to tolerance class UP (Ultra Precision) can
be supplied to order. Table 1 Table 2 Table 3
SKF double direction angular contact Shaft washer and bearing height Shaft washer and bearing height Inner ring
thrust ball bearings of series BTM – A and
BTM – B are made to tolerance class P4C d ∆ds Si1) ∆Ts d ∆ds Si1) ∆Ts d ∆ds Si1) ∆B1s
for enhanced running accuracy and even over incl. high low max high low over incl. high low max high low over incl. high low max high low
more precise bore diameters. mm µm µm µm mm µm µm µm mm µm µm µm

18 30 +1 –9 3 +50 –80 18 30 0 –6 1,5 +50 – 80 50 80 0 –7 3 0 –100

30 50 +1 –11 3 +60 –100 30 50 0 –8 1,5 +60 – 100 80 120 0 –8 4 0 –200
50 80 +2 –14 4 +70 –120 50 80 0 –9 2 +70 – 120 120 180 0 –10 4 0 –250

80 120 +3 –18 4 +85 –140 80 120 0 – 10 2 +85 – 140 180 250 0 –14 5 0 –250
120 180 +3 –21 5 +95 –160 120 180 0 – 13 3 +95 – 160
180 250 +4 –26 5 +120 –200 180 250 0 – 15 3 +120 – 200

Housing washer Housing washer Outer ring

D ∆Ds ∆Cs Se D ∆Ds ∆Cs Se D ∆Ds ∆C1s Se

over incl. high low high low over incl. high low high low over incl. high low high low

mm µm µm mm µm µm mm µm µm

30 50 –20 –27 0 – 60 30 50 – 20 – 27 0 – 60 80 120 –28 –38 0 –100 Values are

50 80 –24 –33 0 – 60 Values are 50 80 – 24 – 33 0 – 60 Values are 120 150 –33 –44 0 –200 identical
80 120 –28 –38 0 – 60 identical 80 120 – 28 – 38 0 – 60 identical 150 180 –33 –46 0 –250 to those
to those to those of shaft
120 150 –33 –44 0 – 60 of shaft 120 150 – 33 – 44 0 – 60 of shaft 180 250 –37 –52 0 –250 washer
150 180 –33 –46 0 – 60 washer 150 180 – 33 – 46 0 – 60 washer 250 315 –41 –59 0 –250 of same
180 250 –37 –52 0 – 60 of same 180 250 – 37 – 52 0 – 60 of same bearing
bearing bearing
250 315 –41 –59 0 – 60 250 315 – 41 – 59 0 – 60

1) 1) 1) The tolerance values quoted must be considered

The tolerance values quoted must be considered
approximate, as the raceway runout is measured
in the direction of the ball load. When the bearings
have been mounted, the axial runout is generally
smaller than quoted in the table
The tolerance values quoted must be considered
approximate, as the raceway runout is measured
in the direction of the ball load. When the bearings
have been mounted, the axial runout is generally
smaller than quoted in the table
approximate, as the raceway runout is measured
in the direction of the ball load. When the bearings
have been mounted, the axial runout is generally
smaller than quoted in the table

218 219
4 Double direction angular contact thrust ball bearings

Preload For bearings of the series 2344(00) Effect of interference Cages

The preload of double direction angular series, which are of separable design; rings,
contact thrust ball bearings series 2344(00), washers nor spacers shall be exchanged in fit on preload SKF double direction angular contact thrust
BTM – A and BTM – B is predetermined position (i.e. the position of inner rings must ball bearings of series 2344(00) have two
during manufacture. This is done by not be reversed) neither mixed with rings The preload values listed in the Tables 4 separated cages that are ball-centred. They
individually setting the distance sleeve belonging to other bearings; otherwise the and 5 refer to unmounted bearings. can either be of machined brass – identified
length for bearings of series 2344(00) and predetermined preload will not be achieved. Preload may increase due to interference by the suffix M1– or of heat stabilised, glass
by a precisely adjusted standout of inner Similarly, a bearing in a set of series BTM fits where the inner rings are not free to fibre reinforced polyamide 6,6 – identified
versus outer ring for bearing pairs of series shall not be mounted together with a decrease in diameter, as a consequence of by the suffix TN9. Depending on the bearing
BTM – A and BTM – B. The bearings of bearing taken from another set. the axial load. In unmounted condition, the size, the former or the latter design is
series 2344(00) have one standard preload The axial preload values for SKF double effect of the axial measuring load due to considered standard (➔ Table 6 page 222).
class while bearings of series BTM – A and direction angular contact thrust ball ring wall thickness is negligible. When fitting The same cage design and material (TN9)
BTM – B are available in two different bearings are given in Tables 4 and 5 . bearings on a shaft, interference between is used for bearings of series BTM – A and
preload classes, identified by suffixes A shaft and bearing shaft washers (inner BTM – B.
and B respectively. rings) can cause the raceways to expand, The cages are suited to withstand load
generating an increase in preload. Double cycles and rapid speed changes (in direction 4
direction angular thrust ball bearings are and value) and also to ensure good grease
usually fitted to the shaft seating to tolerance retention and stable conditions for
Table 4 Axial preload values:
2344(00) series
h4. If interference occurs, the relation preloaded bearings.
Bore Standard Bore Standard
between axial preload and radial Lubricants normally used for rolling
diameter preload diameter preload (diametrical) preload increase can be bearings have no detrimental effect on
expressed as: the properties of the polyamide cage,
mm N mm N with the exception of some synthetic oils
δa = δr/tan α and greases based on synthetic oils.
40 360 100 690 Other exceptions are lubricants with a
45 390 110 735 where: high content of EP additives when used
50 415 120 800
55 440 130 870
δa = axial preload increase at elevated temperatures. The bearings
60 470 140 940 δr = radial preload increase equipped with TN9 cages may be used
65 490 150 1 015 α = bearing contact angle without restriction at temperatures up to
+120°C. Higher temperatures can be
70 515 160 1 100
75 545 170 1 185 It is not necessary to make corrections for tolerated for short periods without any
80 575 180 1 290 the mounted preload as long as there is no negative effect on the material, provided
85 600 190 1 385 interference fit. that long periods at much lower
90 625 200 1 525
95 655
temperatures follow.

Table 5 Axial preload values:

BTM – A and BTM – B
Bore Series BTM – A Series BTM – B series
diameter Preload Preload Preload Preload
Class A Class B Class A Class B

mm N

60 200 450 250 720

65 200 450 250 720
70 250 600 350 950
80 300 750 400 1 200
85 300 750 400 1 200
90 400 1 000 550 1 450

100 400 1 000 550 1 650

110 600 1 400 750 2 250
120 600 1 500 850 2 450
130 800 1 900 1 050 3 000

220 221
4 Double direction angular contact thrust ball bearings

Speed ratings bearings of series BTM – A and BTM – B Equivalent dynamic Equivalent static
all-steel or hybrid, a speed reduction factor
The speed ratings quoted in the product of 0,55 has to be considered in case of bearing load bearing load
tables are guideline values and are valid, preload of class B.
provided that the bearings are lightly There is no need to consider speed Double direction angular contact thrust ball As per above – equivalent dynamic bearing
loaded, that they are light preloaded and reduction factors due to preload for bearings bearings are subjected only to axial load. load
that the transport of heat away from the of series 2344(00), BTM – A or BTM – B If this acts centrically, then
bearing position is good. In the case of with preload class A. Po = Fa
P = Fa

Table 6

Bearing 2344(00) series BTM – A,

dimensions brass polyamide BTM – B
bore bore cage (M1) cage (TN9) polyamide
code diameter cage

05 25 STD – –
06 30 STD – –
07 35 STD – –
08 40 STD – –
09 45 STD – –
10 50 STD – –

11 55 STD – –
12 60 – STD STD
13 65 – STD STD
14 70 – STD STD
15 75 STD –
16 80 OPT STD STD

17 85 OPT STD STD

18 90 OPT STD STD
19 95 STD – –
20 100 OPT STD STD
22 110 STD – SD
24 120 OPT STD STD

26 130 OPT STD STD

28 140 STD – –
30 150 STD – –
32 160 STD – –
34 170 STD – –
36 180 STD – –

38 190 STD – –
40 200 STD – –

STD = standard cage; OPT = on request; SD = special design

Note: the BTM bearings have no cage suffix as only one type is available

222 223
4 Double direction angular contact thrust ball bearings

Designation system
Product tables
Designation system of double direction angular
contact thrust ball bearings

Table 7

BTM 90 B / HC P4C DB A

2344 20 TN9 / HC SP

Bearing series
4
BTM Double direction angular contact thrust ball bearing,
High-speed series
2344 Double direction angular contact thrust ball bearing

Bore diameter
05 (×5) 25 mm bore diameter (series 2344 only)
I
40 (×5) 200 mm bore diameter (series 2344 only)

60 bore diameter, mm, uncoded (series BTM, only)

I
130 bore diameter, mm, uncoded (series BTM, only)

Internal design
B Internal design code (series 2344 and brass cage only),
blank for series BTM

Contact angle
– 60° (blank for series 2344 only)
A 30° (for series BTM – A only)
B 40° (for series BTM – B only)

Cage design and material

– Rolling elements riding, polyamide 6,6 (series BTM only)
M1 Rolling elements riding, machined brass (series 2344 only)
TN9 Rolling elements riding, grass fibre reinforced polyamide 6,6 (series 2344 only)

Rolling element material

– Chromium steel
HC Silicon nitride

Precision class
SP Special precision (P4 running accuracy, series 2344 only)
UP Ultra precision (P2 running accuracy, series 2344 only)
P4C Special precision – series BTM only

Matching
DB Set of two bearing matched back-to-back as standard (series BTM only)
Blank for series 2344

Preload
A Light preload (series BTM – A only)
B Heavy (series BTM – B only)
G.. Special preload, daN (series BTM only)

224 225
Double direction angular contact thrust ball bearings
d 35 – 90 mm

b
K
r4 r4 rb rb
r3 r3
r1
r1 ra ra
r2 r2

D1 d1
D d d1 Da da Da da

C H
H 4
2344(00) BTM – B BTM – A

Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designation Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions
dimensions dynamic static load Lubrication
limit grease oil spot
d D H C C0 Pu d d1 C, D1 K b r1, 2 r3, 4 da Da ra ra
≈ min min min min max max

mm N N r/min kg – mm mm

35 62 34 18 600 49 000 1 830 10 000 13 000 0,38 234407 BM1 35 53 17 3 5,5 1 0,15 45 58 1 0,1

40 68 36 21 600 60 000 2 240 9 500 12 000 0,46 234408 BM1 40 58,5 18 3 5,5 1 0,15 50 64 1 0,1

45 75 38 24 700 71 000 2 600 9 000 11 000 0,58 234409 BM1 45 65 19 3 5,5 1 0,15 56 71 1 0,1

50 80 38 25 500 78 000 2 850 8 500 10 000 0,62 234410 BM1 50 70 19 3 5,5 1 0,15 61 76 1 0,1

55 90 44 33 800 104 000 3 800 7 000 8 500 0,94 234411 BM1 55 78 22 3 5,5 1,1 0,3 68 85 1 0,3

60 95 33 26 500 62 000 2 500 9 300 11 900 0,77 BTM 60 A/DB 60 75,9 89 – – 1,1 0,6 67 89 1 0,6
95 33 31 000 71 000 2 800 8 300 10 600 0,77 BTM 60 B/DB 75,9 89 – – 1,1 0,6 67 89 1 0,6
95 44 34 500 108 000 4 000 7 000 8 500 1 234412 TN9 83 22 3 5,5 1,1 0,3 73 90 1 0,3

65 100 33 27 500 68 000 2 600 8 700 11 200 0,82 BTM 65 A/DB 65 80,9 94,3 – – 1,1 0,6 75 94 1 0,6
100 33 32 500 76 500 2 900 7 800 10 000 0,82 BTM 65 B/DB 80,9 94,3 – – 1,1 0,6 75 94 1 0,6
100 44 35 800 116 000 4 300 6 700 8 000 1,05 234413 TN9 88 22 3 5,5 1,1 0,3 78 95 1 0,3

70 110 36 33 500 83 000 3 150 8 000 10 200 1,12 BTM 70 A/DB 70 88,6 103,6 – – 1,1 0,6 82 104 1 0,6
110 36 40 000 95 000 3 600 7 200 9 100 1,12 BTM 70 B/DB 88,6 103,6 – – 1,1 0,6 82 104 1 0,6
110 48 43 600 143 000 5 300 6 300 7 500 1,45 234414 TN9 97 24 3 5,5 1,1 0,3 85 105 1 0,3
115 48 44 200 150 000 5 600 6 000 7 000 1,55 234415 BM1 102 24 3 5,5 1,1 0,3 90 110 1 0,3

80 125 40,5 41 500 104 000 3 900 7 000 9 000 1,59 BTM 80 A/DB 80 100,8 118,2 – – 1,1 0,6 93 118 1 0,6
125 40,5 49 000 120 000 4 400 6 300 8 000 1,59 BTM 80 B/DB 100,8 118,2 – – 1,1 0,6 93 118 1 0,6
125 54 54 000 180 000 6 550 5 300 6 300 2,1 234416 TN9 110 27 4,5 8,3 1,1 0,3 97 119 1 0,3

85 130 40,5 41 500 110 000 3 900 6 700 8 600 1,69 BTM 85 A/DB 85 105,8 123,2 – – 1,1 0,6 98 124 1 0,6
130 40,5 50 000 125 000 4 500 6 000 7 500 1,69 BTM 85 B/DB 105,8 123,2 – – 1,1 0,6 98 124 1 0,6
130 54 54 000 190 000 6 700 5 300 6 300 2,2 234417 TN9 115 27 4,5 8,3 1,1 0,3 102 124 1 0,3

90 140 45 49 000 125 000 4 470 6 300 8 000 2,22 BTM 90 A/DB 90 113 132 – – 1,5 0,6 104 132 1,5 0,6
140 45 57 000 143 000 5 100 5 600 7 000 2,22 BTM 90 B/DB 113 132 – – 1,5 0,6 104 132 1,5 0,6
140 60 62 400 220 000 7 650 4 800 5 600 3 234418 TN9 123 30 4,5 8,3 1,5 0,3 109 132 1,5 0,3

226 227
Double direction angular contact thrust ball bearings
d 95 – 200 mm

b
K
r4 r4 rb rb
r3 r3
r1
r1 ra ra
r2 r2

D1 d1
D d d1 Da da Da da

C H
H 4
2344(00) BTM – B BTM – A

Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designation Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions
dimensions dynamic static load Lubrication
limit grease oil spot
d D H C C0 Pu d d1 C, D1 K b r1, 2 r3, 4 da Da ra ra
≈ min min min min max max

mm N N r/min kg – mm mm

95 145 60 63 700 232 000 7 800 4 800 5 600 3,05 234419 BM1 95 128 30 4,5 8,3 1,5 0,3 114 137 1,5 0,3

100 150 45 51 000 140 000 4 740 6 000 7 500 2,45 BTM 100 A/DB 100 123 141,6 – – 1,5 0,6 114 142 1,5 0,6
150 45 61 000 163 000 5 400 5 300 6 700 2,45 BTM 100 B/DB 123 141,6 – – 1,5 0,6 114 142 1,5 0,6
150 60 66 300 245 000 8 150 4 800 5 600 3,15 234420 TN9 133 30 4,5 8,3 1,5 0,3 119 142 1,5 0,3

110 170 54 71 000 193 000 6 300 5 100 6 400 3,9 BTM 110 A/DB 110 137,9 155,2 – – 2 1 127 160 2 1
170 54 83 000 220 000 7 350 4 600 5 700 3,9 BTM 110 B/DB 137,9 155,2 – – 2 1 127 160 2 1
170 72 92 300 335 000 10 400 4 000 4 800 5,05 234422 BM1 150 36 4,5 8,3 2 0,6 132 161 2 0,6

120 180 54 73 500 212 000 6 500 4 800 6 000 4,18 BTM 120 A/DB 120 147,7 170,3 – – 2 1 137 170 2 1
180 54 86 500 240 000 7 200 4 300 5 300 4,18 BTM 120 B/DB 147,7 170,3 – – 2 1 137 170 2 1
180 72 93 600 360 000 10 800 3 800 4 500 5,7 234424 TN9 160 36 4,5 8,3 2 0,6 142 171 2 0,6

130 200 63 90 000 265 000 7 700 4 500 5 600 6,27 BTM 130 A/DB 130 162,6 187,7 – – 2 1 150 190 2 1
200 63 108 000 300 000 8 800 3 800 4 800 6,27 BTM 130 B/DB 162,6 187,7 – – 2 1 150 190 2 1
200 84 117 000 455 000 13 200 3 400 4 000 8,15 234426 TN9 177 42 6 11,1 2 0,6 156 190 2 0,6

140 210 84 117 000 475 000 13 200 3 200 3 800 8,65 234428 BM1 140 187 42 6 11,1 2,1 0,6 166 200 2 0,6

150 225 90 140 000 570 000 15 300 3 000 3 600 10,5 234430 BM1 150 200 45 7,5 13,9 2,1 0,6 178 213 2 0,6

160 240 96 156 000 640 000 16 600 2 800 3 400 14 234432 BM1 160 212 48 7,5 13,9 2,1 0,6 190 227 2 0,6

170 260 108 195 000 780 000 19 600 2 400 3 000 17,5 234434 BM1 170 230 54 7,5 13,9 2,1 0,6 204 246 2 0,6

180 280 120 225 000 915 000 22 400 2 000 2 600 23 234436 BM1 180 248 60 9 16,7 2,1 0,6 214 264 2 0,6

190 290 120 225 000 950 000 22 800 2 000 2 600 24 234438 BM1 190 258 60 9 16,7 2,1 0,6 224 274 2 0,6

200 310 132 265 000 1 100 000 25 500 1 900 2 400 31 234440 BM1 200 274 66 9 16,7 2,1 0,6 236 292 2 0,6

228 229
Hybrid double direction angular contact ball bearings
d 60 – 130 mm

r4 rb
r3

r1 ra
r2

D1 d1
Da da

H
BTM – B BTM – A 4

Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Speed ratings Mass Designation Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions
dimensions dynamic static load Lubrication
limit grease oil spot
d D H C C0 Pu d d1 C, D1 r1, 2 r3, 4 da Da ra rb
≈ min min min min max max

mm N N r/min kg – mm mm

60 95 33 26 500 62 000 2 500 11 100 14 300 0,72 BTM 60 A/HCDB 60 75,9 89 1,1 0,6 70 90 1 0,6
95 33 31 000 71 000 2 800 10 000 12 700 0,72 BTM 60 B/HCDB 75,9 89 1,1 0,6 70 90 1 0,6

65 100 33 27 500 68 000 2 600 10 500 13 500 0,77 BTM 65 A/HCDB 65 80,9 94,3 1,1 0,6 75 95 1 0,6
100 33 32 500 76 500 2 900 9 400 12 000 0,77 BTM 65 B/HCDB 80,9 94,3 1,1 0,6 75 95 1 0,6

70 110 36 33 500 83 000 3 150 9 500 12 300 1,04 BTM 70 A/HCDB 70 88,6 103,6 1,1 0,6 82 105 1 0,6
110 36 40 000 95 000 3 600 8 600 10 900 1,04 BTM 70 B/HCDB 88,6 103,6 1,1 0,6 82 105 1 0,6

80 125 40,5 41 500 104 000 3 900 8 400 10 800 1,48 BTM 80 A/HCDB 80 100,8 118,2 1,1 0,6 93 117 1 0,6
125 40,5 49 000 120 000 4 400 7 600 9 600 1,48 BTM 80 B/HCDB 100,8 118,2 1,1 0,6 93 117 1 0,6

85 130 40,5 41 500 110 000 3 900 7 200 10 300 1,58 BTM 85 A/HCDB 85 105,8 123,2 1,1 0,6 98 124 1 0,6
130 40,5 50 000 125 000 4 500 7 200 9 000 1,58 BTM 85 B/HCDB 105,8 123,2 1,1 0,6 98 124 1 0,6

90 140 45 49 000 125 000 4 470 7 600 9 600 2,08 BTM 90 A/HCDB 90 113 132 1,5 0,6 104 131 1 0,6
140 45 57 000 143 000 5 100 6 700 8 400 2,08 BTM 90 B/HCDB 113 132 1,5 0,6 104 131 1 0,6

100 150 45 51 000 140 000 4 740 7 200 9 000 2,29 BTM 100 A/HCDB 100 123 141,6 1,5 0,6 114 141 1 0,6
150 45 61 000 163 000 5 400 6 400 8 000 2,29 BTM 100 B/HCDB 123 141,6 1,5 0,6 114 141 1 0,6

110 170 54 71 000 193 000 6 300 6 200 7 700 3,64 BTM 110 A/HCDB 110 137,9 155,2 2 1 127 160 1,5 1
170 54 83 000 220 000 7 350 5 500 6 800 3,64 BTM 110 B/HCDB 137,9 155,2 2 1 127 160 1,5 1

120 180 54 73 500 212 000 6 500 5 800 7 200 3,90 BTM 120 A/HCDB 120 147,7 170,3 2 1 137 171 1,5 1
180 54 86 500 240 000 7 200 5 200 6 400 3,90 BTM 120 B/HCDB 147,7 170,3 2 1 137 171 1,5 1

130 200 63 90 000 265 000 7 700 5 400 6 700 5,87 BTM 130 A/HCDB 130 162,6 187,7 2 1 150 190 1,5 1
200 63 108 000 300 000 8 800 4 600 5 800 5,87 BTM 130 B/HCDB 162,6 187,7 2 1 150 190 1,5 1

230 231
Single direction angular
contact thrust ball bearings
(“ball screw support
bearings”)
Contents Single direction angular contact thrust ball
bearings (“ball screw support bearings”) 234 5
Bearings for universal matching 236
Matched bearing sets 236
Cartridge units 239
General bearing data 240
Preload 241
Axial stiffness 242
Friction torque 243
Cages 243
Speed ratings 244
Lubrication 244
Design of associated components 245
Load carrying capacity of bearing sets 247
Equivalent dynamic bearing load 248
Equivalent static bearing load 248
Designation system 249

Product tables 251

Single direction angular contact thrust ball bearings 252
Cartridge units with flanged housing 254

233
5 Single direction angular contact thrust ball bearings
Single direction angular
contact thrust ball bearings
(“ball screw support
bearings”)
SKF single direction angular contact thrust
ball bearings have been developed
especially for the support of ball and roller
screws in machine tools, but are also used
successfully for other applications where
high axial rigidity and running accuracy is
needed. They are of non-separable design
and incorporate a large number of balls,
have a particularly close conformity
between balls and raceways, and a
contact angle of 60°.
234
For best performance under extreme
(shock-) loads, speeds, accelerations,
and/or temperatures the bearings have
a special blending of the raceway-shoulder
and BSA 3 having boundary dimensions
conform to ISO 15:1998 (although this
standard applies to radial bearings) and the
series BSD (➔ fig 1 ).
transition, a light and robust cage design,
and a special heat treatment for dimensional
stabilisation. The special stabilisation for
When the load carrying capacity of a
single bearing is inadequate and/or when
the bearing arrangement is required to take
bore diameters larger than 20 mm ensures
constant preload/stiffness over the whole
application lifetime, and also at high
temperature.
up axial loads acting in both directions these
bearings can be supplied as “bearings for
universal matching” single, or in matched
sets. To further simplify mounting, complete
SKF single direction angular contact
thrust ball bearings are available in three
metric dimension series: the series BSA 2
ready-to-mount pre-greased cartridge units
incorporating matched bearing sets in a
flanged housing are supplied on request.
These bearings are characterised by
● high axial load ratings, 5
● superior axial stiffness,
● excellent running accuracy, especially in
axial direction,
● speed and acceleration capability, and
● low frictional torque.
Different designs of SKF high-precision single
direction angular contact thrust ball bearings
Fig 1
Series BSA 2 Series BSA 3 Series BSD
235
5 Single direction angular contact thrust ball bearings
Bearings for universal
matching
Universally matchable single direction
angular contact thrust ball bearings are
adjusted during manufacturing to be
mounted immediately adjacent to each
other in a back-to-back, face-to-face, or
tandem arrangement as desired. When
arranged back-to-back or face-to-face, the
predetermined value of the preload will be
attained, requiring no subsequent
adjustment. Bearings for universal matching
can be supplied in two basic executions:
single universal bearings for mounting in
any combination, or duplex sets.
Single bearings of ‘universal’ design are
identified by the designation suffix G, which
is followed by the letter A or B indicating the
preload level, e.g. BSD 2047 CGA. When
ordering these bearings, the number of
single bearings required must be stated, not
the number of sets. Universally matchable
bearings may be useful in reducing stock
holding and improving availability.
Alternatively, duplex sets of bearings for
universal matching can be chosen. They are
identified by the suffix DGA or DGB, where
A stands for light and B for heavy preload.
The term ‘matched’ refers to matching of the
bore and outside diameter which, in a set,
at most differ by half the permissible
diameter tolerance.
236
Matched bearing sets Fig 2
SKF single direction angular contact thrust
ball bearings can be supplied in matched
sets of two, three or four bearings. The
bearing sets are matched during production
so that when mounted immediately adjacent
to each other, the predetermined preload Tandem arrangement Face-to-face Back-to-back
value and/or an even load distribution Designation suffix DT arrangement arrangement
among the rows will be attained. Bore and Designation suffix DF Designation suffix DB
outside diameters of the bearings in a set at
most differ by half the permissible diameter
tolerance. When bearings are arranged
back-to-back, the load lines diverge towards
the bearing axis. Axial loads acting in both
directions can be accommodated, but
supported by one bearing or bearing pair
only. This arrangement has a relatively high
tilting stiffness and tilting moments can be Combination of tandem and Combination of tandem and Tandem arrangement
back-to-back arrangement face-to-face arrangement Designation suffix TT
taken up. Designation suffix TBT Designation suffix TFT 5
In face-to-face arrangements the load
lines converge towards the bearing axis.
Again axial loads acting in both directions
can be supported but only by one bearing
or bearing pair at a time. This arrangement
is less rigid than a back-to-back one with
respect to tilting, but allows accommodating
higher misalignments.
In tandem arrangements the load lines of
Combination of tandem and Combination of tandem and
the bearings are parallel to each other. The back-to-back arrangement face-to-face arrangement
bearing set can accommodate thrust load in Designation suffix QBC Designation suffix QFC
one direction only, and is generally adjusted
against another bearing or bearing pair.
Arrangements of three or four bearings, of
which two or three are in tandem, are
usually adopted when higher load capacity
or higher stiffness are required in the
application. The most common arrange-
ments are shown in fig 2 page 237.
Combination of tandem and Combination of tandem and
face-to-face arrangement back-to-back arrangement
Designation suffix QFT Designation suffix QBT
Tandem arrangement
Designation suffix QT
237
5 Single direction angular contact thrust ball bearings

Marking of single bearings Marking of bearing sets Cartridge units

The bearing rings carry several markings
for identification purposes. Each bearing is
marked with the complete bearing
designation. An asterisk (*) on the side face
of inner and outer rings marks the position
of the greatest out-of-round, i.e. where the
greatest wall thickness between the base of
the raceway groove and the bore or the
outside diameter surface has been found
(➔ fig 3 ). To facilitate the selection of the
actual bore and outside diameter in order to
obtain the desired fits after mounting, the
actual deviation of the inner bore diameter
and outside diameter from nominal are
marked on the inner ring/outer ring
respectively (just beside the asterisk).
In addition to the markings of single
bearings, bearings sets carry a “V”-shaped
marking on the outside diameter of the
bearings in order to facilitate proper
mounting (➔ fig 4 ). If the bearing set is to
perform correctly, the bearings must be
mounted in the order indicated by the
V-marking. The V-marking is always applied
in relation with the position of the greatest
out-of-round of outer ring and it also gives
the direction in which the axial load should
act on the inner ring(s). For bearing sets
that can accommodate axial loads in both
directions, the ‘V’-point gives the direction
of the greater axial load.
For each bearing of a matched set the
same serial number is shown on the face
of the outer ring.
To simplify and speed-up mounting,
complete cartridge units incorporating
matched sets of four single direction
angular contact thrust ball bearings in a
flanged housing are supplied on request.
These units are characterised by the
following features:
● ready to mount
● with a flange so that the units can be
simply bolted to the machine frame
● sealed
● pre-lubricated with a special grease for
long grease life and good anti-brinelling
properties
● extremely stiff design of carbon steel
housing.
Cartridge units are marked on the side face 5
with their complete designation and SKF
trademark.

Bearings for universal matching:

example of marking of a single bearing Example of marking of a bearing set

Fig 3 Fig 4

SKF SKF

-3
-3

*
*
*

B S A 2 0 6 C/ Q B T
-2
*

-2

B SA 2 06 C G A

Y
Y

62

B
08
RI A RI A
AUST AUST

238 239
5 Single direction angular contact thrust ball bearings

General bearing data
Dimensions
The boundary dimensions of series BSA 2
and BSA 3 conform to ISO 15:1998,
Dimension Series 02 and 03 respectively,
although this standard only applies to radial
ball bearings. The boundary dimensions of
the metric series BSD, and the cartridge
units do not conform to any national or
international standard, but have been
widely accepted on the market for many
years.
Tolerances
SKF single direction angular contact thrust
ball bearings are manufactured as standard
according the tolerances shown in Table 1 .
These values correspond to the ISO
492:2002-tolerance class 2 specifications,
although the standards only apply to radial
bearings. The inner and outer ring axial
runout conform to ISO 492:2002-tolerance
class 2. The values quoted refer to single
bearings.
For matched sets that are correctly
mounted on accurately machined seating,
the axial runout generally does not exceed
2,5 microns.
Preload Matched sets incorporating more than
two bearings (i.e. sets of three and four
SKF single direction angular contact thrust bearings) have higher preloads. Preload
ball bearings are produced with two preload values for such sets can be obtained by
classes as standard: light (class A) and multiplying the values in the preload table
heavy (class B). Preload values apply both (➔ Table 2 ) by the factors stated in
to single bearings and cartridge units. Axial Table 3 page 242.
preload values for sets of two bearings
paired either back-to-back or face-to-face
(DB or DF) are shown in Table 2 .
Preload in unmounted condition, friction torque
and axial stiffness for single direction angular
contact thrust ball bearings, series BSA and BSD

Table 2

Bearing Axial Axial Friction 5

designation preload stiffness torque
Class Preload
A B A B A B

N N/µm Nm
Class 4 tolerances for single direction angular
contact thrust ball bearings
BSA 201 C 650 1 300 350 455 0,016 0,029
Table 1 BSA 202 C 775 1 550 415 535 0,023 0,040
BSA 203 C 1 040 2 080 535 700 0,045 0,080
BSA 204 C 1 480 2 960 660 860 0,056 0,101
Inner ring
BSA 205 C 1 580 3 160 730 935 0,077 0,132
BSA 206 C 2 250 4 500 925 1 180 0,132 0,224
d ∆ds ∆Ts Sia
BSA 207 C 2 950 5 900 1 090 1 390 0,202 0,345
over incl. high low high low max
BSA 305 C 2 400 4 800 905 1 155 0,120 0,214
mm mm µm µm µm µm µm
BSA 306 C 3 300 6 600 1 025 1 310 0,194 0,346
BSA 307 C 4 500 9 000 1 200 1 530 0,289 0,523
BSA 308 C 5 000 10 000 1 350 1 720 0,387 0,679
10 18 0 −4 0 −80 1,5
18 30 0 −5 0 −120 2,5
BSD 2047 C 1 480 2 960 660 860 0,056 0,101
30 50 0 −6 0 −120 2,5
BSD 2562 C 2 400 4 800 905 1 155 0,120 0,214
50 80 0 −7 0 −150 2,5
BSD 3062 C 2 250 4 500 925 1 180 0,132 0,224
BSD 3572 C 2 950 5 900 1 090 1 390 0,202 0,345
BSD 4072 C 2 950 5 900 1 090 1 390 0,202 0,345
Outer ring
BSD 4090 C 5 000 10 000 1 350 1 720 0,387 0,679
BSD 4575 C 2 900 5 800 1 185 1 515 0,256 0,414
D ∆Ds Sea
BSD 45100 C 6 500 13 000 1 535 1 965 0,548 0,971
over incl. high low max
BSD 50100 C 6 500 13 000 1 535 1 965 0,548 0,971
BSD 55100 C 6 500 13 000 1 535 1 965 0,548 0,971
mm mm µm µm µm
BSD 55120 C 7 900 15 800 1 770 2 260 0,800 1,400
BSD 60120 C 7 900 15 800 1 770 2 260 0,800 1,400
18 30 0 −5 2,5
30 50 0 −6 2,5
50 80 0 −7 4
80 120 0 −8 5

240 241
5 Single direction angular contact thrust ball bearings

Preload values refer to unmounted Axial stiffness Friction torque Cages

bearings, i.e. when the bearing rings are
free to expand. Actual preloads will be Single direction angular contact thrust ball The bearings of series BSD and BSA have SKF single direction angular contact thrust
higher when bearings are mounted with bearings have been designed for superior been designed for low friction torque. ball bearings are built to withstand rapid
tight shaft/housing fits. Bearings with a axial rigidity. Stiffness values are given Friction torque is directly influenced by the speed changes and high rotational
special preload can be supplied as well. in Table 2 page 241 and refer to sets amount of preload actually acting on the accelerations. Under such conditions the
of two bearings matched either DB or DF, bearing sets, the higher the preload value, cage has to withstand high inertia forces.
before mounting. Stiffness values for other the higher the friction torque. Therefore, a special ball-centred cage of
bearing arrangements can be obtained by Guideline values for friction torque are injection moulded, glass fibre reinforced
multiplying the values quoted in Table 2 given in Table 2 page 241, based on polyamide 6,6 is applied. Generally these
by the factors in Table 4 . operating conditions with light and heavy cages may be used at temperatures up to
Higher stiffness may be obtained preload, and at low speed. The starting +120°C although short periods at higher
by using sets with still higher preloads, torque will be approximately twice as high temperature will not have a detrimental
although this is not advisable as too high as the operating running torque. The torque effect - provided they are followed by long
a preload will generate a temperature values in the table apply to sets of two periods at lower temperatures.
Preload factor for single direction angular contact rise. Please consult the SKF application bearings matched back-to-back or face-to- The lubricants employed with rolling
thrust ball bearings engineering service for more details. face. Torque values for other bearing bearings generally do not have any
arrangements can be obtained by detrimental effect on cage characteristics,
Table 3 multiplying the values shown in Table 2 with the exception of some synthetic oils,
Bearing Preload factor
by the factors given in Table 4 . greases based on such oils and some 5
arrangement lubricants containing large proportions of
in a set EP additives, especially at high
temperatures.
TBT or TFT 1,36
QBT or QFT 1,57
QBC or QFC 2,00

Stiffness and friction factor for single direction Speed reduction factor for sets of single direction
angular contact thrust ball bearings angular contact thrust ball bearings

Table 4 Table 5

Bearing arrangement Stiffness factor Friction factor Bearing Bearing design

in a set for low axial for high axial arrangement BSA 2, BSA 3 and BSD
bearing load bearing load1) Preload
A B

TBT or TFT 1,45 1,64 1,35

QBT or QFT 1,79 2,24 1,55 Set of 2 bearings paired in tandem 0,8 0,4
QBC or QFC 2,00 2,00 2,00
Set of 2 bearings paired back-to-back or face-to-face 0,8 0,4

Set of 3 bearings 0,65 0,3

Set of 4 bearings 0,5 0,25

1) Guideline values under the assumption of a high external axial load acting in the direction of the highest load
capacity of the bearing set (in accordance with DIN 628-6).

242 243
5 Single direction angular contact thrust ball bearings

Speed ratings
The speed rating values quoted in the
product tables are guideline values for
single bearings with light preloads under
light loads. For bearing sets the values
should be reduced according to the number
of bearings in the set and their preload, see
Table 5 page 243.
For grease lubrication the speed rating
values in the product tables can be used
directly. For other lubrication methods
certain factors have to be taken into
account, see Table 6 . The speed ratings
quoted for cartridge units already take into
account the number of bearings with which
the cartridge is filled.
Lubrication Design of associated these bearing arrangements can only be
achieved, however, if the accuracy of the
Single direction angular contact thrust ball components associated components corresponds to
bearings can be lubricated with either bearing accuracy. Deviations in dimensions
grease or oil. Generally, grease lubrication is The single direction angular contact thrust and geometrical form must therefore be
preferred as bearing design can be simple, ball bearings are manufactured to a high as small as possible. Recommended
sealing arrangements uncomplicated and degree of accuracy and are primarily tolerances for the bearing seatings on
maintenance requirements minimised. intended for the support of precision ball the spindle, and in the housing bore for
Good quality, high grade greases with screws in numerically controlled machine bearings and cartridges will be found in
EP-additives and good anti-brinelling tools, and in robots. The high demands in the Tables 7 and fig 5 , Tables 8 , 9
properties with an operating temperature respect of running accuracy placed on and fig 6 and 7 page 246.
range of −30 to +120°C are recommended.
As a rule, a normal filling grade (25 % to
35 % of the free space in the bearings) is
recommended for a long-lasting lubrication.
If the bearings are running at very high
speeds, lower filling rates (e.g. 15 %) will
give lower temperatures and better
performance. The actual quantities are
given in the Table 2 page 65 in the 5
Chapter: Principles of bearing selection
and application, section Lubrication and
Maintenance.

Speed reduction factor for different

lubrication methods Accuracy of shaft seatings Accuracy of form for shafts

Table 6 Table 7 Fig 5

Lubrication Reduction factor Nominal Tolerance Tolerance grades

method bore h4 Cylindricity Runout
diameter
d IT2 IT2
Oil bath 0,3 – 0,4 over incl. high low t11) t21)
t2 A A

Oil mist 0,95 mm µm µm µm

Oil jet Generally > 1 but depends very

much on oil type, oil supply rate, 10 18 0 –5 2 2

d
oil inlet temperature, oil drainage 18 30 0 –6 2,5 2,5
efficiency, etc. Please consult 30 50 0 –7 2,5 2,5
the SKF application engineering 50 80 0 –8 3 3
service for details.
t1

1) See fig 5

244 245
5 Single direction angular contact thrust ball bearings

➤
Accuracy of form
for housings
Fig 6 Load carrying capacity
of bearing sets
t2 A A The values given in the bearing tables for
the basic dynamic and static load ratings
apply to single bearings. For sets of bearings
Accuracy of housing bore seatings for bearings it must be remembered that each bearing
can only support axial load acting in one
Table 8
direction. It is therefore necessary to
Nominal Tolerance Tolerance grades calculate bearing life etc. using only the
bore H5 Cylindricity Runout number of bearings actually supporting the
diameter thrust load in a given direction, i.e. for a pair

D
d IT3 IT3
over incl. high low t11) t21)
of bearings arranged back-to-back, only
one bearing will carry the load in a given
mm µm µm µm direction. Appropriate guidance for calculating
the basic load ratings of bearings in
– 50 0 +11 2 4 matched sets is given in Table 10 .
50 80 0 +13 3 5
80 120 0 +15 4 6 5

t1

1) See fig 6 Dynamic and static load ratings

for ball screw support bearing sets

Accuracy of form ➤ Fig 7 Table 10

for housings
for cartridge units Bearings Set Load Arrangement Dynamic Static X Y
in a set direction

t2 A A
2 DB ⇐ 〈〉 C C0 1,9 0,55
DF ⇐ 〉〈 C C0 1,9 0,55
Accuracy of housing bore seatings DT ⇒ 〈〈 1,63 C 2 C0 – –
for cartridge units
3 TBT ⇐ 〈 〉〉 1,63 C 2 C0 2,32 0,35
9 TBT ⇒ 〈 〉〉 C C0 1,43 0,76
Table
TFT ⇒ 〉 〈〈 1,63 C 2 C0 2,32 0,35
TFT ⇐ 〉 〈〈 C C0 1,43 0,76
Nominal Tolerance Tolerance grades
TT ⇒ 〈〈〈 2,16 C 3 C0 – –
bore H6 Runout
diameter
4 QBT ⇒ 〈〈〈 〉 2,16 C 3 C0 2,52 0,26
d IT3
QBT ⇐ 〈〈〈 〉 C C0 1,17 0,88
over incl. high low t11)
QFT ⇒ 〉 〈〈〈 2,16 C 3 C0 2,52 0,26
C

QFT ⇐ 〉 〈〈〈 C C0 1,17 0,88

mm µm µm
QBC ⇒ or ⇐ 〈〈 〉〉 1,63 C 2 C0 1,9 0,55
QFC ⇒ or ⇐ 〉〉 〈〈 1,63 C 2 C0 1,9 0,55
QT ⇒ 〈〈〈〈 2,64 C 4 C0 – –
50 80 0 +19 5
80 120 0 +22 6
120 150 0 +25 8

1) See fig 7

246 247
5 Single direction angular contact thrust ball bearings
Equivalent dynamic
bearing load
The equivalent dynamic bearing load for
single bearings and any configuration of
bearings in a set can be calculated –
separately for the two directions of axial
load – from
P = XFr + YFa for Fa/Fr  2,17
P = 0,92 Fr + Fa for Fa/Fr > 2,17
where
P = equivalent dynamic load acting on
bearing or bearing set, N
Fr = radial component of actual load acting
on bearing or bearing set, N
Fa = axial component of actual load acting
on bearing or bearing set, N
X = radial load factor, see Table 10
page 247
Y = axial load factor, see Table 10
Note that when calculating the axial load
component Fa the (non-linear) influence of
internal bearing preload acting within the
bearing set must be taken into account.
248
Equivalent static bearing load
For bearing sets with bearings arranged
back-to-back or face-to-face, the equivalent
static load can be determined – separately
for each direction of axial load – from
P0 = 4Fr + Fa
where
P0 = equivalent static load acting on
bearing or bearing set, N
Fr = radial component of maximum static
load acting on bearing or bearing set,
N
Fa = axial component of maximum static
load acting on bearing or bearing set,
N
The equation for the equivalent static load
is also valid for single bearings and bearings
arranged in tandem, provided the ratio Fa /Fr
does not exceed 0,25. Satisfactory but less
accurate values are obtained when Fa /Fr is
between 0,25 and 0,4.
Designation system
For series BSA 2 and BSA 3 conform to
ISO 15:1998 and metric series BSD the
complete designation of a single bearing
identifies the series itself and the bore
diameter. The designation of the series
BSD bearings includes both bore and
outside diameter. For bearing sets,
additional suffixes specify the number
of bearings in a set, their arrangement
in the set and preload class. Details of the
designation system are given in Table 11
page 250.
The designation of cartridge units identifies
bore diameter, number of bearings and their
arrangement in a set, as well as the preload
class.
In cases where the application requires
special preload, SKF supplies single
bearings, bearing sets or cartridge units
with appropriate preload values. An
additional suffix G followed by the actual
preload value expressed in daN is then
shown in the designation (e.g. BSA
206 C/DBG360, matched set of two
bearings arranged back-to-back with
an 3600 N special preload).
5
249
5 Single direction angular contact thrust ball bearings

Product tables
Designations of single direction angular contact
thrust ball bearings for precision ball screws

Table 11

Basic designation

BS Ball Screw support bearings

A ISO 15 series Metric series D

Dimension series Dimension series

2 ISO 15 Diameter Series 2 Not standardised –
3 ISO 15 Diameter Series 3

Bore diameter
01 12 mm bore diameter Bore diameter, mm
Bore diameter
20
5
02 15 mm bore diameter Outside diameter, mm 47
03 17 mm bore diameter
04 (×5) 20 mm bore diameter
|
15 (×5) 75 mm bore diameter

Contact angle
– 60 degrees
Internal design
C Special internal design

Number of bearings in set

D Two bearings
T Three bearings
Q Four bearings

Bearing arrangement
in matched set
B Back-to-back
F Face-to-face
T Tandem
BT Back-to-back/tandem
FT Face-to-face/tandem
BC Back-to-back of pairs in tandem
FC Face-to-face of pairs in tandem
G For universal matching

Preload
A Light preload
B Heavy preload
G.. Special preload (value in daN e.g. G240)

EXAMPLES BSA 204 C/DBA

BSD 2047 C/QBCA

250 251
Single direction angular contact thrust ball bearings
d 12 – 75 mm

H
r2 r2 ra ra
r1 r1

r1 r1
r2 r2

D D2 d1 d d 2 D1 Da da Da da

Principal Basic load ratings Fatigue Maximum Speed ratings Mass Designation Dimensions Abutment and fillet dimensions
dimensions dynamic static load axial Lubrication 5
limit load grease oil spot
d D H C C0 Pu d d1 d2 D1 D2 r1, 2 a da Da ra
≈ ≈ ≈ ≈ min min max max

mm N N N r/min kg – mm mm

12 32 10 11 400 18 000 670 7 250 12 000 16 000 0,024 BSA 201 C 12 18,0 22,3 21,7 27,0 0,6 24 18 29 0,6

15 35 11 12 200 20 400 765 8 500 11 000 15 000 0,054 BSA 202 C 15 21,0 25,3 24,8 30,0 0,6 27 21 31,9 0,6

17 40 12 18 300 37 500 1 370 13 000 9 700 13 000 0,078 BSA 203 C 17 24,4 29,3 28,6 34,8 0,6 31 21,7 36,5 0,6

20 47 14 24 000 52 000 1 930 19 500 8 200 11 000 0,13 BSA 204 C 20 29,2 34,8 34,2 41,1 1 36 26,4 42,1 1
47 15 24 000 52 000 1 930 19 500 8 200 11 000 0,13 BSD 2047 C 29,2 34,8 34,2 41,1 1 37 26,4 42,1 1

25 52 15 24 500 56 000 2 080 20 800 7 500 10 000 0,15 BSA 205 C 25 33,2 38,8 38,2 45,1 1 40 31 47,2 1
62 17 36 500 86 500 3 200 36 000 6 700 9 000 0,27 BSA 305 C 39,4 46,3 45,6 54,2 1,1 48 33,9 55,3 1
62 15 36 500 86 500 3 200 36 000 7 200 9 600 0,25 BSD 2562 C 39,4 46,3 45,6 54,2 1,1 47 33,9 55,3 1

30 62 16 32 000 80 000 3 000 31 500 6 900 9 300 0,24 BSA 206 C 30 41,0 47,3 46,6 54,4 1 48 36,8 56,7 1
62 15 32 000 80 000 3 000 31 500 7 200 9 600 0,22 BSD 3062 C 41,0 47,3 46,6 54,4 1 48 36,8 56,7 1
72 19 49 000 114 000 4 250 52 800 5 900 7 900 0,41 BSA 306 C 43,3 51,8 51,1 61,2 1,1 54 40,1 64,6 1

35 72 15 39 000 104 000 3 900 42 750 6 600 8 900 0,3 BSD 3572 C 35 48,4 55,3 54,6 63,1 1,1 55 43,4 65,3 1
72 17 39 000 104 000 3 900 42 750 6 300 8 400 0,34 BSA 207 C 48,4 55,3 54,6 63,1 1,1 56 43,4 65,3 1

40 72 15 39 000 104 000 3 900 42 750 6 600 8 900 0,27 BSD 4072 C 40 48,4 55,3 54,6 63,1 1,1 55 47,4 65,3 1
90 23 69 500 183 000 6 800 78 200 4 800 6 400 0,77 BSA 308 C 56,9 66,8 66,1 77,8 1,5 69 51,5 81,4 1,5
90 20 69 500 183 000 6 800 78 200 5 100 6 900 0,68 BSD 4090 C 56,9 66,8 66,1 77,8 1,5 69 51,5 81,4 1,5

45 75 15 35 500 104 000 3 900 40 200 6 500 8 700 0,27 BSD 4575 C 45 67,3 59,6 60,4 54,0 1,1 59 52,4 68,6 1
100 20 88 000 240 000 8 800 107 400 4 800 6 500 0,83 BSD 45100 C 65,5 76,8 76,1 89,4 1,5 76 58,1 90,5 1,5

50 100 20 88 000 240 000 8 800 107 400 4 800 6 500 0,77 BSD 50100 C 50 65,5 76,8 76,1 89,4 1,5 76 62,4 90,5 1,5

55 100 20 88 000 240 000 8 800 107 400 4 800 6 500 0,74 BSD 55100 C 55 65,5 76,8 76,1 89,4 1,5 76 65,5 90,5 1,5
120 20 112 000 320 000 11 800 130 000 4 300 5 800 1,15 BSD 55120 C 78,7 91,4 90,6 105,6 1 89 86,5 111,5 1

60 120 20 112 000 320 000 11 800 130 000 4 300 5 800 1,09 BSD 60120 C 60 78,7 91,4 90,6 105,6 1 89 72,5 111,5 1
110 22 78 000 245 000 9 000 90 000 4 200 5 600 0,95 BSA 212 C 77,4 87,4 86,6 98,3 1,5 86 70,9 101,8 1,5

75 130 25 81 500 280 000 10 400 100 000 3 600 4 700 1,6 BSA 215 C 75 89,4 99,4 98,6 110,3 1,5 98 85,3 122,3 1,5

252 253
Cartridge units with flanged housing
d 20 – 55 mm

A
30°
A1
A3 A2
N

J2 N1

D1 Da da D3 D2 J H J1

45°
5

Dimensions Mass Designation1) Designation Basic load ratings Maximum Axial rigidity Friction torque Speed rating
dynamic static axial load Preload class Preload class Preload class
A B A B A B
da A A1 A2 A3 D1 D2 D3 Da H J J1 J2 N N1 C C0

mm kg – N N N/µm Nm r/min

20 77 74,26 32 13 64 60 26 37 90 76 43,8 32 6,6 2,7 1,75 FBSA 204/QBCA FBSA 204/QBCA 39 000 104 000 39 000 1 320 1 720 0,112 0,202 4 100 1 800
77 72,74 32 13 64 60 26 37 90 76 43,8 32 6,6 2,7 1,75 FBSA 204/QFCA 39 000 104 000 39 000 1 320 1 720 0,112 0,202 4 100 1 800

25 82 80,26 32 15 88 80 38 52 120 102 60 44 9,2 4,3 3,5 FBSD 25/QBCA FBSD 25/QBCA 60 000 173 000 72 000 1 810 2 310 0,24 0,428 3 600 1 600
82 78,74 32 15 88 80 38 52 120 102 60 44 9,2 4,3 3,5 FBSD 25/QFCA 60 000 173 000 72 000 1 810 2 310 0,24 0,428 3 600 1 600

30 82 80,26 32 15 88 80 38 52 120 102 60 44 9,2 4,3 3,4 FBSD 30/QBCA FBSD 30/QBCA 52 000 160 000 63 000 1 850 2 360 0,26 0,448 3 600 1 600
82 78,74 32 15 88 80 38 52 120 102 60 44 9,2 4,3 3,4 FBSD 30/QFCA 52 000 160 000 63 000 1 850 2 360 0,26 0,448 3 600 1 600

35 82 80,26 32 15 98 90 45 59 130 113 65 49 9,2 4,3 4,25 FBSD 35/QBCA FBSD 35/QBCA 64 000 208 000 85 500 2 180 2 780 0,404 0,69 3 300 1 400
82 78,74 32 15 98 90 45 59 130 113 65 49 9,2 4,3 4,25 FBSD 35/QFCA 64 000 208 000 85 500 2 180 2 780 0,404 0,69 3 300 1 400

40 106 104,26 43,5 17 128 124 55 75 165 146 88 64 11,4 5,2 9,6 FBSD 40/QBCA FBSD 40/QBCA 114 000 366 000 156 400 2 700 3 440 0,774 1,358 2 600 1 100
106 102,74 43,5 17 128 124 55 75 165 146 88 64 11,4 5,2 9,6 FBSD 40/QFCA 114 000 366 000 156 400 2 700 3 440 0,774 1,358 2 600 1 100

45 106 104,26 43,5 17 128 124 70 82 165 146 97 64 11,4 6,2 9,35 FBSD 45/QBCA FBSD 45/QBCA 143 000 480 000 214 800 3 070 3 930 1,096 1,942 2 400 1 000
106 102,74 43,5 17 128 124 70 82 165 146 97 64 11,4 6,2 9,35 FBSD 45/QFCA 143 000 480 000 214 800 3 070 3 930 1,096 1,942 2 400 1 000

50 106 104,26 43,5 17 128 124 70 82 165 146 97 64 11,4 6,2 9,05 FBSD 50/QBCA FBSD 50/QBCA 143 000 480 000 214 800 3 070 3 930 1,096 1,942 2 400 1 000
106 102,74 43,5 17 128 124 70 82 165 146 97 64 11,4 6,2 9,05 FBSD 50/QFCA 143 000 480 000 214 800 3 070 3 930 1,096 1,942 2 400 1 000

254 255
Cartridge units with flanged housing
d 55 – 60 mm

A
30°
A1
A3 A2
N

J2 N1

D1 Da da D3 D2 J H J1

45°
5

Dimensions Mass Designation1) Designation Basic load ratings Maximum Axial rigidity Friction torque Speed rating
dynamic static axial load Preload class Preload class Preload class
A B A B A B
da A A1 A2 A3 D1 D2 D3 Da H J J1 J2 N N1 C C0

mm kg – N N N/µm Nm r/min

55 106 104,26 43,5 17 148 144 86 103 185 166 112,5 74 11,4 6,2 11,7 FBSD 55/QBCA FBSD 55/QBCA 183 000 640 000 260 000 3 540 4 520 1,6 2,8 2 150 900
106 104,26 43,5 17 148 144 86 103 185 166 112,5 74 11,4 6,2 11,7 FBSD 55/QFCA 183 000 640 000 260 000 3 540 4 520 1,6 2,8 2 150 900

60 106 104,26 43,5 17 148 144 86 103 185 166 112,5 74 11,4 6,2 11,4 FBSD 60/QBCA FBSD 60/QBCA 183 000 640 000 260 000 3 540 4 520 1,6 2,8 2 150 900
106 104,26 43,5 17 148 144 86 103 185 166 112,5 74 11,4 6,2 11,4 FBSD 60/QFCA 183 000 640 000 260 000 3 540 4 520 1,6 2,8 2 150 900

1) The designations are given for units with lightly preloaded bearing sets (suffix A). To specificy a heavy preload the suffix
should be changed to B. e.g. FBSD 204/QBCB

Please contact SKF as to availability.

256 257
Locking devices

Contents Locking devices 260

Lock nuts 261

Two different designs 261
General data 263

Product tables 265

KMT precision lock nuts 266
KMTA precision lock nuts 270

Stepped sleeves 274

Two different designs 274
General data 275

Dimension tables 279

Stepped sleeves 279 6

259
6 Locking devices
Locking devices
Locking devices for the axial location of
high-precision bearings on the shaft must
be made very accurately. Normal design
lock nuts with locking washers are not
entirely suitable for high-precision bearings
because of the relatively large manufacturing
tolerance for the thread and the abutment
surfaces, which may lead to shaft deformation
and alterations in the axis of rotation. They
should provide even support for the inner
ring around its whole circumference,
preventing shaft deformation, particularly
under conditions of heavy preload. They
should also be simple to mount and
dismount. To meet the high demands of
machine tool applications, both technically
and economically, SKF produces precision
lock nuts, and also developed the stepped
sleeve.
260
SKF lock nuts of the KMT and KMTA
designs were developed for use with high-
precision bearings and their dimensions
were chosen to match. KMT and KMTA nuts
have both locking pins and differ principally
in their external form and also, in part, in the
pitch of the thread.
Stepped sleeves are pressure joints with
two fitting surfaces, of slightly different
diameters, arranged adjacent to each other.
They enable bearing arrangements having
high running accuracy to be produced.
The sleeves are not supplied by SKF but
recommendations regarding design and
suitable dimensions are given in the
relevant section (page 276).
Lock nuts
Two different designs
SKF manufactures two different types of
precision lock nuts with locking pins: the
KMT and the KMTA. Both enable bearings
and other components to be simply and
reliably located in the axial direction on
shafts, with high accuracy. Their special
design feature consists of three sintered
steel locking-pins, which are equally spaced
around the circumference. These pins are
pressed against the shaft thread by grub
screws with an internal hexagon and
prevent the nut from turning. Mounting is
easy and the design simple. Additional
locking washers or slots in the shaft are not
required. The locking pins and grub screws
The locking pins and grub screws are arranged at
the same angle to the shaft as that of the thread
flanks
Fig
are arranged at the same angle to the shaft
axis as that of the thread flanks. The ends
of the pins are machined in a single
operation with the nut thread and
consequently also have a threaded profile.
The nut is locked in position purely as a
result of the friction between the locking
pins and the shaft thread, and the adhesive
friction between the flanks of the thread.
Therefore, the locking pins are not
subjected to the axial loads that act on the
nut. When the nut is locked, the thread
flanks are not relieved of loads axially and
the nut is not deformed (➔ fig 1 ). Another
advantage of the KMT and KMTA nuts is
that they are adjustable. The three equally 6
spaced locking pins enable the nut to be
accurately positioned at right angles to the
shaft, or they can be used to adjust for
inaccuracies or deviations of other
components that are to be located on the
shaft. As the locking pins are not deformed,
KMT and KMTA nuts retain their high
precision irrespective of the number of
times they are mounted and dismounted.
An example of application of KMT lock
nuts is shown in fig 4 page 262.
1
261
6 Locking devices
KMT lock nuts
KMT lock nuts (➔ fig 2 ) are designed as
slotted nuts. Up to and including size 15
they are also provided with two diametrically
opposed flats to accept a spanner. They are
particularly suitable for applications where
simple assembly and reliable locking with
high precision are required.
KMT design
Fig
262
KMTA lock nuts
KMTA lock nuts (➔ fig 3 ) differ from the
KMT nuts in their external form and in some
cases in the thread that has a different pitch,
but offer the same benefits. They have a
smooth cylindrical outside surface and are
intended for positions where space is
limited. As the outside surface is cylindrical,
the nut can also be used to form part of a
gap-type seal. Holes around the circumference
and in one side face facilitate mounting.
KMTA design
2 Fig 3
Fig 4 Application example
General data
Tolerances
The threads of KMT and KMTA nuts are
made to tolerance 5H and conform to
ISO 965-3:1998.
The recommended tolerance for the mating
thread on the shaft is 6g and conforms also
to ISO 965-3:1998.
Materials
KMT and KMTA lock nuts are made of
high-strength steel; their surfaces are
phosphated and oiled.
Sintered material is used for the
locking pins. The grub screws conform
to DIN 915:1980, strength class 45 H.
Mounting KMT and KMTA lock nuts
using spanners or keys
Fig
Mounting
KMT lock nuts are very simple to mount.
Slots are provided around the circumference
and there are two diametrically opposed
flats on all nuts up to and including size 15.
Various types of spanners can be used
depending on the application and nut size,
including hook and impact spanners
(➔ fig 5 ). Appropriate sizes of spanner
and key (for the grub screws) are given
in the product table.
The KMTA lock nuts can be tightened
using hook spanners with studs to engage
the holes in the circumference. Alternatively
a pin-type face spanner, or a tommy bar
can be used. Appropriate hook spanners
are given in the product table.
6
5
263
6 Locking devices

To lock the KMT and KMTA nuts, the grub

screws should first be gently tightened until
the thread of the locking pin engages the
shaft thread. The grub screws should then
Dismounting
It should be remembered when dismounting
KMT and KMTA lock nuts that the locking
pins will still firmly engage the shaft thread,
Product tables
be firmly tightened alternately and evenly, even after the grub screws have been
until the recommended tightening torque loosened. Light blows with a rubber hammer
quoted in the product tables is obtained. to the nut, in the vicinity of the grub screws
If it is necessary to correct for any will serve to loosen the pins. The nuts can
misalignment between the abutment surfaces then easily be unscrewed from the shaft
of the nut and adjacent component, the thread.
grub screw at the position of greatest
deviation should first be loosened and the
other two screws should be tightened to an
equal degree. The loosened screw should
then be retightened. If this correction for the
misalignment is found to be inadequate,
the procedure should be repeated until
the desired accuracy has been achieved
(➔ fig 6 ). This can be checked using a
dial gauge, for example.

Correction of misalignment between the abutment

6
of the nut and adjacent component

Fig 6

264 265
KMT precision lock nuts

B M
60° h b

d1 d4 d3 d2

Dimensions Axial Grub screws Mass Designation Appropriate

load Size Tightening hook/impact
carrying torque spanner
capacity max to DIN 1810
G d1 d2 d3 d4 B b h M static

mm kN – Nm kg – –
6
×0,75
M 10× 21 28 23 11 14 4 2 24 35 M5 4,5 45 KMT 0 HN 2/3
×1
M 12× 23 30 25 13 14 4 2 27 40 M5 4,5 50 KMT 1 HN 3

×1
M 15× 26 33 28 16 16 4 2 30 60 M5 4,5 75 KMT 2 HN 4
×1
M 17× 29 37 33 18 18 5 2 34 80 M6 8 0,10 KMT 3 HN 4

×1
M 20× 32 40 35 21 18 5 2 36 90 M6 8 0,11 KMT 4 HN 5
×1,5
M 25× 36 44 39 26 20 5 2 41 130 M6 8 0,13 KMT 5 HN 5

×1,5
M 30× 41 49 44 32 20 5 2 46 160 M6 8 0,16 KMT 6 HN 6
×1,5
M 35× 46 54 49 38 22 5 2 50 190 M6 8 0,19 KMT 7 HN 7

×1,5
M 40× 56 65 59 42 22 6 2,5 60 210 M6 8 0,30 KMT 8 HN 8/9
×1,5
M 45× 61 70 64 48 22 6 2,5 65 240 M6 8 0,33 KMT 9 HN 9/10

×1,5
M 50× 65 75 68 52 25 7 3 70 300 M6 8 0,40 KMT 10 HN 10/11
×2
M 55× 74 85 78 58 25 7 3 80 340 M8 18 0,54 KMT 11 HN 12/13

×2
M 60× 78 90 82 62 26 8 3,5 85 380 M8 18 0,61 KMT 12 HN 13
×2
M 65× 83 95 87 68 28 8 3,5 90 460 M8 18 0,71 KMT 13 HN 14

×2
M 70× 88 100 92 72 28 8 3,5 95 490 M8 18 0,75 KMT 14 HN 15
×2
M 75× 93 105 97 77 28 8 3,5 100 520 M8 18 0,80 KMT 15 HN 15/16

×2
M 80× 98 110 100 83 32 8 3,5 – 620 M8 18 0,90 KMT 16 HN 16/17
×2
M 85× 107 120 110 88 32 10 4 – 650 M 10 35 1,15 KMT 17 HN 17/18

×2
M 90× 112 125 115 93 32 10 4 – 680 M 10 35 1,20 KMT 18 HN 18/19
×2
M 95× 117 130 120 98 32 10 4 – 710 M 10 35 1,25 KMT 19 HN 19/20

×2
M 100× 122 135 125 103 32 10 4 – 740 M 10 35 1,30 KMT 20 HN 20
×2
M 110× 132 145 134 112 32 10 4 – 800 M 10 35 1,45 KMT 22 HN 22

×2
M 120× 142 155 144 122 32 10 4 – 860 M 10 35 1,60 KMT 24 TMFN 23-30
×2
M 130× 152 165 154 132 32 12 5 – 920 M 10 35 1,70 KMT 26 TMFN 23-30

266 267
KMT precision lock nuts

B M
60° h b

d1 d4 d3 d2

Dimensions Axial Grub screws Mass Designation Appropriate

load Size Tightening hook/impact
carrying torque spanner
capacity max to DIN 1810
G d1 d2 d3 d4 B b h M static

mm kN – Nm kg – –
6
×2
M 140× 162 175 164 142 32 14 6 – 980 M 10 35 1,80 KMT 28 TMFN 23-30
×2
M 150× 172 185 174 152 32 14 6 – 1 040 M 10 35 1,95 KMT 30 TMFN 23-30

×3
M 160× 182 195 184 162 32 14 6 – 1 100 M 10 35 2,10 KMT 32 TMFN 30-40
×3
M 170× 192 205 194 172 32 14 6 – 1 160 M 10 35 2,20 KMT 34 TMFN 30-40

×3
M 180× 202 215 204 182 32 16 7 – 1 220 M 10 35 2,30 KMT 36 TMFN 30-40
×3
M 190× 212 225 214 192 32 16 7 – 1 280 M 10 35 2,40 KMT 38 TMFN 30-40

×3
M 200× 222 235 224 202 32 18 8 – 1 340 M 10 35 2,50 KMT 40 TMFN 30-40

268 269
KMTA precision lock nuts

30°
B

J1 G d4 d3 d2

N1 N2
J2

Dimensions Axial Grub screws Mass Designation Appropriate

load Size Tightening hook
carrying torque spanner
G d2 d3 d4 B J1 J2 N1 N2 capacity to DIN 1810
h11 static max Form B

mm kN – Nm kg – –
6
M 25×1,5 42 35 26 20 32,5 11 4,3 4 130 M6 8 0,13 KMTA 5 HN 5B
M 30×1,5 48 40 32 20 40,5 11 4,3 5 160 M6 8 0,16 KMTA 6 HN 6B

M 35×1,5 53 47 38 20 45,5 11 4,3 5 190 M6 8 0,19 KMTA 7 HN 7B

M 40×1,5 58 52 42 22 50,5 12 4,3 5 210 M6 8 0,23 KMTA 8 HN 8B

M 45×1,5 68 58 48 22 58 12 4,3 6 240 M6 8 0,33 KMTA 9 HN 9B

M 50×1,5 70 63 52 24 61,5 13 4,3 6 300 M6 8 0,34 KMTA 10 HN 10B

M 55×1,5 75 70 58 24 66,5 13 4,3 6 340 M6 8 0,37 KMTA 11 HN 11B

M 60×1,5 84 75 62 24 74,5 13 5,3 6 380 M8 18 0,49 KMTA 12 HN 12B

M 65×1,5 88 80 68 25 78,5 13 5,3 6 460 M8 18 0,52 KMTA 13 HN 13B

M 70×1,5 95 86 72 26 85 14 5,3 8 490 M8 18 0,62 KMTA 14 HN 14B

M 75×1,5 100 91 77 26 88 13 6,4 8 520 M8 18 0,66 KMTA 15 HN 15B

M 80×2 110 97 83 30 95 16 6,4 8 620 M8 18 1,00 KMTA 16 HN 16B

M 85×2 115 102 88 32 100 17 6,4 8 650 M 10 35 1,15 KMTA 17 HN 17B

M 90×2 120 110 93 32 108 17 6,4 8 680 M 10 35 1,20 KMTA 18 HN 18B

M 95×2 125 114 98 32 113 17 6,4 8 710 M 10 35 1,25 KMTA 19 HN 19B

M 100×2 130 120 103 32 118 17 6,4 8 740 M 10 35 1,30 KMTA 20 HN 20B

M 110×2 140 132 112 32 128 17 6,4 8 800 M 10 35 1,45 KMTA 22 HN 22B
M 120×2 155 142 122 32 140 17 6,4 8 860 M 10 35 1,85 KMTA 24 HN 22B

M 130×3 165 156 132 32 153 17 6,4 8 920 M 10 35 2,00 KMTA 26 B 155-165
M 140×3 180 166 142 32 165 17 6,4 10 980 M 10 35 2,45 KMTA 28 B 180-195

M 150×3 190 180 152 32 175 17 6,4 10 1 040 M 10 35 2,60 KMTA 30 B 180-195
M 160×3 205 190 162 32 185 17 8,4 10 1 100 M 10 35 3,15 KMTA 32 B 205-220

270 271
KMTA precision lock nuts

30°
B

J1 G d4 d3 d2

N1 N2
J2

Dimensions Axial Grub screws Mass Designation Appropriate

load Size Tightening hook
carrying torque spanner
G d2 d3 d4 B J1 J2 N1 N2 capacity to DIN 1810
h11 static max Form B

mm kN – Nm kg – –
6
M 170×3 215 205 172 32 195 17 8,4 10 1 160 M 10 35 3,30 KMTA 34 B 205-220
M 180×3 230 215 182 32 210 17 8,4 10 1 220 M 10 35 3,90 KMTA 36 B 230-245

M 190×3 240 225 192 32 224 17 8,4 10 1 280 M 10 35 4,10 KMTA 38 B 230-245
M 200×3 245 237 202 32 229 17 8,4 10 1 340 M 10 35 3,85 KMTA 40 B 230-245

272 273
6 Locking devices
Stepped sleeves
Two different designs
Stepped sleeves can either have a
conventional sleeve form, or it may be ring-
shaped. Ring-shaped stepped sleeves are
used, for example, where the sleeve is not
only intended for the axial location of a
bearing, it is also required to form part of a
Stepped sleeves: design examples
274
labyrinth seal (➔ fig 1 ). The stepped
design of the fitting surface was chosen
principally to facilitate removal of the sleeve,
but also to simplify alignment after
mounting. If pressurised oil is injected
through the sleeve to its seating, a directed
axial force will be produced which causes
the sleeve to slide from its seating as soon
Fig
as a sufficient thickness of oil film has been
built up to separate the mating surface. For
manufacturing reasons, or where relatively
small axial forces are needed, the side of
the sleeve having the smaller diameter
surface can be given a loose fit on the
shaft. In order to be able to use the oil
injection method to dismount the sleeve, its
bore at this side should be sealed by means
of an O-ring. Stepped sleeves of this design
exert only half of the axial retaining force of
normal stepped sleeves.
Compared to threaded locking nuts,
stepped sleeves ensure a superior accuracy,
provided they are manufactured to a high
degree of accuracy. Conversely, stepped
sleeves are expensive to manufacture, have
to be designed properly, and require a
proper mounting procedure.
Stepped sleeves are generally used
in very high-speed spindles, where the
accuracy granted by conventional locking
devices may not be sufficient.
1
General data
Dimensions
Stepped sleeves are not supplied by SKF
and must be produced by the user.
Recommended dimensions for stepped
sleeves with and without an O-ring, and
their seating are given in the product tables
(pages 280 – 283). When dimensioning and
manufacturing stepped sleeves, and the
corresponding shaft seating, it is necessary
to keep the difference in the degree of
interference, between the two seats of fitting
surfaces as small as possible. Experience
has shown that dismounting is difficult if the
difference is too large. The best approach is
to start with the difference between diameters
– the so-called step – as it is easier to keep
within narrow tolerances for this diameter
difference than for the diameter itself.
6
275
6 Locking devices

Material
It is recommended that a steel, which can
be heat-treated, with a yield point of at least
550 MPa should be used for the sleeve.
Both sleeve and shaft should be hardened.
The fitting surfaces in the sleeve and on the
shaft should be ground.
Axial load carrying capability
The axial load carrying capacity of the joint
can be calculated with the following formula:
F = µπdLp
F = axial load carrying capacity of the joint,
N d i = bore diameter of shaft, mm
µ = friction coefficient
L = length of the joint, mm
The friction coefficient, µ, can be assumed
to be 0,14.
Assuming that both components are
made of steel, the surface pressure
between sleeve and shaft can be
determined by the following equation:
206 000 ∆
p=
where (➔ fig 2 ):
p = surface pressure, MPa
∆ = interference fit, mm
ci = d i /d
ce = de /d
d = outside diameter of shaft, mm
de = outside diameter of sleeve, mm
For stepped sleeves on solid shafts or thick-
walled hollow shafts, the following surface
pressures are obtained in the sleeve/shaft
contacts, if recommendations regarding
dimensions and tolerances have been
followed:
● approximately 40 MPa for diameters
of approximately 30 mm
These produce retaining forces of
approximately 300, 550 and 1 000 N per
mm hub width respectively. Based on these
values, it is possible to make a rough
estimate of the retaining force that can be
exerted by a mounted stepped sleeve.
When designing the stepped sleeve,
shock forces acting in an axial direction
on the sleeve must also be taken into
consideration. If necessary, a threaded
nut which is lightly tightened, and which
can also serve as a mounting aid, can
be used to secure the sleeve.
Thin-walled shafts may be subject to a
relatively large diametrical deformation as
the contact pressure must be high.
Therefore, the sleeve for shafts of this kind
should be made with a relief closest to the

( )
● approximately 35 MPa for diameters bearing, to avoid deformation of the bearing
1 + c2i 1 + c 2e of approximately 100 mm seating. The length of the relief should be
+ d
1−c 2
i 1 − c 2e ● approximately 22 MPa for diameters 15 – 20 % of the shaft diameter.
of approximately 200 mm

Dimensions for the calculation

6
of the axial load carrying capability

Fig 2

d di
de

276 277
6 Locking devices
Mounting and dismounting
To mount the stepped sleeve on the shaft,
it should first be heated to a temperature
higher than that of the shaft, by the number
of degrees given in the dimension tables. It
should then be pushed on its shaft seating.
After it has cooled, oil should be injected
between the mating surfaces and a suitable
tool used to bring the sleeve into its correct
position. In order to avoid localised stress
peaks from occurring, the oil should be
injected slowly and the oil pressure regulated.
As the sleeve ‘swims’ on an oil film, any
stresses produced during the shrinking
on the sleeve will be relieved, and the
components can be correctly positioned
with respect to each other. After mounting
has been completed the oil between the
mating surfaces must be allowed to drain
and the mounting tool must remain in
position whilst this happens. Normally it
takes some 24 hours before the sleeve can
278
Dimension tables
support its full load. If stepped sleeves are
to be mounted against bearings that are
already greased, care should be taken to
see that the injected oil does not mix
with the grease and impair its lubricating
properties.
To dismount the sleeve it is only necessary
to inject oil between the sleeve and shaft.
When an oil film has been built up and
separates the mating surfaces, an axial
force will result from the stepped diameters,
and the sleeve will slide from its seating
without any external force being required.
As the sleeve may be ejected from its
seating quite suddenly, it is recommended
that a stop be provided on the shaft.
Further information on stepped sleeves
dismounting and mounting are shown in the
Chapter Principles of bearing selection and
application, section dismounting, mounting
and inspection page 84.
279
Recommended dimensions for stepped Recommended dimensions for stepped
sleeve and their seatings sleeve with O-ring and their seating

B2 B2
3)
L4 L2 B1 B3 B1
M4x0,5 M4x0,5
8
4 4
0,5 M4x0,5
0,5 0,5
2
2 5 2
d1 d2 4
4 d1 d2 4
d5 d4 d3 D d4 d3 D d4 d3 d5

2)
L3 L1 L1 L2 L4
L1 L2
L3
Shaft Stepped sleeve Stepped ring Shaft Stepped sleeve

Dimensions Temperature Dimensions Appropriate Temperature

Shaft Stepped sleeve or ring differential1) Shaft Stepped sleeve O-ring differential1)

d1 d2 d3 d4 d5 D B1 B2 B3 L1 L2 d1 d2 L1 d3 d4 d5 D B1 B2 L2 L3 L4
h4 h4 H4 H4 +0,5 j13 j13 h4 f7 j13 H4 +0,5 H9 j13 +0,2

mm degrees mm – degrees
6
17 16,968 16,95 16,977 19 27 26 31 13 15 8,5 120 17 16,95 17 16,977 19 20,6 27 26 31 16 6,5 3,1 16,3×2,4 120
20 19,964 19,94 19,971 22 30 28 33 14 16 9 120 20 19,95 19 19,971 22 23,6 30 28 33 18 6,5 3,1 19,3×2,4 120

25 24,956 24,92 24,954 27 35 30 35 15 17 9,5 120 25 24,9 21 24,954 27 29,5 35 30 35 20 7 3,9 24,2×3,0 120
30 29,946 29,91 29,954 32 40 32 38 16 18 10 120 30 29,9 24 29,954 32 34,5 40 32 38 22 7 3,9 29,2×3,0 120

35 34,937 34,9 34,943 37 47 34 40 17 19 10,5 110 35 34,9 26 34,943 37 39,5 47 34 40 24 7 3,9 34,2×3,0 110
40 39,937 39,9 39,943 42 52 36 42 18 20 11 110 40 39,9 28 39,943 42 44,5 52 36 42 26 7 3,9 39,2×3,0 110

45 44,927 44,88 44,933 47 58 38 46 19 21 11,5 110 45 44,9 32 44,933 47 49,5 58 38 46 28 7 3,9 44,2×3,0 110
50 49,917 49,86 49,923 52 63 40 48 20 22 12 110 50 49,9 34 49,923 52 54,5 63 40 48 30 7 3,9 49,2×3,0 110

55 54,908 54,85 54,922 57 70 42 50 21 23 12,5 110 55 54,9 36 54,922 57 59,5 70 42 50 32 7 3,9 54,2×3,0 110
60 59,908 59,85 59,922 62 75 44 54 22 24 13 110 60 59,9 40 59,922 62 64,5 75 44 54 34 7 3,9 60,0×3,0 110

65 64,898 64,83 64,912 67 80 46 56 23 25 13,5 90 65 64,85 42 64,912 67 69,5 80 46 56 36 7 3,9 65,0×3,0 90

70 69,898 69,83 69,912 72 86 48 58 24 26 14 90 70 69,85 42 69,912 72 74,5 86 48 58 36 8 3,9 69,5×3,0 90

75 74,898 74,83 74,912 77 91 50 60 25 27 14,5 90 75 74,85 44 74,912 77 79,5 91 50 60 38 8 3,9 74,5×3,0 90

80 79,888 79,82 79,912 82 97 52 62 26 28 15 90 80 79,85 46 79,912 82 84,5 97 52 62 40 8 3,9 79,5×3,0 90

85 84,88 84,81 84,9 87 102 54 64 27 29 15,5 90 85 84,85 48 84,9 87 89,5 102 54 64 42 8 3,9 85,0×3,0 90
90 89,88 89,8 89,9 92 110 56 68 28 30 16 90 90 89,85 52 89,9 92 94,5 110 56 68 44 8 3,9 90,0×3,0 90

95 94,87 94,79 94,9 97 114 58 70 29 31 16,5 70 95 94,85 54 94,9 97 99,5 114 58 70 46 8 3,9 94,5×3,0 70
100 99,87 99,79 99,9 102 120 60 72 30 32 17 70 100 99,85 54 99,9 102 104,5 120 60 72 46 9 3,9 100,0×3,0 70

105 104,87 104,78 104,89 107 125 62 74 31 33 17,5 70 105 104,85 56 104,89 107 109,5 125 62 74 48 9 3,9 105,0×3,0 70
110 109,86 109,77 109,89 112 132 64 76 32 34 18 70 110 109,85 58 109,89 112 114,5 132 64 76 50 9 3,9 110,0×3,0 70

120 119,86 119,77 119,89 122 142 68 80 34 36 19 70 120 119,85 62 119,89 122 124,5 142 68 80 54 9 3,9 120,0×3,0 70
130 129,852 129,75 129,868 132 156 72 84 36 38 20 70 130 129,8 66 129,868 132 134,4 156 72 84 58 9 3,9 130,0×3,0 70

140 139,852 139,74 139,858 142 166 76 88 38 40 21 70 140 139,8 70 139,858 142 144,4 166 76 88 62 9 3,9 140,0×3,0 70
150 149,842 149,73 149,858 152 180 80 95 40 42 22 70 150 149,8 73 149,858 152 159 180 80 95 62 13 7,4 149,2×5,7 70

280 281
Recommended dimensions for stepped Recommended dimensions for stepped
sleeve and their seatings sleeve with O-ring and their seating

B2 B2
3)
L4 L2 B1 B3 B1
M4x0,5 M4x0,5
8
4 4
0,5 M4x0,5
0,5 0,5
2
2 5 2
d1 d2 4
4 d1 d2 4
d5 d4 d3 D d4 d3 D d4 d3 d5

2)
L3 L1 L1 L2 L4
L1 L2
L3
Shaft Stepped sleeve Stepped ring Shaft Stepped sleeve

Dimensions Temperature Dimensions Appropriate Temperature

Shaft Stepped sleeve or ring differential1) Shaft Stepped sleeve O-ring differential1)

d1 d2 d3 d4 d5 D B1 B2 B3 L1 L2 d1 d2 L1 d3 d4 d5 D B1 B2 L2 L3 L4
h4 h4 H4 H4 +0,5 j13 j13 h4 f7 j13 H4 +0,5 H9 j13 +0,2

mm degrees mm – degrees
6
160 159,842 159,73 159,858 162 190 84 99 42 44 23 70 160 159,8 77 159,858 162 169 190 84 99 66 13 7,4 159,2×5,7 70
170 169,842 169,72 169,848 172 205 88 103 44 46 24 70 170 169,8 81 169,848 172 179 205 88 103 70 13 7,4 169,2×5,7 70

180 179,832 179,71 179,848 182 220 92 110 46 48 25 70 180 179,8 88 179,848 182 189 220 92 110 74 13 7,4 179,2×5,7 70
190 189,834 189,7 189,836 192 230 96 114 48 50 26 70 190 189,8 92 189,836 192 199 230 96 114 78 13 7,4 189,2×5,7 70

200 199,834 199,7 199,836 202 245 100 118 50 52 27 60 200 199,8 96 199,836 202 209 245 100 118 82 13 7,4 199,2×5,7 60

1) The difference in temperature between shaft and sleeve (ring) when mounting 1) The difference in temperature between shaft and sleeve (ring) when mounting
2) L3 = length of stepped sleeve over diameter d1 = L1 + B2 − B1 − 4 (mm)
3) L = length of stepped ring over diameter d = L − 4 + recessed d section (mm)
4 1 2 4

282 283
Gauges

Contents Gauges 286

Ring gauges, series GRA 30 286
Internal clearance gauges, series GB 30 290
Internal clearance gauges, series GB 49 293

285
7 Gauges
Gauges
Conventional measuring methods and
instruments are not always suitable for
checking the seatings for rolling bearings,
or measuring clearance or preload. SKF
has therefore developed a range of gauges
specially designed to meet the needs of
rolling bearing applications.
Ring gauges of series GRA 30 and taper
gauges of series DMB can be used to check
the most commonly occurring tapered
seatings. Measurements can be made
quickly and accurately. Whilst a ring gauge
can only be used to check tapered seatings
for one particular bearing size, the taper
gauges of series DMB can be used for a
given range of diameters, as well as for
tapers other than 1:12.
In order to be able to adjust the radial
internal clearance or preload of cylindrical
roller bearings with tapered bore when
mounting, it is necessary to be able to
accurately measure the circumscribed,
or inscribed circle diameter of the rollers
(diameter over or under the rollers). SKF
gauges of series GB 30 and GB 49 enable
these measurements to be made. They are
simple to use and have high measuring
accuracy.
Detailed information on taper gauges of
series DMB and other SKF measuring
equipment will be supplied on request.
286
Ring gauges, series GRA 30
SKF ring gauges of series GRA 30 are
practical aids for checking the tapered shaft
seatings for bearings of series NN 30 K
that are commonly used in machine tool
applications. The gauges can also be used
to check the shaft seatings for bearings of
series N 10 K, but more particularly those
of series NNU 49 BK; the width of the latter
series differs only slightly from that of series
NN 30 K.
The ring gauges are available for tapered
seatings up to 200 mm diameter, see
product table, pages 288 – 289. For seatings
with diameters larger than 200 mm, the
requisite rings would be difficult to handle
because of their weight, and the use of
a taper gauge is recommended.
Measuring
The gauging or reference face of ring gauges
series GRA 30 is at the large end of the
bore and is used to determine the position
of the tapered seating relative to a reference
surface on the shaft. This reference surface
may be either in front of, or behind the
gauging face of the ring gauge. Suitable
dimensions for the tapered seating can be
obtained from the product table. Where
there is a free choice of dimensions it
should be remembered that the reference
length Bc should always be longer than the
dimension Bb, the width of the intermediate
ring, by an amount corresponding to the
difference Bc – Bb, as the bearing will be
driven up further than the ring gauge, on to
Measuring tapered seats with
a GRA 30 series gauge
db
Bd
the seating, when the bearing is being
mounted. The final value of the dimension
Bb is determined during mounting, taking
into account the desired bearing internal
clearance.
Ring gauges can also be used to check
whether the reference surface of the shaft
shoulder is at right angles to the centreline
of the tapered seating, as well as to check
the position and diameter of the seating.
This is achieved by measuring the distance
between the gauging surface of the ring
gauge and the reference surface of the
shaft using end measures. Errors of form,
of the taper are checked using marking blue
(➔ fig 1 ).
Fig 1
7
Bc
da
d d1
Bb
B
287
Ring gauges, GRA 30 series

Bc

da db

d d1

B
Bb
Bd

Bearing Bearing seating Ring gauge Bearing Bearing seating Ring gauge
Designation Dimensions Dimensions Mass Designation Designation Dimensions Dimensions Mass Designation
da db Bb Bc Bd d d1 B da db Bb Bc Bd d d1 B
Nominal Tolerance Nominal Tolerance

– mm mm kg – – mm mm kg –

NN 3005 K 25,1 27 4 4,2 ±0,1 19 25 46 16 0,13 GRA 3005 NN 3024 K 120,25 124 15 15,5 ±0,15 58,5 120 162 46 3,05 GRA 3024

NN 3006 K 30,1 32 6 6,2 ±0,1 24 30 52 19 0,18 GRA 3006 NN 3026 K 130,25 135 15 15,5 ±0,15 64,5 130 175 52 3,95 GRA 3026

NN 3007 K 35,1 37 6 6,2 ±0,1 25 35 57 20 0,21 GRA 3007 NN 3028 K 140,3 145 15 15,6 ±0,15 65 140 188 53 4,75 GRA 3028 7
NN 3008 K 40,1 42 8 8,2 ±0,1 28 40 62 21 0,26 GRA 3008 NN 3030 K 150,3 155 15 15,6 ±0,15 68 150 200 56 5,6 GRA 3030

NN 3009 K 45,1 47 8 8,2 ±0,1 30 45 67 23 0,31 GRA 3009 NN 3032 K 160,3 165 15 15,6 ±0,15 72 160 215 60 6,8 GRA 3032

NN 3010 K 50,1 52 8 8,2 ±0,1 30 50 72 23 0,34 GRA 3010 NN 3034 K 170,3 176 15 15,6 ±0,15 79 170 230 67 8,8 GRA 3034

NN 3011 K 55,15 57 8 8,3 ±0,12 32,5 55 77 26 0,42 GRA 3011 NN 3036 K 180,35 187 20 20,7 ±0,15 90,5 180 245 74 11,5 GRA 3036

NN 3012 K 60,15 62 10 10,3 ±0,12 34,5 60 82 26 0,45 GRA 3012 NN 3038 K 190,35 197 20 20,7 ±0,18 91,5 190 260 75 13 GRA 3038

NN 3013 K 65,15 67 10 10,3 ±0,12 34,5 65 88 26 0,51 GRA 3013 NN 3040 K 200,35 207 20 20,7 ±0,18 98,5 200 270 82 15 GRA 3040

NN 3014 K 70,15 73 10 10,3 ±0,12 38,5 70 95 30 0,69 GRA 3014

NN 3015 K 75,15 78 10 10,3 ±0,12 38,5 75 100 30 0,73 GRA 3015

NN 3016 K 80,15 83 12 12,3 ±0,12 44,5 80 105 34 0,88 GRA 3016

NN 3017 K 85,2 88 12 12,4 ±0,15 44 85 112 34 1 GRA 3017

NN 3018 K 90,2 93 12 12,4 ±0,15 47 90 120 37 1,3 GRA 3018

NN 3019 K 95,2 98 12 12,4 ±0,15 47 95 128 37 1,55 GRA 3019

NN 3020 K 100,2 103 12 12,4 ±0,15 47 100 135 37 1,7 GRA 3020

NN 3021 K 105,2 109 12 12,4 ±0,15 51 105 142 41 2,1 GRA 3021

NN 3022 K 110,25 114 12 12,5 ±0,15 54,5 110 150 45 2,6 GRA 3022

288 289
7 Gauges Gauges, GB 30 series
GB 3006 – GB 3020

Internal clearance gauges, Measuring

Using a bore gauge, the raceway diameter
series GB 30 of the mounted outer ring is measured, and
the recorded dimension transferred to the
SKF gauges of series GB 30 are available centres of the gauging zones, taking into
for use with double row cylindrical roller account the desired radial internal clearance H
bearings NN 3006 K to NN 3040 K or preload. The indicator of the GB 30 gauge
inclusive, and may also be used for the is then set to zero. The inner ring with roller
single row bearings of series N10 K. and cage assembly is pushed on to its
SKF gauges of series GB 30 are made tapered journal, and driven up until the
in two different designs, depending on size. indicator on the pre-set gauge again shows
The illustration above the table on page 291 zero, when the gauge is placed in position
shows the design of gauges GB 3006 to around the roller set.
L A
GB 3020 inclusive. These can be used
to measure the envelope diameter of the Mounting instructions
roller set (i.e. the diameter over the rollers Detailed instruction for mounting cylindrical
when in contact with the inner ring raceway) roller bearings with a separable outer ring,
to an accuracy of 1 µm. The larger gauges, and the adjustment of clearance or preload
sizes GB 3021 to GB 3040 inclusive, have using a gauge of series GB 30 will be found
Bearing Gauge
the design that is shown in the right-hand in the Chapter Principles of bearing selection Designation Dimensions Mass Designation
illustration above the table on page 292, and application, section mounting and
and a measuring accuracy of 2 µm. dismounting, pages 93 – 96. L H A
The body of gauges up to, and including
– mm kg –
size GB 3020 is in two parts; that of the
larger sizes is slotted.
The gauge body has two diametrically NN 3006 K 107 175 36 2 GB 3006
opposed gauging zones that are ground on NN 3007 K 112 180 37 2 GB 3007
its bore diameter. The body can be expanded
by means of an adjustment screw. This NN 3008 K 117 185 39 2 GB 3008 7
enables the gauge to be pushed over the
NN 3009 K 129 197 40 2,5 GB 3009
inner ring with roller and cage assembly
without damaging the rollers and gauging NN 3010 K 134 202 40 2,5 GB 3010
surfaces. The measuring ring that is screwed
NN 3011 K 144 212 43 3,5 GB 3011
to one half of the gauging ring, transmits
the diameter measured by both halves of NN 3012 K 152 222 44 4 GB 3012
the gauging ring to the indicator dial.
NN 3013 K 157 225 44 4 GB 3013

NN 3014 K 164 232 48 5 GB 3014

NN 3015 K 168 236 48 5 GB 3015

NN 3016 K 176 244 52 6 GB 3016

NN 3017 K 185 253 53 6,5 GB 3017

NN 3018 K 198 266 56 8 GB 3018

NN 3019 K 203 271 56 9 GB 3019

NN 3020 K 212 280 56 9 GB 3020

290 291
Gauges, GB 30 series
GB 3021 – GB 3040

Internal clearance gauges,
series GB 49
SKF gauges of series GB 49 are available
H
for use with double row cylindrical roller
bearings NNU 4920 BK to NNU 4960 BK
inclusive.
There are two different designs of the
gauge, depending on size. The illustration
on the left-hand above the product table
page 295 shows the design of gauges GB
L A
4920 to GB 4938 inclusive, and are used to
measure the internal diameter of the roller
set, when the rollers are in contact with the
outer ring raceway, to an accuracy of 1 µm.
The illustration on the right-hand above the
product table page 295 shows the design
of larger gauges, GB 4940 to GB 4960,
and have a measuring accuracy of 2 µm.
The body of gauges of series GB 49 is
slotted, so that both gauging ring halves
can be brought to bear on the roller set
with the appropriate pressure, as a result
of the inherent resilience of the material.
The outside cylindrical surface of the
gauging ring has two ground gauging
zones at diametrically opposed positions.
An adjustment screw permits the body of
the gauge to be compressed, so that the
gauge can be positioned inside the roller
set without damaging the rollers or the
gauging surfaces (➔ fig 2 ).

Bearing Gauge
Designation Dimensions Mass Designation

L H A

– mm kg –

NN 3021 K 322 350 46 10,5 GB 3021

NN 3022 K 332 362 46 11 GB 3022

NN 3024 K 342 376 48 12 GB 3024 7

NN 3026 K 364 396 54 13 GB 3026

NN 3028 K 378 410 54 14,5 GB 3028

NN 3030 K 391 426 58 15 GB 3030

NN 3032 K 414 446 60 16 GB 3032 Internal clearance gauges GB 49

NN 3034 K 430 464 62 17 GB 3034 Fig 2

NN 3036 K 454 490 70 17,5 GB 3036

NN 3038 K 468 504 70 18 GB 3038

NN 3040 K 488 520 74 19 GB 3040

GB 4920 to GB 4938 GB 4940 to GB 4960

292 293
7 Gauges Gauges, GB 49 series

Measuring
After the gauge has been inserted in the
roller and cage assembly, the adjustment
screw is loosened until the two gauging
surfaces are in contact with the roller set.
H
The indicator of the gauge is then set
to zero. H
The measured diameter inside the roller
set is then taken by using a stirrup gauge
and the indicator of the stirrup gauge set to
zero. The inner ring is then driven up on its
seating, on the spindle, until the indicator of A A
the stirrup gauge, with which, the inner ring
raceway is measured, shows the deviation GB 4920 to GB 4938 GB 4940 to GB 4960
from zero corresponding to the desired
radial internal clearance or preload.

Bearing Gauge
Designation Dimensions Mass Designation

A H

– mm kg –

NNU 4920 BK 128 138 2,5 GB 4920

NNU 4921 BK 128 143 3 GB 4921

NNU 4922 BK 128 148 3 GB 4922 7

NNU 4924 BK 133 162 3,5 GB 4924

NNU 4926 BK 138 176 4 GB 4926

NNU 4928 BK 138 186 4,5 GB 4928

NNU 4930 BK 148 204 6 GB 4930

NNU 4932 BK 148 212 6,5 GB 4932

NNU 4934 BK 148 224 8 GB 4934

NNU 4936 BK 157 237 9,5 GB 4936

NNU 4938 BK 157 248 10,5 GB 4938

NNU 4940 BK 105 263 12 GB 4940

NNU 4944 BK 105 283 13 GB 4944

NNU 4948 BK 105 303 14 GB 4948

NNU 4952 BK 120 340 15 GB 4952

NNU 4956 BK 120 360 17 GB 4956

294 295
Other products and services

Contents Other products and services 298

Machine tool precision bearing service centres 298
Precision spindles 298
Spindle service 299
SKF Bearings for general engineering applications 299
Linear motion products 300
Bearing greases, Mounting Tools
and condition monitoring equipment 300

297
8 Other products and services
Other products and services
Machine tool precision
bearing service centres
SKF can help you in reducing downtime
with three service centres located at Villar
Perosa, Italy; Bethlehem, Pennsylvania
(USA); Chino, Japan, to meet your precision
machine tool bearings needs. These service
centres provide custom preloaded and
matched sets of high precision bearings,
with very short turn-around. This translates
into quicker deliveries, shorter lead times
and reduced inventories.
Publication 4808 “SKF precision bearing
service centres”.
298
Precision spindles
With design and production in Italy,
Gamfior; Germany, SKF Spindles; USA,
Russel T. Gilman; and Japan, PSC Chino,
SKF is a worldwide supplier of a complete
range of spindles from externally driven to
high speed motorised units. SKF spindles
are mainly used in the metal cutting
machine tool and woodworking industries,
but applications are also found in printing,
medical and factory automation.
Publications 4990 “Grinding solutions”;
5346 “Compact spindle for milling”;
5348 “Woodworking spindle”
Spindle service
SKF is operating a worldwide network of
Spindle Service Centres, where
professional reconditioning of almost any
machine tools spindle are handled.
Service centres are presently located in
Austria, France, Germany, India, Italy,
Japan, Sweden, UK and the US.
Services offered include from complete
reconditioning, bearing replacement, shaft
and nose restoration to performance
upgrade and root cause analysis.
Publication 5352 “SKF spindle service”.
SKF Bearings for general
engineering applications
Deep groove ball bearings, angular contact
ball bearings, cylindrical roller bearings,
taper roller bearings, etc.
SKF General Catalogue; also SKF Interactive
Engineering Catalogue available on
CD-ROM or on-line under www.skf.com
299
8 Other products and services
Linear motion products
SKF offers a wide range of rolled and
ground ball screws for precision linear
positioning systems and linear guides.
Publication 4664/4 “Product range”, or
on-line under www.linearmotion.skf.com
300
Bearing greases, mounting
tools and condition
monitoring equipment
Rolling bearings are precision products,
with dimensions in the order of microns
(1/1 000 of a millimetre) are of importance.
Furthermore, they are reliable machine
parts having a long service life, provided
that mounting and maintenance are carried
out properly. In order to ensure expert
mounting and maintenance, SKF has
developed a wide range of mounting and
dismounting tools, measuring instruments,
lubricating greases and auxiliary products.
In special seminars, the users are made
familiar with the necessary expert
knowledge and receive training.
The range includes: mechanical tools,
heaters, hydraulic equipment, instruments,
bearing lubricants and lubricators.
Condition monitoring solutions for
measuring: temperature, speed and noise,
oil cleanliness, vibration and bearing
condition are also available.
Publication MP3000 “SKF maintenance
and lubrication products”.
Product index
The product range shown in this catalogue
comprises of more than 900 bearings, lock
nuts and gauges. In order to enable the
user to quickly find the technical data for a
product known only by its designation, the
products are listed by designation in
alphanumerical order in this index. The
page on which the product will be found is
provided, as well as a code to identify the
product type. The codes are explained as
follows:
AT1 Single direction angular contact
thrust ball bearing
AT2 Double direction angular contact
thrust ball bearing
FBS Flanged cartridge unit
GBA Gauges
HAC Hybrid angular contact ball bearing
HC1 Hybrid single row cylindrical roller
bearings
HT2 Hybrid double direction angular
contact thrust ball bearing
KMT Lock nut
SAC All-steel angular contact ball bearing
SC1 All-steel single row cylindrical roller
bearings
SC2 Full all-steel double row cylindrical
roller bearings
301
9 Products index

Designation Code Page Designation Code Page

234407 B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AT2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 7005 ACE/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 172

234408 B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AT2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 7005 ACX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 144
234409 B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AT2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 7005 ACX/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 164
234410 B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AT2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 7005 CE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 156
234411 B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AT2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 7005 CE/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 172
234412 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AT2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 7005 CX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 144
234413 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AT2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 7005 CX/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 164
234414 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AT2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 7006 ACE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 156
234415 B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AT2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 7006 ACE/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 172
234416 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AT2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 7006 ACX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 144
234417 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AT2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 7006 ACX/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 164
234418 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AT2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 7006 CE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 156
234419 B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AT2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228 7006 CE/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 172
234420 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AT2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228 7006 CX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 144
234422 B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AT2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228 7006 CX/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 164
234424 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AT2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228 7007 ACD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 144
234426 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AT2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228 7007 ACD/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 164
234428 B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AT2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228 7007 ACE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 156
234430 B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AT2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228 7007 ACE/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 172
234432 B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AT2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228 7007 CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 144
234434 B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AT2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228 7007 CD/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 164
234436 B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AT2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228 7007 CE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 156
234438 B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AT2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228 7007 CE/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 172
234440 B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AT2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228 7008 ACD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 144
7000 ACX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 7008 ACD/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 164
7000 ACX/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 7008 ACE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 156
7000 CX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 7008 ACE/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 172
7000 CX/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 7008 CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 144
7001 ACX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 7008 CD/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 164
7001 ACX/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 7008 CE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 156
7001 CX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 7008 CE/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 172
7001 CX/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 7009 ACD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 146
7002 ACX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 7009 ACD/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 166
7002 ACX/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 7009 ACE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 156
7002 CX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 7009 ACE/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 172 9
7002 CX/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 7009 CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 146
7003 ACX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 7009 CD/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 166
7003 ACX/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 7009 CE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 156
7003 CX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 7009 CE/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 172
7003 CX/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 7010 ACD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 146
7004 ACE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 7010 ACD/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 166
7004 ACE/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 7010 ACE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 156
7004 ACX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 7010 ACE/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 172
7004 ACX/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 7010 CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 146
7004 CE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 7010 CD/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 166
7004 CE/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 7010 CE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 156
7004 CX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 7010 CE/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 172
7004 CX/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 7011 ACD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 146
7005 ACE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 7011 ACD/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 166

302 303
9 Products index

Designation Code Page Designation Code Page

7011 ACE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 158 7017 ACE/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 174
7011 ACE/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 174 7017 CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 148
7011 CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 146 7017 CD/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 168
7011 CD/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 166 7017 CE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 158
7011 CE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 158 7017 CE/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 174
7011 CE/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 174 7018 ACD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 148
7012 ACD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 146 7018 ACD/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 168
7012 ACD/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 166 7018 ACE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 160
7012 ACE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 158 7018 ACE/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 176
7012 ACE/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 174 7018 CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 148
7012 CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 146 7018 CD/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 168
7012 CD/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 166 7018 CE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 160
7012 CE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 158 7018 CE/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 176
7012 CE/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 174 7019 ACD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 150
7013 ACD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 146 7019 ACD/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 168
7013 ACD/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 166 7019 ACE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 160
7013 ACE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 158 7019 ACE/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 176
7013 ACE/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 174 7019 CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 150
7013 CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 146 7019 CD/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 168
7013 CD/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 166 7019 CE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 160
7013 CE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 158 7019 CE/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 176
7013 CE/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 174 7020 ACD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 150
7014 ACD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 148 7020 ACD/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 168
7014 ACD/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 168 7020 ACE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 160
7014 ACE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 158 7020 ACE/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 176
7014 ACE/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 174 7020 CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 150
7014 CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 148 7020 CD/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 168
7014 CD/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 168 7020 CE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 160
7014 CE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 158 7020 CE/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 176
7014 CE/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 174 7021 ACD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 150
7015 ACD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 148 7021 CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 150
7015 ACD/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 168 7022 ACD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 150
7015 ACE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 158 7022 CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 150
7015 ACE/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 174 7024 ACD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 150
7015 CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 148 7024 CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 150 9
7015 CD/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 168 7026 ACD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 152
7015 CE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 158 7026 CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 152
7015 CE/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 174 7028 ACD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 152
7016 ACD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 148 7028 CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 152
7016 ACD/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 168 7030 ACD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 152
7016 ACE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 158 7030 CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 152
7016 ACE/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 174 7032 ACD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 152
7016 CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 148 7032 CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 152
7016 CD/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 168 7034 ACD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 152
7016 CE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 158 7034 CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 152
7016 CE/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 174 7036 ACD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 152
7017 ACD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 148 7036 CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 152
7017 ACD/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 168 7038 ACD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 152
7017 ACE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 158 7038 CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 152

304 305
9 Products index

Designation Code Page Designation Code Page

7040 ACD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 154 71906 CX/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 164
7040 CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 154 71907 ACD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 144
7044 ACD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 154 71907 ACD/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 164
7044 CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 154 71907 ACE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 156
7048 ACD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 154 71907 ACE/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 172
7048 CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 154 71907 CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 144
708 CX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 142 71907 CD/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 164
708 CX/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 162 71907 CE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 156
709 CX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 142 71907 CE/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 172
709 CX/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 162 71908 ACD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 144
71900 ACX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 142 71908 ACD/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 164
71900 ACX/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 162 71908 ACE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 156
71900 CX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 142 71908 ACE/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 172
71900 CX/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 162 71908 CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 144
71901 ACX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 142 71908 CD/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 164
71901 ACX/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 162 71908 CE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 156
71901 CX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 142 71908 CE/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 172
71901 CX/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 162 71909 ACD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 146
71902 ACX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 142 71909 ACD/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 166
71902 ACX/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 162 71909 ACE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 156
71902 CX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 142 71909 ACE/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 172
71902 CX/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 162 71909 CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 146
71903 ACX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 142 71909 CD/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 166
71903 ACX/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 162 71909 CE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 156
71903 CX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 142 71909 CE/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 172
71903 CX/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 162 71910 ACD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 146
71904 ACE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 156 71910 ACD/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 166
71904 ACE/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 172 71910 ACE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 156
71904 ACX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 144 71910 ACE/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 172
71904 ACX/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 164 71910 CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 146
71904 CE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 156 71910 CD/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 166
71904 CE/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 172 71910 CE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 156
71904 CX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 144 71910 CE/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 172
71904 CX/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 164 71911 ACD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 146
71905 ACE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 156 71911 ACD/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 166 9
71905 ACE/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 172 71911 ACE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 158
71905 ACX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 144 71911 ACE/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 174
71905 ACX/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 164 71911 CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 146
71905 CE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 156 71911 CD/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 166
71905 CE/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 172 71911 CE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 158
71905 CX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 144 71911 CE/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 174
71905 CX/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 164 71912 ACD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 146
71906 ACE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 156 71912 ACD/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 166
71906 ACE/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 172 71912 ACE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 158
71906 ACX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 144 71912 ACE/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 174
71906 ACX/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 164 71912 CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 146
71906 CE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 156 71912 CD/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 166
71906 CE/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 172 71912 CE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 158
71906 CX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 144 71912 CE/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 174

306 307
9 Products index

Designation Code Page Designation Code Page

71913 ACD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 146 71919 ACD/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 168
71913 ACD/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 166 71919 ACE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 160
71913 ACE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 158 71919 ACE/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 176
71913 ACE/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 174 71919 CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 150
71913 CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 146 71919 CD/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 168
71913 CD/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 166 71919 CE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 160
71913 CE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 158 71919 CE/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 176
71913 CE/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 174 71920 ACD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 150
71914 ACD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 148 71920 ACD/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 168
71914 ACD/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 168 71920 ACE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 160
71914 ACE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 158 71920 ACE/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 176
71914 ACE/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 174 71920 CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 150
71914 CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 148 71920 CD/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 168
71914 CD/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 168 71920 CE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 160
71914 CE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 158 71920 CE/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 176
71914 CE/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 174 71921 ACD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 150
71915 ACD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 148 71921 ACD/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 170
71915 ACD/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 168 71921 ACE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 160
71915 ACE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 158 71921 ACE/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 176
71915 ACE/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 174 71921 CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 150
71915 CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 148 71921 CD/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 170
71915 CD/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 168 71921 CE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 160
71915 CE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 158 71921 CE/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 176
71915 CE/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 174 71922 ACD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 150
71916 ACD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 148 71922 ACD/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 170
71916 ACD/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 168 71922 ACE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 160
71916 ACE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 158 71922 ACE/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 176
71916 ACE/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 174 71922 CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 150
71916 CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 148 71922 CD/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 170
71916 CD/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 168 71922 CE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 160
71916 CE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 158 71922 CE/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 176
71916 CE/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 174 71924 ACD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 150
71917 ACD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 148 71924 ACD/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 170
71917 ACD/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 168 71924 ACE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 160
71917 ACE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 158 71924 ACE/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 176 9
71917 ACE/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 174 71924 CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 150
71917 CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 148 71924 CD/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 170
71917 CD/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 168 71924 CE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 160
71917 CE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 158 71924 CE/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 176
71917 CE/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 174 71926 ACD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 152
71918 ACD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 148 71926 ACD/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 170
71918 ACD/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 168 71926 CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 152
71918 ACE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 160 71926 CD/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 170
71918 ACE/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 176 71928 ACD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 152
71918 CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 148 71928 ACD/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 170
71918 CD/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 168 71928 CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 152
71918 CE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 160 71928 CD/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 170
71918 CE/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 176 71930 ACD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 152
71919 ACD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 150 71930 CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 152

308 309
9 Products index

Designation Code Page Designation Code Page

71932 ACD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 152 7209 ACD/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166

71932 CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 152 7209 CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
71934 ACD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 152 7209 CD/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
71934 CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 152 7210 ACD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
71936 ACD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 152 7210 ACD/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
71936 CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 152 7210 CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
71938 ACD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 152 7210 CD/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
71938 CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 152 7211 ACD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
71940 ACD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 154 7211 ACD/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
71940 CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 154 7211 CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
71944 ACD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 154 7211 CD/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
71944 CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 154 7212 ACD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
7200 ACX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 142 7212 ACD/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
7200 ACX/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 162 7212 CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
7200 CX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 142 7212 CD/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
7200 CX/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 162 7213 ACD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
7201 ACX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 142 7213 CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
7201 ACX/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 162 7214 ACD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
7201 CX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 142 7214 CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
7201 CX/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 162 7215 ACD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
7202 ACX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 142 7215 CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
7202 ACX/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 162 7216 ACD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
7202 CX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 142 7216 CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
7202 CX/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 162 7217 ACD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
7203 ACX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 142 7217 CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
7203 ACX/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 162 7218 ACD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
7203 CX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 142 7218 CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
7203 CX/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 162 7219 ACD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
7204 ACX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 144 7219 CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
7204 ACX/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 164 7220 ACD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
7204 CX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 144 7220 CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
7204 CX/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 164 7221 ACD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
7205 ACX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 144 7221 CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
7205 ACX/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 164 7222 ACD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
7205 CX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 144 7222 CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 9
7205 CX/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 164 7224 ACD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
7206 ACD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 144 7224 CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
7206 ACD/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 164 BSA 201 C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AT1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
7206 CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 144 BSA 202 C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AT1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
7206 CD/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 164 BSA 203 C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AT1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
7207 ACD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 144 BSA 204 C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AT1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
7207 ACD/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 164 BSA 205 C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AT1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
7207 CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 144 BSA 206 C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AT1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
7207 CD/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 164 BSA 207 C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AT1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
7208 ACD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 144 BSA 212 C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AT1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
7208 ACD/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 164 BSA 215 C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AT1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
7208 CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 144 BSA 305 C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AT1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
7208 CD/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAC .............................. 164 BSA 306 C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AT1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
7209 ACD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAC .............................. 146 BSA 308 C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AT1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252

310 311
9 Products index
Designation
BSD 2047 C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BSD 2562 C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BSD 3062 C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BSD 3572 C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BSD 4072 C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BSD 4090 C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BSD 45100 C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BSD 4575 C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BSD 50100 C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BSD 55100 C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BSD 55120 C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BSD 60120 C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BTM 100 A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BTM 100 A/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BTM 100 B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BTM 100 B/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BTM 110 A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BTM 110 A/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BTM 110 B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BTM 110 B/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BTM 120 A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BTM 120 A/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BTM 120 B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BTM 120 B/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BTM 130 A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BTM 130 A/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BTM 130 B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BTM 130 B/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BTM 60 A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BTM 60 A/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BTM 60 B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BTM 60 B/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BTM 65 A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BTM 65 A/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BTM 65 B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BTM 65 B/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BTM 70 A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BTM 70 A/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BTM 70 B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BTM 70 B/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BTM 80 A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BTM 80 A/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BTM 80 B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BTM 80 B/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BTM 85 A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BTM 85 A/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BTM 85 B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BTM 85 B/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BTM 90 A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
312
Code Page Designation Code Page
AT1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252 BTM 90 A/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HT2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
AT1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252 BTM 90 B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AT2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
AT1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252 BTM 90 B/HC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HT2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
AT1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252 FBSA 204/QBCA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FBS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
AT1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252 FBSA 204/QFCA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FBS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
AT1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252 FBSD 25/QBCA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FBS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
AT1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252 FBSD 25/QFCA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FBS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
AT1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252 FBSD 30/QBCA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FBS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
AT1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252 FBSD 30/QFCA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FBS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
AT1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252 FBSD 35/QBCA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FBS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
AT1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252 FBSD 35/QFCA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FBS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
AT1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252 FBSD 40/QBCA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FBS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
AT2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228 FBSD 40/QFCA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FBS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
HT2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230 FBSD 45/QBCA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FBS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
AT2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228 FBSD 45/QFCA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FBS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
HT2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230 FBSD 50/QBCA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FBS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
AT2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228 FBSD 50/QFCA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FBS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
HT2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230 FBSD 55/QBCA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FBS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
AT2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228 FBSD 55/QFCA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FBS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
HT2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230 FBSD 60/QBCA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FBS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
AT2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228 FBSD 60/QFCA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FBS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
HT2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230 GB 3006 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GBA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
AT2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228 GB 3007 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GBA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
HT2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230 GB 3008 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GBA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
AT2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228 GB 3009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GBA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
HT2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230 GB 3010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GBA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
AT2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228 GB 3011 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GBA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
HT2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230 GB 3012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GBA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
AT2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 GB 3013 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GBA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
HT2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230 GB 3014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GBA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
AT2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 GB 3015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GBA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
HT2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230 GB 3016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GBA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
AT2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 GB 3017 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GBA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
HT2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230 GB 3018 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GBA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
AT2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 GB 3019 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GBA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291 9
HT2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230 GB 3020 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GBA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
AT2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 GB 3021 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GBA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
HT2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230 GB 3022 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GBA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
AT2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 GB 3024 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GBA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
HT2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230 GB 3026 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GBA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
AT2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 GB 3028 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GBA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
HT2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230 GB 3030 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GBA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
AT2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 GB 3032 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GBA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
HT2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230 GB 3034 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GBA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
AT2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 GB 3036 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GBA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
HT2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230 GB 3038 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GBA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
AT2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 GB 3040 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GBA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
HT2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230 GB 4920 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GBA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
AT2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 GB 4921 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GBA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
313
9 Products index

Designation Code Page Designation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page

GB 4922 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GBA .............................. 295 KMT 15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . KMT .............................. 266

GB 4924 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GBA .............................. 295 KMT 16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . KMT .............................. 266
GB 4926 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GBA .............................. 295 KMT 17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . KMT .............................. 266
GB 4928 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GBA .............................. 295 KMT 18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . KMT .............................. 266
GB 4930 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GBA .............................. 295 KMT 19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . KMT .............................. 266
GB 4932 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GBA .............................. 295 KMT 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . KMT .............................. 266
GB 4934 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GBA .............................. 295 KMT 20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . KMT .............................. 266
GB 4936 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GBA .............................. 295 KMT 21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . KMT .............................. 266
GB 4938 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GBA .............................. 295 KMT 22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . KMT .............................. 266
GB 4940 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GBA .............................. 295 KMT 24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . KMT .............................. 266
GB 4944 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GBA .............................. 295 KMT 26 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . KMT .............................. 266
GB 4948 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GBA .............................. 295 KMT 28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . KMT .............................. 268
GB 4952 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GBA .............................. 295 KMT 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . KMT .............................. 266
GB 4956 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GBA .............................. 295 KMT 30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . KMT .............................. 268
GRA 3005 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GBA .............................. 288 KMT 32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . KMT .............................. 268
GRA 3006 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GBA .............................. 288 KMT 34 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . KMT .............................. 268
GRA 3007 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GBA .............................. 288 KMT 36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . KMT .............................. 268
GRA 3008 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GBA .............................. 288 KMT 38 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . KMT .............................. 268
GRA 3009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GBA .............................. 288 KMT 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . KMT .............................. 266
GRA 3010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GBA .............................. 288 KMT 40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . KMT .............................. 268
GRA 3011 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GBA .............................. 288 KMT 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . KMT .............................. 266
GRA 3012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GBA .............................. 288 KMT 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . KMT .............................. 266
GRA 3013 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GBA .............................. 288 KMT 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . KMT .............................. 266
GRA 3014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GBA .............................. 288 KMT 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . KMT .............................. 266
GRA 3015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GBA .............................. 288 KMT 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . KMT .............................. 266
KMTA 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . KMT .............................. 270
GRA 3016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GBA .............................. 288
KMTA 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . KMT .............................. 270
GRA 3017 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GBA .............................. 288
KMTA 12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . KMT .............................. 270
GRA 3018 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GBA .............................. 288
KMTA 13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . KMT .............................. 270
GRA 3019 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GBA .............................. 288
KMTA 14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . KMT .............................. 270
GRA 3020 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GBA .............................. 288
KMTA 15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . KMT .............................. 270
GRA 3021 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GBA .............................. 288 KMTA 16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . KMT .............................. 270
GRA 3022 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GBA .............................. 288 KMTA 17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . KMT .............................. 270
GRA 3024 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GBA .............................. 289 KMTA 18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . KMT .............................. 270
GRA 3026 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GBA .............................. 289
GRA 3028 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GBA .............................. 289
KMTA 19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . KMT .............................. 270 9
KMTA 20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . KMT .............................. 270
GRA 3030 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GBA .............................. 289 KMTA 21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . KMT .............................. 270
GRA 3032 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GBA .............................. 289 KMTA 22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . KMT .............................. 270
GRA 3034 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GBA .............................. 289 KMTA 24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . KMT .............................. 270
GRA 3036 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GBA .............................. 289 KMTA 26 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . KMT .............................. 270
GRA 3038 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GBA .............................. 289 KMTA 28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . KMT .............................. 270
GRA 3040 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GBA .............................. 289 KMTA 30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . KMT .............................. 270
KMT 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . KMT .............................. 266 KMTA 32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . KMT .............................. 270
KMT 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . KMT .............................. 266 KMTA 34 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . KMT .............................. 272
KMT 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . KMT .............................. 266 KMTA 36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . KMT .............................. 272
KMT 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . KMT .............................. 266 KMTA 38 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . KMT .............................. 272
KMT 12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . KMT .............................. 266 KMTA 40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . KMT .............................. 272
KMT 13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . KMT .............................. 266 KMTA 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . KMT .............................. 270
KMT 14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . KMT .............................. 266 KMTA 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . KMT .............................. 270

314 315
9 Products index

Designation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page Designation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page

KMTA 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . KMT .............................. 270 NN 3012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC2 .............................. 196

KMTA 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . KMT .............................. 270 NN 3012 K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC2 .............................. 196
KMTA 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . KMT .............................. 270 NN 3013 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC2 .............................. 196
N 1008 K . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC1 .............................. 204 NN 3013 K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC2 .............................. 196
N 1008 K/HC5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HC1 .............................. 208 NN 3014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC2 .............................. 196
N 1009 K . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC1 .............................. 204 NN 3014 K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC2 .............................. 196
N 1009 K/HC5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HC1 .............................. 208 NN 3015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC2 .............................. 196
N 1010 K . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC1 .............................. 204 NN 3015 K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC2 .............................. 196
N 1010 K/HC5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HC1 .............................. 208 NN 3016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC2 .............................. 196
N 1011 K . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC1 .............................. 204 NN 3016 K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC2 .............................. 196
N 1011 K/HC5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HC1 .............................. 208 NN 3017 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC2 .............................. 198
N 1012 K . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC1 .............................. 204 NN 3017 K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC2 .............................. 198
N 1012 K/HC5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HC1 .............................. 208 NN 3018 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC2 .............................. 198
N 1013 K . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC1 .............................. 204 NN 3018 K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC2 .............................. 198
N 1013 K/HC5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HC1 .............................. 208 NN 3019 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC2 .............................. 198
N 1014 K . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC1 .............................. 204 NN 3019 K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC2 .............................. 198
N 1014 K/HC5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HC1 .............................. 208 NN 3020 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC2 .............................. 198
N 1015 K . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC1 .............................. 204 NN 3020 K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC2 .............................. 198
N 1015 K/HC5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HC1 .............................. 208 NN 3021 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC2 .............................. 198
N 1016 K . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC1 .............................. 204 NN 3021 K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC2 .............................. 198
N 1016 K/HC5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HC1 .............................. 208 NN 3022 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC2 .............................. 198
N 1017 K . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC1 .............................. 204 NN 3022 K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC2 .............................. 198
N 1017 K/HC5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HC1 .............................. 208 NN 3024 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC2 .............................. 198
N 1018 K . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC1 .............................. 204 NN 3024 K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC2 .............................. 198
N 1018 K/HC5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HC1 .............................. 208 NN 3026 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC2 .............................. 198
N 1019 K . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC1 .............................. 204 NN 3026 K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC2 .............................. 198
N 1019 K/HC5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HC1 .............................. 208 NN 3028 K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC2 .............................. 200
N 1020 K . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC1 .............................. 206 NN 3030 K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC2 .............................. 200
N 1020 K/HC5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HC1 .............................. 210 NN 3032 K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC2 .............................. 200
N 1021 K . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC1 .............................. 206 NN 3034 K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC2 .............................. 200
N 1021 K/HC5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HC1 .............................. 210 NN 3036 K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC2 .............................. 200
N 1022 K . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC1 .............................. 206 NN 3038 K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC2 .............................. 200
N 1022 K/HC5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HC1 .............................. 210 NN 3040 K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC2 .............................. 200
N 1024 K . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC1 .............................. 206 NN 3044 K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC2 .............................. 200
N 1024 K/HC5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HC1 .............................. 210 NN 3048 K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC2 .............................. 200 9
NN 3005 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC2 .............................. 196 NN 3052 K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC2 .............................. 202
NN 3005 K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC2 .............................. 196 NN 3056 K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC2 .............................. 202
NN 3006 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC2 .............................. 196 NNU 4920 BK/W33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC2 .............................. 198
NN 3006 K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC2 .............................. 196 NNU 4920 B/W33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC2 .............................. 198
NN 3007 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC2 .............................. 196 NNU 4921 BK/W33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC2 .............................. 198
NN 3007 K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC2 .............................. 196 NNU 4921 B/W33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC2 .............................. 198
NN 3008 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC2 .............................. 196 NNU 4922 BK/W33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC2 .............................. 198
NN 3008 K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC2 .............................. 196 NNU 4922 B/W33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC2 .............................. 198
NN 3009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC2 .............................. 196 NNU 4924 BK/W33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC2 .............................. 198
NN 3009 K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC2 .............................. 196 NNU 4924 B/W33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC2 .............................. 198
NN 3010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC2 .............................. 196 NNU 4926 BK/W33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC2 .............................. 198
NN 3010 K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC2 .............................. 196 NNU 4926 B/W33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC2 .............................. 198
NN 3011 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC2 .............................. 196 NNU 4928 BK/W33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC2 .............................. 200
NN 3011 K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC2 .............................. 196 NNU 4928 B/W33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC2 .............................. 200

316 317
9 Products index

Designation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page

NNU 4930 BK/W33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC2 .............................. 200

NNU 4930 B/W33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC2 .............................. 200
NNU 4932 BK/W33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC2 .............................. 200
NNU 4932 B/W33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC2 .............................. 200
NNU 4934 BK/W33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC2 .............................. 200
NNU 4934 B/W33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC2 .............................. 200
NNU 4936 BK/W33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC2 .............................. 200
NNU 4936 B/W33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC2 .............................. 200
NNU 4938 BK/W33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC2 .............................. 200
NNU 4938 B/W33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC2 .............................. 200
NNU 4940 BK/W33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC2 .............................. 200
NNU 4940 B/W33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC2 .............................. 200
NNU 4944 BK/W33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC2 .............................. 200
NNU 4944 B/W33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC2 .............................. 200
NNU 4948 BK/W33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC2 .............................. 200
NNU 4948 B/W33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC2 .............................. 200
NNU 4952 BK/W33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC2 .............................. 202
NNU 4952 B/W33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC2 .............................. 202
NNU 4956 BK/W33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC2 .............................. 202
NNU 4956 B/W33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC2 .............................. 202

318